Gm606 60620 390 in MR 0002 - Rev A Material Requisition

COMPANY CONTRACTOR EPC CONTRACTOR ENGG.
CONSULTANT
EPCC OF SARQALA GAS PIPELINE

FROM SARQALA 1 CPF TO AGGREKO POWER GENERATION PLANT
DOCUMENT DETAILS
COMPANY CONTRACT NO. : 606-20-EB-GR
PROJECT : EPCC of Sarqala Gas Pipeline
COMPANY : Gazprom Neft Middle East B.V.
COMPANY JOB NO. : GM606
CONTRACTOR : Aggreko
CONTRACTOR JOB NO. : 60620
DOCUMENT NO. : GM606-60620-390-PI-MR-0001
REVISION NO. : A No. of pages (incl. cover): 445

MATERIAL REQUISITION FOR PIPES, PIPE
DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION : COMPONENTS, VALVE’S & SPECIAL ITEMS
A Issued for Review 02 Oct 20 Arun Sridhar Jeyaraj Audie
Approved
Rev Description Date Prepared Checked Approved (EM)
(PM / PD)
Electronic File Name : GM606-60620-390-PI-MR-0001 Rev A Doc size: A4
COMPANY CONTRACTOR EPC CONTRACTOR ENGG. CONSULTANT

SUMMARY OF DOCUMENT REVISIONS
Date
Rev. Section Revised Revision Description
Revised
A 02 Oct 20 New Issue Issued for Review
SUMMARY OF HOLDS
HOLD NO. PARA. DESCRIPTION

Table of Contents
1. INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................................................... 5
2. PURPOSE .................................................................................................................................................................... 5
3. DEFINITION AND ABBREVIATIONS ........................................................................................................................ 5
3.1. Definitions ................................................................................................................................................................. 5
3.2. Abbreviations ........................................................................................................................................................... 6
4. REFERENCE DOCUMENTS ....................................................................................................................................... 7
5. CODES AND STANDARDS......................................................................................................................................... 8
6. SCOPE OF WORK ...................................................................................................................................................... 8
6.1 General ...................................................................................................................................................................... 8
6.2 Environmental conditions ..................................................................................................................................... 9
6.3 Bill of Quantity ......................................................................................................................................................... 9
7. REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................................................................ 9
7.1 General ...................................................................................................................................................................... 9
7.2 Document Precedence ......................................................................................................................................... 10
7.3 Technical Deviations ............................................................................................................................................ 10
8. SERVICES .................................................................................................................................................................. 10
8.1. Engineering ............................................................................................................................................................. 10
8.2. Quality Assurance.................................................................................................................................................. 10
8.3. Inspection and Test............................................................................................................................................... 11
8.4. Documentation....................................................................................................................................................... 12
8.5. Training .................................................................................................................................................................... 12
8.6. Contractual Language........................................................................................................................................... 13
8.7. Packing & Transportation .................................................................................................................................... 13
8.8. Preservation, Storage........................................................................................................................................... 13
8.9. Spare Parts .............................................................................................................................................................. 13
8.10. Special Tools for Installation, Maintenance and Operation ................................................................ 14
8.11. Service Line Agreement .............................................................................................................................. 14
9. ATTACHMENTS ....................................................................................................................................................... 14
ATTACHMENT – 01: BILL OF QUANTITIES ........................................................................................................... 16
ATTACHMENT – 02: VALVE LIST ............................................................................................................................. 17
ATTACHMENT – 03: SPECIALITY ITEMS LIST ..................................................................................................... 18

ATTACHMENT – 04: TECHNICAL QUESTIONNAIRE........................................................................................... 19

ATTACHMENT – 05: DEVIATION LIST .................................................................................................................... 22
ATTACHMENT – 06: COMMISSIONING SPARE PARTS LIST............................................................................ 24
ATTACHMENT – 07: SUB-VENDOR LIST ............................................................................................................... 26
ATTACHMENT – 08: SPECIAL TOOL LIST ............................................................................................................. 28
ATTACHMENT – 09: LIST OF CONSTRUCTION SPARES AND CONSUMABLES ........................................ 30
ATTACHMENT – 10: LIST OF THREE YEAR SPARE ........................................................................................... 32
ATTACHMENT – 11: WEIGHT AND COG FORM ................................................................................................... 34
ATTACHMENT – 12: VENDOR DOCUMENT REQUIREMENT LIST .................................................................. 36
ATTACHMENT – 13: DATASHEET FOR BALL VALVE ........................................................................................ 37
ATTACHMENT – 14: DATASHEET FOR GATE, GLOBE AND CHECK VALVES ........................................... 38
ATTACHMENT – 15: DATASHEET FOR PIPING VALVES .................................................................................. 39
ATTACHMENT – 16: DATASHEET FOR ISOLATION KIT .................................................................................... 40
ATTACHMENT – 17: DATASHEET FOR HOSE COUPLING................................................................................ 41
ATTACHMENT – 18: DATASHEET FOR CORROSSION COUPON ................................................................... 42
ATTACHMENT – 19: DATASHEET FOR VALVE INTERLOCK ........................................................................... 43
ATTACHMENT – 20: PIPING DESIGN BASIS ......................................................................................................... 44
ATTACHMENT – 21: SPECIFICATION FOR PIPES & PIPE COMPONENTS ................................................... 45
ATTACHMENT – 22: SPECIFICATION FOR GATE, GLOBE & CHECK VALVES ........................................... 46
ATTACHMENT – 23: SPECIFICATION FOR BALL VALVES ............................................................................... 47
ATTACHMENT – 24: SPECIFICATION FOR INSULATION .................................................................................. 48
ATTACHMENT – 25: SPECIFICATION FOR PAINTING AND COATING .......................................................... 49
ATTACHMENT – 26: PIPE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION ..................................................................................... 50

1. INTRODUCTION
GAZPROM MIDDLE EAST B.V. (COMPANY) is currently engaged in the development of the Garmian block,
located in the Kurdistan Autonomous Region Republic of Iraq. The previous operator of the Garmian Oil
Field was “Western Zagros”. The COMPANY (GAZPROM Neft Middle East B.V.). Intends to upgrade the
existing oil treatment facilities at the Sarqala-1 processing facilities due to the future increased
production.
Aggreko require a pipeline to be built between the GAZPROM NEFT Sarqala-1 facility (from SARQALA 1 CPF
TO AGGREKO POWER GENERATION PLANT) and their 165MW site in Kurdistan Autonomous region of Iraq.
This pipeline shall be used to transport a multiphase gas consisting of predominantly rich flare gas, water
and hydrocarbon condensates for the purposes of power generation. The gas itself is owned and supplied
by the Ministry of Natural Resources of Kurdistan Autonomous Region in Iraq.
2. PURPOSE
This Material requisition covers the minimum requirements for the engineering, supply, manufacture
including the design, inspection and testing, labelling, packing and delivery of Pipe, Pipe Components,
Valves & Special Items, in accordance with attached Data Sheets, Detail Drawing and other referenced
documents for the Project.
3. DEFINITION AND ABBREVIATIONS

3.1. Definitions
Throughout the document the following definitions shall apply:
COMPANY - Gazprom Neft Middle East B.V. (GPNME)
PROJECT - Specification for gas supply pipeline for 165MW Kurdistan MNR
Project
VENDOR / MANUFACTURER - The party(s) which manufacturers and / or supplies equipment,
Technical documents / drawings and services to perform the duties

specified by COMPANY.
The party(s) which manufacturers and / or supplies the Components,

SUB-VENDOR - technical documents / drawings and services to perform the duties
specified by VENDOR.
SHALL - Indicates a mandatory requirement.
SHOULD - Indicates a strong recommendation to comply with Requirements.

EPCC OF SARQALA GAS PIPELINE FROM SARQALA 1 CPF TO
AGGREKO POWER GENERATION PLANT
MATERIAL REQUISITION FOR
PIPES, PIPE COMPONENTS, VALVE & SPECIAL ITEMS
Doc No.: GM606-60620-390-PI-MR-0001 Rev. : A Page 6 of 50
3.2. Abbreviations
ASME - American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ANSI - American National Standards Institute
API - American Petroleum Institute
NPS - Nominal Pipe Size
NB - Nominal Bore
EN - European Standard
ISO - International Organization for Standardization
NACE - National Association of Corrosion Engineers
NDE - Non Destructive Examination
BSI - British Standard Institution
BS - British Standard
CS - Carbon Steel
CPF - Central Processing Facilities
EFW - Electro Fusion Welding
FEED - Front End Engineering Design
ITP - Inspection and Test Plan
MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society
PWHT - Post Weld Heat Treatment
RF - Raised Face
RTJ - Ring type joint
SAW - Submerged Arc Welding
NB - Nominal Bore
OD - Outside Diameter
NPT - Nominal Pipe thread
PMI - Positive Material Identification
FB - Full Bore
RB - Reduced Bore
AARH - Arithmetic Average Roughness Height
CRS - Comments Resolution Sheet

EPC - Engineering, Procurement and Construction
GA - General Arrangement
IRC - Inspection Release Certificates

QA - Quality Assurance
QC - Quality Control
VDI - Vendor Document Index
VDRL - Vendor Document Requirement list
4. REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
Following engineering documents are referred for the preparation of this requisition:
DOC. NO. DESCRIPTION
GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-DB-0001 Piping Design Basis
GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0001 Specification for Layout and Piping
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-SP-0001 Piping Material Specification
GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0003 Specification for Gate, Globe, Check Valves
GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0004 Specification for Ball Valves
GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0006 Specification for Color Coding
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-PP-0007 Hydro Testing Procedure
GMCPF-J5177-200-MT-SP-0001 Painting & Coating Specification
GMCPF-J5177-200-QA-SP-0002 Specification For Welding NDE Of Piping And Pressure

Equipment
GMCPF-J5177-200-QA-SP-0001 Specification For Positive Material Identification
Piping and Instrumentation Diagram for (V-101) HP
GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-0001
Separator Area - Train 2
GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-0004 Piping and Instrumentation Diagram for Sales Gas Export
Piping and Instrumentation Diagram for HP Flare with
GM606-60620-239-PR-PI-0001
HP Flare KO Drum
GM606-60620-241-PR-PI-0001 Piping and Instrumentation Diagram for Air Package
Piping and Instrumentation Diagram for Blow
GM606-60620-251-PR-PI-0001
Down/Wash/Oil Tank Area
Piping and Instrumentation Diagram for Pig Launcher
GM606-60620-391-PR-PI-0001
(391-M-901)
Piping and Instrumentation Diagram for Pig Receiver
GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0001
(393-M-901)
Piping and Instrumentation Diagram for Slug Catcher
GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002
(393-V-100)
5. CODES AND STANDARDS
CODE DESCRIPTION
ASME B1.20.1 Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch)

ASME B1.20.1 Pipe Threads (except Dry seal)
ASME B31.3 Process Piping
ASME B31.4 Liquid Petroleum Transportation Piping Systems

ASME B31.8 Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems
ASME B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
ASME B16.9 Factory Made Wrought Butt welding Fittings
ASME B16.10 Face-To-Face and End-To-End Dimensions of Valves
ASME B16.34 Valves-Flanged, Threaded, and Welding end
Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges Ring Joint, Spiral
ASME B16.20 Wound and Jacketed
EN 10204 Metallic Products-Types of Inspection Documents
ASME B16.21 Non-metallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges
ASME B16.25 Butt welding End
ASME B16.48 Steel Line Blanks
ASME B18.2.2 Square & hex Nuts

ASME B36.10M Welded and Seamless Wrought Pipe
NACE MR 0175/ISO Petroleum and natural gas Industries Material for use in H2S-
15156-1 containing Environments in Oil and Gas Production
Standard Recommended Practice – Sulfide Stress Cracking Resistant

MR 0175 Materials for Oilfield Equipment
6. SCOPE OF WORK
6.1 General
Materials supply, manufacturing, fabrication, design and integration, surface preparation, external
primer / intermediate / final painting, spares supply, certification inspection, testing, documentation,
packing suitable for sea and delivery of Pipe, Piping Components, Valves and special items as specified
in para 4 Reference Documents. VENDOR’s scope also includes coordination with SUB-VENDOR,
certification, documentation. VENDOR shall note that COMPANY approved SUB-VENDOR/SUPPLIERS are
only acceptable.
VENDOR’s scope of work shall include but not limited to following:
• Engineering design and documentation for the Pipe, Pipe Components, Valves and Special Items.
• Include proof document for certificates and type test approvals.

• Data Fill-in into Electronic files for COMPANY’s data base and COMPANY’s design
• Include the sizing calculation for the Valve

• Include GA with overall dimension and also internal part list with MOC for the Valve and Special
Items.
• Surface preparation and painting as per Project Specification;
• Protection and packing for shipment and storage at site
• All Labelling and Markings of tagged items should be as per the project specifications only
6.2 Environmental conditions

The design of instrumentation and control system shall comply with the following
environmental conditions.
Key Parameters Value

Min : -10°C
Max monthly mean: 42°C
Air Temperature Max temperature: 50°C
Annual Daily avg. temp 24.2°C
Summer operating 50°C
Winter operating 30°C
Min (10 years) 200mm
Rain Fall(annual) Avg 400 mm
Max (10 years) 1000mm*
3°C at 1m depth (Winter) ,
Soil Temperature 20°C at 1m depth (Summer)
Winter: South East*,

Prevailing Wind
Summer: South West.*
Mean < 5m/sec for 70% of year*
Wind Speed
Maximum = 15m/sec for 1% of year **Design = 25 m/sec*
Altitude (MSL) 45 m
0.4 Btu/ft.hr℉ (Winter Case),
Soil conductivity
0.25 Btu/ft.hr℉ (Summer Case)
Relative humidity Min : 18%, Max : 92%
Equipment exposed to
Min. Design temperature : 85°C
solar radiation
6.3 Bill of Quantity

For the bill of quantities of Pipes & Fittings, Valves & Special Items, refer to Attachment
7. REQUIREMENTS
7.1 General
The manufacturing, inspection, testing and delivery of Pipes, Pipe Components, Valves & Special Items
strictly comply with the data sheets, reference documents included in Section 4 and list of attachments
included in Section 9 of this requisition along with latest revisions of codes and standards mentioned therein.
7.2 Document Precedence

It shall be the responsibility of the VENDOR to inform the COMPANY of any errors, ambiguities,
inconsistencies, discrepancies or conflict of information furnished in any document, specification or
drawing provided by the COMPANY.
Any conflicts between the referenced documents shall be brought to COMPANY’s notice in writing prior to
offer submission for clarification / resolution. The following general order of precedence shall apply to
conflict resolution.
• Iraqi National laws and regulations
• COMPANY’s Purchase order / Requisition (See Note-1)
• Specification / Data sheet / Drawings for the Equipment
• International Codes and standards referred to in the project specification (See Note-2)
• Project Specification
Note 1: No technical specification shall be defined herein, which conflicts with or alters the Project
specification.
Note 2: If the requirements of the Project Specification are superior to or exceed the requirements set forth
in the applicable codes and standards, the former shall be considered the mandatory requirements for this
project. Exception and deviations from this specification and / or a documents referred to herein must not
be implemented without COMPANY’s written approval.
7.3 Technical Deviations

VENDOR shall comply with this Requisition and the attached documents, data sheets and specifications.
However, if VENDOR is not able to conform to the requirements of this Requisition and its attachments, a
separate itemized list of exceptions or any comments shall be proposed at the
Enquiry stage in the format attached in Attachment 2 of this requisition. In case of no exceptions or
comments, VENDOR shall clearly state there are “No Deviations” in the same format.
8. SERVICES
8.1. Engineering
All necessary detail engineering for design and implementation of the provided system is part of the Vendor’s
scope.
8.2. Quality Assurance

For all requirements regarding design concept, assembly, testing, etc. the Vendor shall implement a total
“Quality Assurance” (QA) program based on industry standards such as ANSI/ASTM/ASQC Q91.
8.3. Inspection and Test

The equipment shall undergo the following test as a minimum:
• Factory Acceptance Tests (FATs): FATs shall be achieved by the Vendor on all equipment he
supplies. These tests shall need Company & Contractor’s approval.
• Pre-Commissioning including mechanical Completion and Commissioning (Site Acceptance) Tests

on the plant construction site.
• Vendor shall comply with all test requirements in the Shop Inspection and Test as specified in
the specification and Material Requisition documents.
• Manufacturing stages and performance testing shall be witnessed as per approved ITP.
• Vendor shall include in the ITP the testing requirements for meeting the functional and quality
requirements of the product meeting the manufacturing standards, international standards and
any other specific requirements specified in MR- documents and data sheets.
• All charges for stages of inspection, witness and certification shall be borne by vendor.
• In addition vendor ITP shall include the inspection items which shall be witnessed by Company
or Company representatives like Contractor/TPA/PMC.
• Prior to the actual test, Vendor shall provide written test procedures for each type of test for
the full review and approval.
• Prior to the actual test, Vendor shall submit the notification for inspection at least 15 days in
advance.
The test procedures shall include, amongst other things:

• Type of test
• Test set up
• Test equipment
• Parameters to be tested
• Measurements to be recorded
• Associated equipment
• Special circumstances and acceptance criteria, as well as serial numbers of control valves under
test.
In case system or equipment under test cannot be fully tested with the actual operational circuits or loading,
a simulated test of these parameters may be acceptable. If during the actual operation the system does not
perform fully the specification requirements, all costs to rectify this duty shall be of the Vendor
responsibility. Rectification of the equipment shall be made at Vendor premises.
Vendor shall also provide assistance in the resolution of any interface inconsistencies between equipment
and systems supplied by others. In the event of any malfunction discovered during testing, Company and/or
Contractor reserves the right to decide if testing shall continue or be postponed for rectification work.
At the end of the test, a report shall be issued indicating its results. All failed and/or outstanding items shall
be punch listed and shall be cleared by the Vendor prior to the issuance of provisional acceptance certificate.
8.4. Documentation
Vendor shall refer to the Vendor Data Requirements in MR and attached documentation for constitution,
language, acceptance criteria of the Vendor’s documentation. The Vendor shall be responsible to collect,
review, comment and approve the documentation relevant to the equipment furnished by his Sub-Vendor.
Unless otherwise specified, the project documentation and deliverables, supplied by Vendor, shall be in
English language. The drawings shall be in “A3”, “A4” or other metric size papers.
The trouble shooting and Instruction Manuals, as well as the Maintenance Books may be requested in the
Language of the Country of destination, In this case, if an extra cost is expected, Vendor is to clearly specify
it in the offer.
The layout of drawings, the format of the lists and the software used to generate the documents, shall be
submitted for approval to Contractor.
The Vendor’s attention is drawn on the fact that he shall provide any document or drawing which may be
needed to allow correct installation, start-up and even if not explicitly listed in the requisition.
Vendor shall furnish the test reports and other conformance certification to various
Codes, standards and specifications as called for in this specification. These shall
Include the following as a minimum:
• Material test certificates,

• Hydrostatic test certificates
• Test reports of radiography, ultrasonic, MPI and DP inspections
• Other specific certification as required by the material requisition or data sheet.
8.5. Training
The Vendor shall provide an outline for each recommended training course, including cost, either on site or
at the manufacturer’s establishment, for each type of training provided.
The Vendor shall provide an outline for each recommended training course, including cost, either on site or
at the manufacturer’s establishment, for each type of training provided. Vendor shall provide all necessary
training material.
Training shall be of two categories – for operators and engineers (for maintenance, configuration), typically
for 4 persons. However the exact person/ days for each training category shall be finalized during detailed
engineering
8.6. Contractual Language

The contract language is English. All documents have to be provided and submitted in this language.
8.7. Packing & Transportation

Each part of equipment shall be placed in a separate box and protected to avoid contact with humidity and
dust until installed
All equipment openings shall be sealed.
• Threaded connections shall be covered with metallic or plastic caps.

• Finished oxidezable surfaces shall be protected with easily removable rust preventing coating.
• Each envelope or box shall be marked on the top and side with the equipment number.
• Vendor shall ensure that handling and packing shall be suitable for shipment/transit by Sea/Air/Road
If, for easier shipment, individual envelopes are grouped in larger box, the latter must be marked on
the top and side with all tag numbers of the contained equipment.
All necessary precautions shall be taken in order to protect the equipment during transportation and lifting
operations. The system components, if necessary disconnected for smaller packages shall be individually and
thoroughly packed in a weatherproof cover. After reconnection, functional tests shall be carried out.
8.8. Preservation, Storage

Vendor is responsible for proper packing for preservation and storage of all valves and accessories as per
project specifications for an extended period of storage on the job site for 12 months.
As soon as any component has been unpacked from its original factory packing and during all subsequent
transportation, construction, test and acceptance phases, all necessary measures for protection of
components against corrosion and foreign material penetration shall be implemented.
As a minimum, each component shall be preserved with an approved preservation procedure before the
package leaves the factory. This preservation shall be suitable for 12 months outdoor storage at the plant
construction site.
8.9. Spare Parts

Spare parts for commissioning and start-up, and recommended spare parts for 3-years operations shall be
provided under the Contractor’s scope of supply
Spare requirement shall be identified and supplied along with each main supply Spares and consumables shall
be segregated as below- Commissioning spares
Three years operation spares Pre-commissioning consumables Commissioning Consumables
The quantities of consumables shall be estimated by VENDOR, based on his experience.

Capital/Insurance spares shall be recommended by vendor.
Spare interchangeability report shall be approved by Company. This shall include spare part list with OEM
part no, drawing reference for the part number and price.
Note: A minimum quantity of one spare unit shall be provided for all items of hardware where standby units
are not already available in the equipment supplied. Installation and commissioning spares shall be packed
separately for shipment. SPIR and loose items shall be individually tagged. The quantities provided shall be
based on the expected reliability of each item (MTBF data from the manufacturer).
Vendor shall confirm the availability of spare part for a period of not less than twenty-five (25) Years or more
from the date of dispatch of equipment to the site.
8.10. Special Tools for Installation, Maintenance and Operation

Vendor shall supply all special tools and test equipment required for the installation, maintenance and
operation purposes.
For each system, the Vendor shall list the equipment he recommends to be available allowing comprehensive
maintenance, faultfinding and realignment. Electrical powered tools and test equipment shall be suitable for
the available mains supply.
8.11. Service Line Agreement

A "Service Line Agreement" shall be provided by the Vendor for a maintenance contract after the end of the
warranty period. The service line shall include remote diagnostics during working hours only and shall allow
software upgrade.
Vendor shall provide rates for technical assistance at site during installation and Pre- commissioning /
commissioning of their equipment or package. Ceiling man hour for technical assistance at site for this work
shall be indicated by vendor.
The vendors shall categorically assure in writing that their equipment including hardware and software for
electronic system shall be operable and fully supported by maintenance and spare parts for a period of 25
years starting from the date of delivery.
The service line shall include remote diagnostics during working hours only and shall allow software upgrade.
Vendor proposed test procedure shall be in accordance with Inspection and Test Plan requirements for the
Project.
9. ATTACHMENTS
- Attachment-01: Bill of Quantities for Pipes & Fittings;
- Attachment-02: Valve List
- Attachment-03: Specialty Item List
- Attachment–04: Technical Questionnaire
- Attachment 05: Deviation List
- Attachment–06: Commissioning Spare Parts List
- Attachment-07: Sub-Vendor List

- Attachment-08: Special Tool List
- Attachment-09: List of Construction Spares and Consumables
- Attachment-10: List of Three Year Spare
- Attachment-11: Weight and Cog Form
- Attachment-12: Vendor Document Requirement List
- Attachment-13: Datasheet for Ball Valves
- Attachment-14: Datasheet for Globe & Check Valves
- Attachment-15: Datasheet for Piping Valves
- Attachment-16: Datasheet for Isolation Kit
- Attachment-17: Datasheet for Coupling
- Attachment-18: Datasheet for Corrosion Coupon
- Attachment-19: Datasheet for Valve Interlock
- Attachment-20: Piping Design Basis
- Attachment-21: Specification for pipe and pipe components
- Attachment-22: Specification for Gate, Globe & Check Valves
- Attachment-23: Specification for Ball Valves
- Attachment-24: Specification for Insulation
- Attachment-25: Specification for painting and coating
- Attachment-26: Pipe Material Specification
ATTACHMENT – 01: BILL OF QUANTITIES

PIPING MATERIAL TAKE-OFF _ UNIT - 234 (PSV/PCV) & UNIT -391 (PIG LAUNCHER) DATE : 30-09-2020 REV : C
Rev-B Rev-C
Commodity Size 1, Size 2, Total QTY Total QTY
Sl. No. Item Type Spec Item Description Engineering Engineering Remarks
Code inch inch Spare Ratio Spare Quantity (EA/m) Spare Ratio Spare Quantity (EA/m)
QTY (EA/m) QTY (EA/m)
150# CS SPEC - A
1 P_0180PEXX PIPE A PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; PE END; Sch. 80; CS; ASTM A106 GR B 3/4" - 1 0.128 0.128 1 1 0.128 0.128 1
2 P_0180PEXX PIPE A PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; PE END; Sch. 80; CS; ASTM A106 GR B 1" - 6 0.128 0.768 7 0.5 0.128 0.064 1
3 P_0140BEXX PIPE A PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; BE END; Sch. 40; CS; ASTM A106 GR B 2" - 30 0.093 2.79 33 25.5 0.093 2.3715 28
4 P_0140BEXX PIPE A PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; BE END; Sch. 40; CS; ASTM A106 GR B 4" - 20 0.093 1.86 22 182 0.093 16.926 199
8 P_01STBEXX PIPE A PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; BE END; Sch. STD; CS; ASTM A106 GR B 16" - 280 0.083 23.24 303 271.5 0.083 22.5345 294
9 P_01STBEXX PIPE A PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; BE END; Sch. STD; CS; ASTM A106 GR B 18" - 8 0.083 0.664 9
10 P_01STBEXX PIPE A PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; BE END; Sch.STD; CS ASTM A106 GR B 24" - 20 0.083 1.66 22 0 0.083 0 0
11 N_0100TOXX_88 NIPPLE A NIPPLE SMLS; Sch 80; 100MM LONG (MIN.), POE/TOE; CS; ASTM A106 GR B 3/4" - 1 0.092 0.092 1 2 0.092 0 2
12 N_0100TOXX_88 NIPPLE A NIPPLE SMLS; Sch 80; 100MM LONG (MIN.), POE/TOE; CS; ASTM A106 GR B 1" - 6 0.092 0.552 7 6 0.092 1 7
13 E_1200BEXX_44 ELBOW 90 DEG A ELL 90-DEG LR; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch.40; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 2" - 14 0.05 0.7 15 17 0.05 0.85 18
18 E_1200BEXX_SS ELBOW 90 DEG A ELL 90-DEG LR; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch.STD; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 16" - 41 0 0 41 11 0 0 11
19 E_1200BEXX_SS ELBOW 90 DEG A ELL 90-DEG LR; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch.STD; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 18" - 7 0 0 7
22 EA1200BEXX_44 ELBOW 45 DEG A ELL 45-DEG LR; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch.40; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 4" - 5 0 0 5 3 0 0 3
23 EA1200BEXX_SS ELBOW 45 DEG A ELL 45-DEG LR; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch.STD; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 16" - 5 0 0 5 5 0 0 5
24 T_1200BEXX_44 EQUAL TEE A TEE; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch 40; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 2" - 0 0.05 0 0 1 0.05 0.05 1
25 T_1200BEXX_44 EQUAL TEE A TEE; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch 40; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 4" - 1 0.05 0.05 1 1 0.05 0.05 1
26 T_1200BEXX_44 EQUAL TEE A TEE; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch 40; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 10" - 1 0.05 0.05 1 1 0.05 0.05 1
27 T_1200BEXX_SS EQUAL TEE A TEE; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch STD; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 16" - 2 0 0 2 2 0 0 2
28 T_1200BEXX_SS EQUAL TEE A TEE; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch STD; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 18" - 2 0 0 2
30 TR1200BEXX_44 TEE REDUCING A TEE RED; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch 40 x Sch 40; CS; ASTM A234 GR WPB 4" 2" 2 0.05 0.1 2 2 0.05 0.1 2
32 TR1200BEXX_S4 TEE REDUCING A TEE RED; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch STD x Sch 40; CS; ASTM A234 GR WPB 16" 10" 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1
33 TR1200BEXX_S4 TEE REDUCING A TEE RED; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch STD x Sch.40; CS; ASTM A234 GR WPB 24" 18" 1 0 0 1
34 TR1200BEXX_S4 TEE REDUCING A TEE RED; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch STD x Sch 40; CS; ASTM A234 GR WPB 20" 10" 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
35 TL1200BEXX_44 LATERAL TEE RED A LATERAL TEE RED; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch.40; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 4" 2" 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
36 TL1200BEXX_44 LATERAL TEE RED A LATERAL TEE RED; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch.40; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 8" 4" 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
37 TL1200BEXX_SS LATERAL TEE A LATERAL TEE RED; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch STD; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 24" 18" 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1
38 NS1100PBC_84 SWAGE NIPPLE A SWG NIP CONC SMLS; MSS SP-95; BLE x PSE; Sch 40 x Sch 80; CS; ASTM A105N 2" 1" 1 0.05 0.05 1 1 0.05 0.05 1
39 RC1200BEC_44 CONC. RED A RED CONC; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch.40 x Sch.40; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 10" 6" 2 0.05 0.1 2
40 RC1200BEC_S4 CONC. RED A RED CONC; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch.STD x Sch.40; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 18" 8" 2 0.05 0.1 2
41 RC1200BEC_44 CONC. RED A RED CONC; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch.40 x Sch.40; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 4" 2" 1 0.05 0.05 1 1 0.05 0.05 1
42 RE1200BEE_44 ECC. RED A RED ECC; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch 40;CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 10" 6" 2 0.05 0.1 2 2 0.05 0.1 2
43 RE1200BEE_S4 ECC. RED A RED ECC; Flat Side Bottom; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch.STD x Sch.40; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 16" 8" 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
44 RE1200BEE_S4 ECC. RED A RED ECC; Flat Side Bottom; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch.STD x Sch.40; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 18" 8" 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
45 RE1200BEE_S4 ECC. RED A RED ECC; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch.STD x Sch.40; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 20" 8" 2 0 0 2 2 0 0 2
46 TS1103SWXX_84 SOCKOLET A SOCKOLET; MSS SP-97; CL 3000; CS; ASTM A105N 2" 1" 1 0.05 0.05 1 1 0.05 0.05 1
47 TS1103SWXX_84 SOCKOLET A SOCKOLET; MSS SP-97; CL 3000; CS; ASTM A105N 10" 1" 2 0.05 0.1 2 2 0.05 0.1 2
48 TS1103SWXX_S8 SOCKOLET A SOCKOLET; MSS SP-97; CL 3000; CS; ASTM A105N 16" 3/4" 1 0 0 1 2 0 0 2
Rev-B Rev-C
49 TW1100BEXX_44 WELDOLET A WELDOLET; MSS SP-97; Sch 40; CS; ASTM A105N 150# CS SPEC6" - A 2" 1 0 0 1 2 0 0 2
50 TW1100BEXX_44 WELDOLET A WELDOLET; MSS SP-97; Sch 40; CS; ASTM A105N 10" 2" 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
51 TW1100BEXX_S4 WELDOLET A WELDOLET; MSS SP-97; Sch STD x Sch 40; CS; ASTM A105N 16" 2" 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
57 FS11R1NAXX_88 FLANGE SW A FLG SW; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 150; Sch 80; CS; ASTM A105N 3/4" - 1 0.05 0.05 1 0 0.05 0 0
58 FS11R1NAXX_88 FLANGE SW A FLG SW; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 150; Sch 80; CS ASTM A105N 1" - 4 0.05 0.2 4 4 0.05 0.2 4
59 FW11R1WBXX_44 FLANGE WN A FLG WN; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 150; Sch 40; CS; ASTM A105N 2" - 12 0.026 0.312 12 19 0.026 0.494 19
64 FW11R1WBXX_SS FLANGE WN A FLG WN; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 150; Sch STD; CS; ASTM A105N 16" - 6 0 0 6 12 0 0 12
65 FB11R1NAXX_88 FLANGE BLIND A FLG BLIND; 150#; RF; ASME B16.5; CS ASTM A105N 3/4" - 1 0.05 0.05 1 0 0.05 0 0
66 FB11R1NAXX FLANGE BLIND A FLG BLIND; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 150; ; CS; ASTM A105N 1" - 3 0.05 0.15 3 3 0.05 0.15 3
67 FB11R1NAXX FLANGE BLIND A FLG BLIND; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 150; ; CS; ASTM A105N 2" - 4 0.05 0.2 4
68 FB11R1NAXX FLANGE BLIND A FLG BLIND; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 150; ; CS; ASTM A105N 16" - 2 0 0 2 2 0 0 2
69 SB13R1NAXX SPECTACLE BLIND A SPECTACLE BLIND; RF; CL 150; CS; PL ASTM A516 GR70 N 2" - 0 0.026 0 0 2 0.026 0.052 2
70 SB13R1NAXX SPECTACLE BLIND A SPECTACLE BLIND; RF; CL 150; CS; PL ASTM A516 GR70 N 4" - 1 0.026 0.026 1 2 0.026 0.052 2
71 SB13R1NAXX SPECTACLE BLIND A SPECTACLE BLIND; RF; CL 150; CS; PL ASTM A516 GR70 N 6" - 1 0.026 0.026 1 0 0.026 0 0
72 GS04R1NAXX GSKT SPRL WND A GSKT SPRL WND; ASME B16.20; ASME B16.5; CL 150; TP316 SS WDG; FLEXIBLE GRAPHITE FLR; CS OTR RNG 3/4" - 1 1 1 2 0 1 0 0
73 GS04R1NAXX GSKT SPRL WND A GSKT SPRL WND; ASME B16.20; ASME B16.5; CL 150; TP316 SS WDG; FLEXIBLE GRAPHITE FLR; CS OTR RNG 1" - 4 1 4 8 4 1 4 8
GSKT SPRL WND; ASME B16.20; ASME B16.5; CL 150; TP316 SS WDG; FLEXIBLE GRAPHITE FLR; TP316 SS INR
79 GS05R1NAXX GSKT SPRL WND A 16" - 6 1 6 12 12 1 12 24
RNG; CS OTR RNG
BALL VALVE; CS ASTM A 105 BODY; THD; SS 316 Trim; #800; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; Lever Operated;
80 VB2108TD10RB BALL VALVE A 3/4" - 1 0.05 0.05 1 2 0.05 0.1 2
Red Bore; Datasheet No: GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006 _ VB-014
BALL VALVE; CS ASTM A 105 BODY; THD; SS 316 Trim; #800; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; Lever Operated; Red
81 VB2108TD10RB BALL VALVE A 1" - 3 0.05 0.15 3 3 0.05 0.15 3
Bore; Datasheet No: GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006 _ VB-014
BALL VALVE; WCB Body; FLGD RF; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; SS316 Trim; ASME CL 150; CS; Lever Operated;
82 VB22R1FL10RB BALL VALVE A 2" - 4 0 0 4 5 0 0 5
Red Bore; DATASHEET No; GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006 _ VB-001
BALL VALVE; WCB Body; FLGD RF; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; SS316 Trim; ASME CL 150; CS;FB; Lever Operated;
83 VB22R1FL10FB BALL VALVE A 2" - 2 0 0 2 2 0 0 2
Full Bore; DATASHEET No; GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0001 _ VB-023
DATASHEET No; GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006 _ VB-001
DATASHEET No; GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006 _ VB-001
BALL VALVE; WCB Body; FLGD RF; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; Hard Chrome weld overlay Trim; ASME CL 150; CS;
Lever Operated ; Full Bore; DATASHEET No: Datasheet No: GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0001 _ VB-024
BALL VALVE; CS WCB Body; FLGD RF; Hard Chrome weld overlay Trim; ASME CL 150; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292;
Gear Operated; Full Bore; Datasheet No: GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0001_VB-025
BALL VALVE; CS WCB Body; FLGD RF;Hard Chrome weld overlay Trim;ASME CL 150;API-607/ 608;ISO 17292;
Gear Operated; Red Bore; Datasheet No: GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0001_VB-026
Rev-B Rev-C
150# CS SPEC - A
GLOBE VALVE; FLGD RF; 150#; API-600 / ASME B16.10; TRIM 8; HNDWHL OPR; TBODY PATT; BLT BNT; OS&Y;
89 VR22R1FL08 GLOBE VALVE A PLUG DISC; CS BODY ASTM A216 GR WCB; FLEX GPH PKG W/CORR INHBTR, Datasheet No: GMCPF-J5177-200-PI- 2" - 2 0 0 2 3 0 0 3
DS-0005_VO-001
CHECK VALVE; FLGD RF; API-600 / ASME B16.10; #150; TRIM 8 SWG TYPE; BLT BNT; CS BODYASTM A216 GR
90 VC22R1FL08 CHECK VALVE A 2" - 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1
WCB, Datasheet No: GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0005 _ VC-001
STUD WITH 2 NUTS; STUD: ALLOY STL ASTM A193 GR B7M THREADED FULL LENGTH; NUT: ALLOY STL ASTM
91 BS31NATDXX-75-0.5 STUD BOLTS 1/2" 75 12 0.2 2.4 14 0 0.2 0 0 M14 for 3/4" 150#
A194 GR 2HM, HEAVY HEXAGONAL
92 BS31NATDXX-65-0.5 STUD BOLTS A 1/2" 65 24 0.2 4.8 29 16 0.2 3.2 19 M14 for 1" 150#
STUD WITH 2 NUTS; STUD: ALLOY STL ASTM A193 GR B7M THREADED FULL LENGTH; NUT: ALLOY STL ASTM M16 for 2" 150#
94 BS31NATDXX-100-0.625 STUD BOLTS A 5/8" 100 4 0.2 0.8 5 4 0.2 0.8 5
A194 GR 2HM, HEAVY HEXAGONAL (Spectacle blind)
95 BS31NATDXX-90-0.625 STUD BOLTS A 5/8" 90 40 0.2 8 48 8 0.2 1.6 10 M16 for 4" 150#
96 BS31NATDXX-105-0.625 STUD BOLTS A 5/8" 105 8 0.2 1.6 10 0 0.2 0 0
97 BS31NATDXX-100-0.75 STUD BOLTS A 3/4" 100 40 0.2 8 48 32 0.2 6.4 38 M20 for 6" 150#
STUD WITH 2 NUTS; STUD: ALLOY STL ASTM A193 GR B7M THREADED FULL LENGTH; NUT: ALLOY STL ASTM M20 for 6"
101 BS31NATDXX-135-1 STUD BOLTS A 1" 135 96 0.2 19.2 115 160 0.2 32 192 M27 for 16" 150#
ISOLATION
102 IJ99R1NAKT ISOLATION GASKET KIT; ASME CL.150; RF; Datasheet No:GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0004 4" - 1 0 0 1
GASKET
300# CS _ SPEC - B
1 FW11R3WBXX_44 FLANGE WN B FLG WN; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 300; Sch 40; CS; ASTM A105N 2" - 0 0.026 0 0 3 0.026 0.078 3
4 FB11R3NAXX FLANGE BLIND B FLG BLIND; 300#; RF; ASME B16.5; CS ASTM A105N 2" - 0 0.05 0 0 3 0.05 0.15 3
5 GS04R3NAXX GSKT SPRL WND B GSKT SPRL WND; ASME B16.20; ASME B16.5; CL 300; TP316 SS WDG; FLEXIBLE GRAPHITE FLR; CS OTR RNG 2" - 0 1 0 0 12 1 12 24
BALL VALVE; CS WCB Body; FLGD RF; SS 316 Trim; ASME CL 300; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; Lever Operated
8 VB22R3FL10RB BALL VALVE B 2" - 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 5
; Red Bore; DATASHEET No; GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006 _VB-004
STUD WITH 2 NUTS; STUD: ALLOY STL ASTM A193 GR B7M THREADED FULL LENGTH;
11 BS31NATDXX-90-0.625 STUD BOLTS B 5/8" 90 0 0.2 0 0 96 0.2 19.2 115 M16 for 2" 300#
NUT: ALLOY STL ASTM A194 GR 2HM, HEAVY HEXAGONAL
STUD WITH 2 NUTS; STUD: ALLOY STL ASTM A193 GR B7M THREADED FULL LENGTH; M16 for 4" 300#
13 BS31NATDXX-105-0.625 STUD BOLTS B 3/4" 130 0 0.2 0 0 16 0.2 3.2 19
NUT: ALLOY STL ASTM A194 GR 2HM, HEAVY HEXAGONAL (Spectacle blind)
16 SB13R3NAXX SPECTACLE BLIND B SPECTACLE BLIND; RF; CL 300; CS; PL ASTM A516 GR70 N 4" - 0 0.026 0 0 1 0.026 0.026 1
150# CS _ GALVANIZED - SPEC - G
1 P_0180TDG_ PIPE G PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; SCREWED ENDS; Sch 80; CS; ASTM A106 GR B; Galvanized 2" - 2 0.093 0.186 2 16 0.093 1.488 17
Rev-B Rev-C
2 E_1103TDG_ ELBOW 90 DEG G 150# CS SPEC2" - A

ELL 90-DEG; ASME B16.11; THD ASME B1.20.1 (NPT) Female; CL 3000; CS ASTM A105N Galvanized to ASTM 153 - 1 0.05 0.05 1 5 0.05 0.25 5
PIPE NIPPLE SMLS; Sch 80; TBE ASME B1.20.1 NPT Dim to ASME B36.10M; SCREWED END; CS; ASTM A106 GR B;
3 N_0100TDG_88 NIPPLE G 1/2" - 2 0 0.184 2 3 0.092 0.276 3
Galvanized
4 T_1103TDG_ EQUAL TEE G TEE; ASME B16.11; THD; ASME B1.20.1 NPT; CL 3000; CS ASTM A105N, Galvanized to ASTM A153 2" - 2 0.05 0.1 2 2 0.05 0.1 2
5 TR1103TDG_88 TEE REDUCING G TEE RED; ASME B16.11; THD; ASME B1.20.1 NPT; CL 3000; CS ASTM A105N; Galvanized to ASTM A153 2" 1/2" 2 0.05 0.1 2 3 0.05 0.15 3
FLANGE THD; 150#; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 150; TAPPED TO 1/2" ASME B1.20.1 NPT FEMALE; 125-250 Micro inch
6 FL11R1TDG_88 FLANGE WN G 2" - 0 0.026 0 0 2 0.026 0.052 2
(3.2 - 6.3 μm )Roughness finish
FLANGE BLIND; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 150; 125-250 Micro inch (3.2 - 6.3 μm)Roughness finish; CS; ASTM A105N
7 FB11R1NAG_ FLANGE BLIND G 2" - 0 0.05 0 0 2 0.05 0.1 2
Galvanized
GSKT FIBER FLAT RING; ASME B16.21; ASME B16.5; 150#; 2MM THK. COMPRESSED NON ASBESTOS FIBER FLAT
8 GS06R1NAXX GSKT SPRL WND G 2" - 0 1 0 0 2 1 2 4
RING; TO SUIT ASME B16.5 FLG
BALL VALVE; CS ASTM A 105 BODY; THD; SS 316 TRIM; # 800; API-607/608; ISO 17292; LEVER OPERATED;
9 VB2108TDSTRB BALL VALVE G 1/2" - 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 3
Datasheet No: GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006 _ VB-014
10 BS33NATDG-85-0.625 STUD BOLTS G 5/8" 85 0 0.2 0 0 8 0.2 1.6 10 M16 for 2" 150#
A194 GR 2HM, HEAVY HEXAGONAL, ZINC PLATED / BI - CHROMATE TREATED.
600# CS SPEC - C
1 P_0116PEXX PIPE C PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; PE END; Sch. 160; CS; ASTM A106 GR B 3/4" - 20 0.128 2.56 23 0 0.128 0 0
2 P_0180BEXX PIPE C PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; BE END; Sch. 80; CS; ASTM A106 GR B 2" - 0 0.093 0 0 12 0.093 1.116 13
3 P_0180BEXX PIPE C PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; BE END; Sch. 80; CS; ASTM A106 GR B 8" - 10 0.093 0.93 11 5 0.093 0.465 5
6 P_0180BEXX PIPE C PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; BE END; Sch. 80; CS; ASTM A106 GR B 16" - 2 0.083 0.166 2 0 0.083 0 0
7 P_0180BEXX PIPE C PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; BE END; Sch. 80; CS; ASTM A106 GR B 20" - 2 0.083 0.166 2 0 0.083 0 0
8 N_0100TOXX_88 NIPPLE C NIPPLE SMLS; Sch 80; 100MM LONG (MIN.), POE/TOE; CS; ASTM A106 GR B 3/4" - 4 0.092 0.368 4 1 0.092 0.092 1
9 E_1103SWXX_66 ELBOW 90 DEG C ELL 90-DEG LR; ASME B16.11; Sch 160; CS ASTM A105N 3/4" - 20 0.092 1.84 22 0 0.092 0 0
10 E_1200BEXX_88 ELBOW 90 DEG C ELL 90-DEG LR; ASME B16.9; Sch 80; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 2" - 0 0.05 0 0 5 0.05 0.25 5
11 E_1200BEXX_88 ELBOW 90 DEG C ELL 90-DEG LR; ASME B16.9; Sch 80; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 8" - 2 0.05 0.1 2 6 0.05 0.3 6
12 E_1200BEXX_88 ELBOW 90 DEG C ELL 90-DEG LR; ASME B16.9; Sch 80; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 10" - 4 0.05 0.2 4 10 0.05 0.5 11
13 E_1200BEXX_88 ELBOW 90 DEG C ELL 90-DEG LR; ASME B16.9; Sch 80; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 16" - 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
14 E_1200BEXX_88 ELBOW 90 DEG C ELL 90-DEG LR; ASME B16.9; Sch 80; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 20" - 8 0 0 8 0 0 0 0
15 EA1200BEXX_88 ELBOW 45 DEG C ELL 45-DEG LR; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch 80; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 10" - 2 0 0 2 2 0 0 2
16 T_1103SWXX_66 EQUAL TEE C TEE; ASME B16.11; SW; CL 3000; CS ASTM A105N 3/4" - 2 0.092 0.184 2 0 0.092 0 0
17 T_1200BEXX_88 EQUAL TEE C TEE; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch 80; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 2" - 1 0.092 0.092 1
18 T_1200BEXX_88 EQUAL TEE C TEE; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch 80; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 10" - 2 0 0 2 3 0 0 3
19 TR1200BEXX_88 TEE REDUCING C TEE RED; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch 80; CS; ASTM A234 GR WPB 10" 8" 1 0.05 0.05 1 2 0.05 0.1 2
20 TR1200BEXX_88 TEE REDUCING C TEE RED; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch 80; CS; ASTM A234 GR WPB 12" 10" 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1
21 RE1200BEE_88 ECC. RED C RED ECC; Flat Side Bottom ASME B16.9; BE; Sch 80; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 10" 8" 1 0.05 0.05 1 2 0.05 0.1 2
22 RE1200BEE_88 ECC. RED C RED ECC; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch 80; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 12" 10" 1 0.05 0.05 1 1 0.05 0.05 1
23 RC1200BEC CONC. RED C RED CONC; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch 80; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 16" 8" 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
24 RC1200BEC CONC. RED C RED CONC; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch 80; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 20" 10" 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
25 TS1103SWXX SOCKOLET C SOCKOLET; MSS SP-97; CL 3000; CS ASTM A105N 10" 3/4" 2 0 0 2 1 0 0 1
28 TW1100BEXX_88 WELDOLET C WELDOLET; MSS SP-97; Sch 80; CS ASTM A105N 10" 2" 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 2
29 TW1100BEXX_88 WELDOLET C WELDOLET; MSS SP-97; Sch 80; CS ASTM A105N 12" 2" 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
30 FW11R6WBXX_44 FLANGE WN C FLG WN; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 600; Sch 40; CS; ASTM A105N 2" - 0 0.026 0 0 1 0.026 0.026 1
31 FW11R6WBXX_88 FLANGE WN C FLG WN; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 600; Sch 80; CS; ASTM A105N 2" - 5 0.026 0.13 5
32 FW11R6WBXX_44 FLANGE WN C FLG WN; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 600; Sch 40; CS; ASTM A105N 8" - 4 0.026 0.104 4
33 FW11R6WBXX_88 FLANGE WN C FLG WN; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 600; Sch 80; CS; ASTM A105N 8" - 4 0.026 0.104 4 6 0.026 0.156 6
34 FW11R6WBXX_88 FLANGE WN C FLG WN; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 600; Sch 80; CS; ASTM A105N 10" - 9 0.026 0.234 9 9 0.026 0.234 9
Rev-B Rev-C
35 FW11R6WBXX_88 FLANGE WN C FLG WN; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 600; Sch 80; CS; ASTM A105N 150# CS SPEC12"- A - 2 0.026 0.052 2 2 0.026 0.052 2
36 FW11R6WBXX_88 FLANGE WN C FLG WN; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 600; Sch 80; CS; ASTM A105N 16" - 2 0 0 2 0 0 0 0
37 FW11R6WBXX_88 FLANGE WN C FLG WN; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 600; Sch 80; CS; ASTM A105N 20" - 2 0 0 2 0 0 0 0
38 FB11R6NAXX FLANGE BLIND C FLG BLIND; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 600; CS ASTM A105N 10" - 2 0.05 0.1 2 2 0.05 0.1 2
39 SB13R6NAXX SPECTACLE BLIND C SPECTACLE BLIND; RF; CL 600; CS PL ASTM A516 GR 70 N 2" - 0 0.026 0 0 2 0.026 0.052 2
40 GS04R6NAXX GSKT SPRL WND C GSKT SPRL WND; ASME B16.20; ASME B16.5 CL 600; TP316 SS WDG; FLEXIBLE GRAPHITE FLR; CS OTR RNG 2" - 0 1 0 0 7 1 7 14
GSKT SPRL WND; ASME B16.20; ASME B16.5 CL 600; TP316 SS WDG; FLEXIBLE GRAPHITE FLR; TP316 SS INR
43 GS05R6NAXX GSKT SPRL WND C 12" - 2 1 2 4 2 1 2 4
RNG; CS OTR RNG
RNG; CS OTR RNG
RNG; CS OTR RNG
BALL VALVE; CS ASTM A 105 BODY; THD; SS 316 TRIM; #800; API-607/608; ISO 17292; LEVER OPERATED,
46 VB2108TD10RB BALL VALVE C 3/4" - 4 0.05 0.2 4 1 0.05 0.05 1
BALL VALVE; CS WCB Body; FLGD RF; Hard Chrome weld overlay Trim; ASME CL 600; API607/ 608; ISO
47 VB22R6FL02RB BALL VALVE C 2" - 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 2
17292; Lever Operated; Datasheet No: GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006 _ VB-006
BALL VALVE; CS WCB BODY; FLGD RF; HARD CHROME WELD OVERLAY TRIM; #600; API-607/608; ISO 17292;
48 VB22R6FL02RB BALL VALVE C 8" - 1 0 0 1
GEAR OPERATED, Datasheet No: GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006 _ VB-008.
GEAR OPERATED, Red Bore; Datasheet No: GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006_VB-008.
GEAR OPERATED, Datasheet No: GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006 _ VB-008.
BALL VALVE;CS WCB Body;FLGD RF;Hard Chrome weld overlay Trim;ASME CL 150;API-607/ 608;ISO 17292;
Gear Operated; Datasheet No: GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0001 _ VB-026
Gear Operated; Datasheet No: GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0001 _ VB-026
GLOBE VALVE; THD; API-602; CS; TRIM 8; HNDWHL OPR; BLT BNT; OS&Y; PLUG DISC; CS BODY ASTM A105N;
53 VR2108TD08 GLOBE VALVE C 3/4" - 1 0.05 0.05 1 0 0.05 0 0
FLEX GPH PKG W/CORR INHBTR; DATASHEET No; GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0001
GLOBE VALVE; FLGD RF; API-600 / ASME B16.10; #600; TRIM 8; BVL GR OPR; T BODY PATTERN; BLT BNT;
54 VR22R6FL08 GLOBE VALVE C OS&Y; PLUG DISC; CS BODY ASTM A216 GR WCB; FLEX GPH PKG W/CORR INHBTR; Datasheet No: GMCPF-J5177- 8" - 1 0 0 1 2 0 0 2
200-PI-DS-0005_VO-003.
GLOBE VALVE; FLGD RF; API-600 / ASME B16.10; #600; TRIM 8; BVL GR OPR; TBODY PATT; BLT BNT; OS&Y;
55 VR22R6FL08 GLOBE VALVE C PLUG DISC; CS BODY ASTM A216 GR WCB; FLEX GPH PKG W/CORR INHBTR; Datasheet No: GM606-60620-390-PI- 10" - 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
DS-0001 _ VO-005
56 BS31NATDXX-110-0.625 STUD BOLTS C 5/8" 110 0 0.2 0 0 40 0.2 8 48 M16 for 2" 600#
57 BS31NATDXX-125-0.625 STUD BOLTS C 5/8" 125 0 0.2 0 0 8 0.2 1.6 10
58 BS31NATDXX-190-1.125 STUD BOLTS C 1.1/8" 190 48 0.2 9.6 58 120 0.2 24 144 M30 for 8" 600#
59 BS31NATDXX-215-1.25 STUD BOLTS C 1.1/4" 215 144 0.2 28.8 173 144 0.2 28.8 173 M33 for 10" 600#
60 BS31NATDXX-220-1.25 STUD BOLTS C 1.1/4" 220 40 0.2 8 48 40 0.2 8 48 M33 for 12" 600#
61 BS31NATDXX-250-1.5 STUD BOLTS C 1.1/2" 250 40 0.2 8 48 0 0.2 0 0 M39 for 16" 600#
62 BS31NATDXX-290-0.625 STUD BOLTS C 5/8" 290 48 0.2 9.6 58 0 0.2 0 0 M42 for 20" 600#
NOTES:
1 All Components Except Pipe are Final, Whereas it may vary based on P&ID updation.
PIPING MATERIAL TAKE-OFF _ UNIT - 393 (PIG RECEIVER & SLUG CATCHER) DATE : 30-09-2020 REV : C
Rev-B Rev-C
150# CS SPEC - A
1 P_0180PEXX PIPE A PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; PE END; Sch. 80; CS; ASTM A106 GR B 3/4" - 50 0.128 6.4 56 4 0.128 0.512 5
2 P_0180PEXX PIPE A PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; PE END; Sch. 80; CS; ASTM A106 GR B 1" - 1 0.128 0.128 1 22 0.128 2.816 25
3 P_0180PEXX PIPE A PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; PE END; Sch. 80; CS; ASTM A106 GR B 1.1/2" - 1 0.128 0.128 1 1 0.128 0.128 1
8 P_01STBEXX PIPE A PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; BE END; Sch. STD; CS; ASTM A106 GR B 16" - 40 0.083 3.32 43 58 0.083 4.814 63
9 N_0100TOXX_88 NIPPLE A NIPPLE SMLS; Sch 80; 100MM LONG (MIN.), POE/TOE; CS; ASTM A106 GR B 3/4" - 19 0.092 1.748 21 17 0.092 1.564 19
10 N_0100TOXX_88 NIPPLE A NIPPLE SMLS; Sch 80; 100MM LONG (MIN.), POE/TOE; CS; ASTM A106 GR B 1" - 2 0.092 0.184 2 6 0.092 0.552 7
11 E_1200BEXX_88 ELBOW 90 DEG A ELL 90-DEG LR; ASME B16.11; SW; Sch.80; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 3/4" - 20 0.05 1 21 6 0.05 0.3 6
15 E_1200BEXX_SS ELBOW 90 DEG A ELL 90-DEG LR; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch.40; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 6" - 6 0.05 0.3 6 2 0.05 0.1 2
17 T_1200BEXX_44 EQUAL TEE A TEE; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch 40; CS; ASTM A234 GR WPB 2" - 1 0.05 0.05 1 2 0.05 0.1 2
18 T_1200BEXX_44 EQUAL TEE A TEE; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch 40; CS; ASTM A234 GR WPB 3" - 2 0.05 0.1 2
19 T_1200BEXX_44 EQUAL TEE A TEE; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch 40; CS; ASTM A234 GR WPB 4" - 2 0.05 0.1 2
21 T_1200BEXX_SS EQUAL TEE A TEE; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch STD; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 20" 2 0 0 2 0 0 0 0
22 TR1200BEXX_48 TEE REDUCING A TEE. RED, ASME B16.9; BE; Sch 40 x Sch 80; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 2" 1" 4 0.05 0.2 4 4 0.05 0.2 4
24 TR1200BEXX_44 TEE REDUCING A TEE RED; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch 40 x Sch 40; CS; ASTM A234 GR WPB 4" 2" 4 0.05 0.2 4
26 NS1100PBC_84 SWAGE NIPPLE A SWG NIP CONC SMLS; MSS SP-95; BLE x PSE; Sch 40 x Sch 80; CS; ASTM A105N 2" 1" 1 0.05 0.05 1 5 0.05 0.25 5
27 - SWAGE NIPPLE A SWG NIP CONC SMLS; MSS SP-95; POE x TOE; Sch 40 x Sch 80; CS ASTM A105N 1.1/2" 3/4" 0 0.05 0 0 2 0.05 0.1 2
28 NS1100PBC_84 SWAGE NIPPLE A SWG NIP CONC SMLS; MSS SP-95; BLE x PSE; Sch 40 x Sch 80; CS; ASTM A105N 2" 1.1/2" 4 0.05 0.2 4 4 0.05 0.2 4
29 NS1100PBC_84 SWAGE NIPPLE A SWG NIP CONC SMLS; MSS SP-95; BLE x PSE; Sch 40 x Sch 80; CS; ASTM A105N 3" 1.1/2" 1 0.05 0.05 1 1 0.05 0.05 1
31 RC1200BEC_84 CONC. RED A RED CONC; ASME B16.9; BE; Sch 40 x Sch 80; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB 3" 1.1/2" 3 0.05 0.15 3
33 TS1103SWXX_48 SOCKOLET A SOCKOLET; MSS SP-97; CL 3000; CS; ASTM A105N 2" 3/4" 13 0.05 0.65 14 13 0.05 0.65 14
34 TS1103SWXX_84 SOCKOLET A SOCKOLET; MSS SP-97; Sch 40 x Sch 80 CL 3000; CS; ASTM A105N 2" 1" 1 0.05 0.05 1 1 0.05 0.05 1
37 TS1103SWXX_S8 SOCKOLET A SOCKOLET; MSS SP-97; CL 3000; CS; ASTM A105N 16" 3/4" 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1
38 TW1100BEXX_44 WELDOLET A WELDOLET; MSS SP-97; Sch 40; CS ASTM A105N 6" 2" 1 0 0 1 2 0 0 2
39 TW1100BEXX_S4 WELDOLET A WELDOLET; MSS SP-97; Sch STD x Sch 40; CS; ASTM A105N 16" 2" 1 0 0 1
41 FS11R1NAXX_88 FLANGE SW A FLG SW; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 150; Sch 80; CS; ASTM A105N 3/4" - 9 0.05 0.45 9 9 0.05 0.45 9
42 FS11R1NAXX_88 FLANGE SW A FLG SW; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 150; Sch 80; CS; ASTM A105N 1" - 2 0.05 0.1 2 6 0.05 0.3 6
43 FS11R1NAXX_88 FLANGE SW A FLG SW; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 150; Sch 80; CS; ASTM A105N 1.1/2" - 5 0.05 0.25 5 1 0.05 0.05 1
48 FW11R1WBXX_SS FLANGE WN A FLG WN; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 150; Sch STD; CS; ASTM A105N 16" - 9 0 0 9 9 0 0 9
Rev-B Rev-C
49 FB11R1NAXX_88 FLANGE BLIND A FLG BLIND; 150#; RF; ASME B16.5; CS ASTM A105N 150# CS SPEC
3/4"- A - 9 0.05 0.45 9 9 0.05 0.45 9
50 FB11R1NAXX_88 FLANGE BLIND A FLG BLIND; 150#; RF; ASME B16.5; CS ASTM A105N 1" - 1 0.05 0.05 1 1 0.05 0.05 1
53 FB11R1NAXX_44 FLANGE BLIND A FLG BLIND; 150#; RF; ASME B16.5; CS ASTM A105N 16" - 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1
54 SB13R1NAXX SPECTACLE BLIND A SPECTACLE BLIND; RF; CL 150; CS; PL ASTM A516 GR70 N 2" - 6 0.026 0.156 6 2 0.026 0.052 2
57 SP13R1NAXX SPECTACLE BLIND A SPCR PDL; RF; CL 150;; CS PL ASTM A516 GR 70N 16" - 2 0 0 2 2 0 0 2
58 GS04R1NAXX GSKT SPRL WND A GSKT SPRL WND; ASME B16.20; ASME B16.5; CL 150; TP316 SS WDG; FLEXIBLE GRAPHITE FLR; CS OTR RNG 3/4" - 9 1 9 18 9 1 9 18
60 GS04R1NAXX GSKT SPRL WND A GSKT SPRL WND; ASME B16.20; ASME B16.5; CL 150; TP316 SS WDG; FLEXIBLE GRAPHITE FLR; CS OTR RNG 1.1/2" - 5 1 5 10 1 1 1 2
RNG; CS OTR RNG
RNG; CS OTR RNG
67 VB2108TD10RB BALL VALVE A 3/4" - 20 0.05 1 21 20 0.05 1 21
Bore; Datasheet No: GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006_VB-014
68 VB2108TD10RB BALL VALVE A 1" - 1 0.05 0.05 1 1 0.05 0.05 1
Bore; Datasheet No: GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006 _ VB-0014
BALL VALVE; CS WCB Body; FLGD RF; SS 316 Trim; ASME CL 150; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; Lever Operated;
Red Bore; DATASHEET No; GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006 _VB-001
Full Bore; DATASHEET No; GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0001 _ VB-023
Full Bore; Datasheet No: GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0001_VB-023
Full Bore Datasheet No: GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0001_VB-023
Gear Operated ;Red Bore; Datasheet No: GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0001 _ VB-026
GLOBE VALVE; THD; API-602; API CL 800; CS; TRIM 8; HNDWHL OPR; BLT BNT; OS&Y; PLUG DISC; CS BODY
77 VR2108TD08 GLOBE VALVE A 1" - 2 0.05 0.1 2 2 0.05 0.1 2
ASTM A105N; FLEX GPH PKG W/CORR INHBTR; Red Bore, Datasheet No: GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0001_VO-004
GLOBE VALVE; FLGD RF; API-600/ASME B16.10; ASME CL 150; CS; TRIM 8; HNDWHL OPR ;TBODY PATT; BLT
78 VR22R1FL08 GLOBE VALVE A BNT; OS&Y; PLUG DISC; CS BODY ASTM A216 GR WCB; FLEX GPH PKG W/CORR INHBTR Datasheet No: 2" - 2 0 0 2 3 0 0 3
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0005_VO-001
CHECK VALVE; B16.5 FLGD RF; API 600; ASME CL 150; TRIM 8 SWG TYPE; BLT BNT; CS BODY ASTM A216 GR
79 VC22R1FL08 CHECK VALVE A 2" - 2 0 0 2 2 0 0 2
WCB; Datasheet No:GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006_VC-001
80 BS31NATDXX-65-0.5 STUD BOLTS A 1/2" 65 44 0.2 8.8 53 44 0.2 8.8 53 M14 for 3/4" 150#
STUD WITH 2 NUTS; STUD: ALLOY STL ASTM A193 GR B7M THREADED FULL LENGTH; NUT: ALLOY STL ASTM M14 for 1.1/2"
82 BS31NATDXX-70-0.5 STUD BOLTS A 1/2" 70 20 0.2 4 24 4 0.2 0.8 5
A194 GR 2HM, HEAVY HEXAGONAL 150#
Rev-B Rev-C
83 BS31NATDXX-85-0.625 STUD BOLTS A 150# CS SPEC

5/8"- A 85 292 0.2 58.4 350 304 0.2 60.8 365 M16 for 2" 150#
90 BS31NATDXX-135-1 STUD BOLTS A 1" 135 144 0.2 28.8 173 128 0.2 25.6 154 M27 for 16" 150#
91 BS31NATDXX-190-1.25 STUD BOLTS A 1.1/4 " 190 40 0.2 8 48 40 0.2 8 48 M33 for 24" 150#
ISOLATION
92 IJ99R1NAKT ISOLATION GASKET KIT; ASME CL.150; RF; Datasheet No:GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0004 2" - 9 0 0 9 9 0 0 9
GASKET
ISOLATION
93 IJ99R1NAKT ISOLATION GASKET KIT; ASME CL.150; RF; Datasheet No:GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0004 4" - 2 0 0 2 2 0 0 2
GASKET
150# CS _ GALVANIZED - SPEC - G

1 P_0180TDG_ PIPE G PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; SCREWED ENDS; Sch 80; CS; ASTM A106 GR B; Galvanized 2" - 2 0.093 0.186 2 14 0.093 1.302 15
2 E_1103TDG_ ELBOW 90 DEG G ELL 90-DEG; ASME B16.11; THD ASME B1.20.1 (NPT) Female; CL 3000; CS ASTM A105N Galvanized to ASTM 153 2" - 3 0.05 0.15 3 4 0.05 0.2 4
PIPE NIPPLE SMLS; Sch 80; TBE ASME B1.20.1 NPT Dim to ASME B36.10M; SCREWED END; CS; ASTM A106 GR B;
3 N_0100TDG_88 NIPPLE G 1/2" - 5 0.092 0.46 5 5 0.092 0.46 5
Galvanized
4 TR1103TDG_88 TEE REDUCING G TEE RED; ASME B16.11; THD; ASME B1.20.1 NPT; CL 3000; CS ASTM A105N; Galvanized to ASTM A153 2" 1/2" 5 0.05 0.25 5 5 0.05 0.25 5
FLANGE THD; 150#; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 150; TAPPED TO 1/2" ASME B1.20.1 NPT FEMALE; 125-250 Micro inch
5 FL11R1TDG_88 FLANGE WN G 2" - 1 0.026 0.026 1 1 0.026 0.026 1
(3.2 - 6.3 μm )Roughness finish
FLANGE BLIND; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 150; 125-250 Micro inch (3.2 - 6.3 μm)Roughness finish; CS; ASTM A105N
6 FB11R1NAG_ FLANGE BLIND G 2" - 1 0.05 0.05 1 1 0.05 0.05 1
Galvanized
GSKT FIBER FLAT RING; ASME B16.21; ASME B16.5; 150#; 2MM THK. COMPRESSED NON ASBESTOS FIBER FLAT
7 GS06R1NAXX GSKT SPRL WND G 2" - 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2
RING; TO SUIT ASME B16.5 FLG
BALL VALVE; CS ASTM A 105 BODY; THD; SS 316 TRIM; # 800; API-607/608; ISO 17292; LEVER OPERATED;
8 VB2108TDSTRB BALL VALVE G 1/2" - 5 0 0 5 5 0 0 5
9 BS33NATDG-85-0.625 STUD BOLTS G 5/8" 85 4 0.2 0.8 5 4 0.2 0.8 5 M16 for 2" 150#
A194 GR 2HM, HEAVY HEXAGONAL, ZINC PLATED / BI - CHROMATE TREATED.
300# CS - SPEC - B
1 FW11R3WBXX_88 FLANGE SW B FLG SW; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 300; Sch 80; CS; ASTM A105N 1" - 4 0.026 0.104 4 4 0.026 0.104 4
5 FB11R3NAXX FLANGE BLIND B FLG BLIND; 300#; RF; ASME B16.5; CS ASTM A105N 2" - 0 0.05 0 0 3 0.05 0.15 3
Rev-B Rev-C
13 BS31NATDXX-75-0.625 STUD BOLTS B 150# CS SPEC

STUD WITH 2 NUTS; STUD: ALLOY STL ASTM A193 GR B7M THREADED FULL LENGTH; NUT: ALLOY STL ASTM -A
5/8" 75 16 0.2 3.2 16 16 0.2 3.2 19 M16 for 1" 300#
NOTES:
1 All Components Except Pipe are Final, Whereas it may vary based on P&ID updation.
ATTACHMENT – 02: VALVE LIST

EPCC OF SARQALA GAS PIPELINE FROM SARQALA 1 CPF TO AGGREKO POWER GENERATION PLANT
REVISION A
VALVE LIST
GM606-60620-XXXXXXXXXXX DATE 01-10-2020
VALVES LIST
SIZE
S.NO REV VALVE TAG DESCRIPTION VALVE TYPE PIPING CLASS LOCK END CONNECTION RATING LINE ID P&ID No COMMODITY CODE DATA SHEET VENDOR NAME VENDOR GA ORGIN PARTS OF PRELIMINARY QUANTITIES PART OF ORDERED P.01 REMARKS
(INCH)
BALL VALVE; CS WCB Body; FLGD RF; Hard Chrome weld

1 A 234-0004-VB-0001 overlay Trim; ASME CL 600; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; Gear 10 BALL VALVE C YES FLGD, RF 600 10"-G-C-234001-50H GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-004 VB22R6FL02RB VB-008
Operated

2 A 234-0004-VB-0002 overlay Trim; ASME CL 600; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; Gear 10 BALL VALVE C YES FLGD, RF 600 10"-G-C-234001-50H GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-004 VB22R6FL02RB VB-008
Operated

3 A 234-0004-VB-0003 overlay Trim; ASME CL 150; API- 607/ 608; ISO 17292; Gear 16 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD, RF 150 16"-G-A-234002-50H GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-004 VB22R1FL02RB VB-026
Operated, Red Bore

4 A 234-0004-VB-0010 overlay Trim; ASME CL 150; API- 607/ 608; ISO 17292; Gear 16 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD, RF 150 16"-G-A-234002-50H GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-004 VB22R1FL02RB VB-026
Operated, Red Bore

5 A 234-0004-VB-0077 overlay Trim; ASME CL 600; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; Gear 10 BALL VALVE C YES FLGD, RF 600 10"-F-C-234010-50H GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-004 VB22R6FL02RB VB-008
Operated

6 A 234-0004-VB-0078 overlay Trim; ASME CL 600; API- 607/ 608; ISO 17292; Lever 2 BALL VALVE C YES FLGD, RF 600 10"-F-C-234010-50H GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-004 VB22R6FL02RB VB-006
Operated

7 A 234-0004-VB-0079 overlay Trim; ASME CL 600; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; Gear 8 BALL VALVE C YES FLGD, RF 600 10"-F-C-234010-50H GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-004 VB22R6FL02RB VB-008
Operated
GLOBE VALVE; FLGD RF; API-600/ASME B16.10; ASME CL 600;

CS; TRIM 8; BVL GR OPR ; T- BODY PATT; BLT BNT; OS&Y;
8 A 234-0004-VO-0008 8 GLOBE VALVE C YES FLGD, RF 600 10"-F-C-234010-50H GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-004 VR22R6FL08 VO-003
PLUG DISC; CS BODY ASTM A216 GR WCB; FLEX GPH PKG
W/CORR INHBTR
BALL VALVE; CS ASTM A 105 BODY; THD; SS 316 Trim; #800;

9 A 234-0004-VB-0084 3/4 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 16"-G-A-234002-50H / PZT-003 GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-004 VB2108TD10RB VB-014
API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; Lever Operated ; Red Bore

10 A 234-0004-VB-0006 3/4 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 16"-G-A-234002-50H / PG-001 GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-004 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

11 A 234-0004-VB-0076 3/4 BALL VALVE C YES THD 800 10"-G-C-234001-50H / PT-002 GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-004 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

12 A 234-0004-VB-0083 overlay Trim; ASME CL 600; API- 607/ 608; ISO 17292; Lever 2 BALL VALVE C YES FLGD, RF 600 10"-G-C-234001-50H GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-004 VB22R6FL02RB VB-006
Operated

13 A 234-0004-VB-0004 overlay Trim; ASME CL 600; API- 607/ 608; ISO 17292; Lever 2 BALL VALVE C YES FLGD, RF 600 10"-G-C-234001-50H GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-004 VB22R6FL02RB VB-006
Operated
BALL VALVE; CS WCB Body; FLGD RF; SS 316 Trim; ASME CL

14 A 234-0004-VB-0005 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD, RF 150 2"-D-A-234009 GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-004 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001
150; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; Lever Operated, Red Bore

15 A 234-0004-VB-0082 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD, RF 150 2"-D-A-234009 GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-004 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001

CS; TRIM 8; BVL GR OPR ; T- BODY PATT; BLT BNT; OS&Y;
16 A 234-0004-VO-001 8 GLOBE VALVE C YES FLGD, RF 600 10"-G-C-234001-50H GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-004 VR22R6FL08 VO-003
W/CORR INHBTR

17 A 234-0004-VB-0009 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD, RF 150 2"-F-A-234007-50H GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-004 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001
150; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; Lever Operated

CS; TRIM 8; HNDWHL OPR ; T- BODY PATT; BLT BNT; OS&Y;
18 A 234-0004-VO-0002 2 GLOBE VALVE A YES FLGD, RF 150 2"-F-A-234007-50H GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-004 VR22R1FL08 VO-001
W/CORR INHBTR

19 A 234-0004-VBB-0001 overlay Trim; ASME CL 150; API- 607/ 608; ISO 17292; Gear 10 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD, RF 150 10"-F-A-234003-50H GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-004 VB22R1FL02FB VB-025
Operated; Full Bore

20 A 234-0004-VBB-0002 overlay Trim; ASME CL 150; API- 607/ 608; ISO 17292; Gear 10 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD, RF 150 10"-F-A-234004-50H GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-004 VB22R1FL02FB VB-025
Operated; Full Bore

21 A 234-0004-VB-0007 1 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 10"-F-A-234003-50H GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-004 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

22 A 234-0004-VB-0008 1 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 10"-F-A-234004-50H GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-004 VB2108TD10RB VB-014
REVISION A
VALVE LIST
VALVES LIST
SIZE
(INCH)

23 A 234-0004-VBB-0004 overlay Trim; ASME CL 150; API- 607/ 608; ISO 17292; Lever 8 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD, RF 150 18"-F-A-234006 GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-004 VB22R1FL02FB VB-024
Operated; Full Bore

24 A 234-0004-VBB-0003 overlay Trim; ASME CL 150; API- 607/ 608; ISO 17292; Lever 8 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD, RF 150 18"-F-A-234006 GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-004 VB22R1FL02FB VB-024
Operated; Full Bore

25 A 234-0004-VB-0080 1/2 BALL VALVE G YES THD 800 2"-IA-G-234013 GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-004 - VB-027

BALL VALVE; CS WCB Body; FLGD RF; SS 316

27 A 391-0001-VB-0075 Trim; ASME CL 300; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; 6 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 6"-G-A-391003-50H GM606-60620-391-PR-PI-0001 VB22R3FL10RB VB-001
Lever Operated; Red.Bore

28 A 391-0001-VB-0014 Trim; ASME CL 300; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 M-901/PG-001/VT-901/N7 GM606-60620-391-PR-PI-0001 VB22R3FL10RB VB-001

29 A 391-0001-VB-0015 Trim; ASME CL 300; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 M-901/SP-001/VT-901/N6 GM606-60620-391-PR-PI-0001 VB22R3FL10RB VB-001

30 A 391-0001-VB-0016 Trim; ASME CL 300; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 2"-F-A-391006 GM606-60620-391-PR-PI-0001 VB22R3FL10RB VB-001

31 A 391-0001-VBB-0005 Trim; ASME CL 300; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 2"-F-A-391005 GM606-60620-391-PR-PI-0001 VB22R3FL10FB VB-0023
Lever Operated; Full Bore

32 A 391-0001-VB-0085 Trim; ASME CL 300; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 M-901/PG-002/VT-901/N2 GM606-60620-391-PR-PI-0001 VB22R3FL10RB VB-001

33 A 391-0001-VB-0089 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 6"-G-A-391003-50H GM606-60620-391-PR-PI-0001 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001

34 A 391-0001-VB-0013 6 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 6"-G-A-391003-50H GM606-60620-391-PR-PI-0001 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001
GLOBE VALVE; FLGD RF; API-600/ASME B16.10;

ASME CL 150; CS; TRIM 8; HNDWHL OPR ; T-
35 A 391-0001-VO-0003 BODY PATT; BLT BNT; OS&Y; PLUG DISC; CS 2 GLOBE VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 2"-F-A-391006 GM606-60620-391-PR-PI-0001 VR22R1FL08 VO-001
BODY ASTM A216 GR WCB; FLEX GPH PKG W/CORR
INHBTR
36 A 391-0001-VO-0009 BODY PATT; BLT BNT; OS&Y; PLUG DISC; CS 2 GLOBE VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 6"-G-A-391003-50H GM606-60620-391-PR-PI-0001 VR22R1FL08 VO-001
INHBTR
CHECK VALVE; B16.5 FLGD RF; API 600; ASME CL 150; TRIM 8
37 A 391-0001-VC-0001 2 CHECK VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 2"-NN-A-391007 GM606-60620-391-PR-PI-0001 VC22R1FL08 VC-001
SWG TYPE; BLT BNT; CS BODY ASTM A216 GR WCB

38 A 391-0001-VB-0020 1 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 2"-F-A-391005 GM606-60620-391-PR-PI-0001 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

39 A 391-0001-VBB-0006 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 4"-F-A-391009 GM606-60620-391-PR-PI-0001 VB22R1FL10FB VB-0023
150; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; Lever Operated; Full Bore

40 A 391-0001-VB-0017 4 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 4"-F-A-391004 GM606-60620-391-PR-PI-0001 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001

41 A 391-0001-VB-0011 overlay Trim; ASME CL 150; API- 607/ 608; ISO 17292; Gear 16 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 16"-G-A-391001-50H GM606-60620-391-PR-PI-0001 VB22R1FL02RB VB-026
Operated, Red Bore

42 A 391-0001-VB-0012 3/4 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 16"-G-A-391001-50H GM606-60620-391-PR-PI-0001 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

43 A 391-0001-VB-0018 4 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 4"-D-A-391008 GM606-60620-391-PR-PI-0001 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001

REVISION A
VALVE LIST
VALVES LIST
SIZE
(INCH)


REVISION A
VALVE LIST
VALVES LIST
SIZE
(INCH)

1 A 393-0001-VB-0023 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 M-901/VT-901/N3 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0001 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001

2 A 393-0001-VB-0086 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 M-901/PG-004/VT-901/N10 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0001 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001

3 A 393-0001-VB-0026 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 2"-G-A-393004 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0001 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001

4 A 393-0001-VB-0027 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 2"-NN-A-393005 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0001 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001

5 A 393-0001-VB-0028 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 M-901/PG-002/VT-901/N8 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0001 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001









14 A 393-0001-VB-0030 1 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 2"-F-A-393006 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0001 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

15 A 393-0001-VO-0004 BODY PATT; BLT BNT; OS&Y; PLUG DISC; CS 2 GLOBE VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 2"-F-A-393008 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0001 VR22R1FL08 VB-028
INHBTR
16 A 393-0001-VO-0010 BODY PATT; BLT BNT; OS&Y; PLUG DISC; CS 2 GLOBE VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 6"-G-A-393003 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0001 VR22R1FL08 VB-029
INHBTR

BALL VALVE; CS WCB Body; FLGD RF; Hard

18 A 393-0001-VB-0022 Chrome weld overlay Trim; ASME CL 150; API- 16 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 16"-G-A-393002-50H GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0001 VB22R1FL02RB VB-026
607/ 608; ISO 17292; Gear Operated

607/ 608; ISO 17292; Gear Operated
CHECK VALVE; B16.5 FLGD RF; API 600; ASME

20 A 393-0001-VC-0002 CL 150; TRIM 8 SWG TYPE; BLT BNT; CS BODY 2 CHECK VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 2"-NN-A-393005 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0001 VC22R1FL08 VB-033
ASTM A216 GR WCB

21 A 393-0001-VB-0024 1/2 BALL VALVE G YES THD 800 2"-IA-G-393025 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0001 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

22 A 393-0002-VB-0054 3/4 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 V-100/LG-002/VT-100/K2A&B GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014
REVISION A
VALVE LIST
VALVES LIST
SIZE
(INCH)

23 A 393-0002-VB-0036 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 V-100/LG-002/VT-100/K2A GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001

24 A 393-0002-VB-0055 3/4 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 V-100/LG-002/VT-100/K2A&B GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

25 A 393-0002-VB-0037 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 V-100/LG-002/VT-100/K2B GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001

26 A 393-0002-VB-0038 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 V-100/LG-002/VT-100/N6 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001
CHECK VALVE; B16.5 FLGD RF; API 600; ASME

27 A 393-0002-VC-0003 CL 150; TRIM 8 SWG TYPE; BLT BNT; CS BODY 2 CHECK VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 V-100/LG-002/VT-100/N6 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VC22R1FL08 VB-040
ASTM A216 GR WCB

28 A 393-0002-VB-0041 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 V-100/LT-001/VT-100/K4A GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001

29 A 393-0002-VB-0042 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 V-100/LT-001/VT-100/K4B GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001

30 A 393-0002-VB-0059 3/4 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 V-100/LT-001/VT-100/K4A&B GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

31 A 393-0002-VB-0060 3/4 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 V-100/LT-001/VT-100/K4A&B GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

32 A 393-0002-VB-0047 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 V-100/LT-001/VT-100/N5 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001

33 A 393-0002-VB-0048 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 V-100/LT-001/VT-100/N5 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB22R1FL10RB VB-046

34 A 393-0002-VB-0049 3/4 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 V-100/LT-001/VT-100/N5 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

35 A 393-0002-VB-0043 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 2"-PO-A-393013-50H GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001

36 A 393-0002-VB-0050 3/4 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 2"-PO-A-393013-50H GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

37 A 393-0002-VB-0051 3/4 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 2"-PO-A-393022-50H GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

38 A 393-0002-VB-0044 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 2"-PO-A-393022-50H GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001

39 A 393-0002-VO-0005 1 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 2"-PO-A-393013-50H GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

40 A 393-0002-VB-0045 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 2"-PW-A-393014 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001

41 A 393-0002-VB-0046 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 2"-PW-A-393023 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001

42 A 393-0002-VB-0052 3/4 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 2"-PW-A-393014 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

43 A 393-0002-VB-0053 3/4 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 2"-PW-A-393023 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

44 A 393-0002-VO-0006 1 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 2"-PW-A-393023 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014
REVISION A
VALVE LIST
VALVES LIST
SIZE
(INCH)

45 A 393-0002-VB-0058 3/4 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 2"-D-A-393015 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

46 A 393-0002-VB-0057 3/4 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 2"-D-A-393015 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

47 A 393-0002-VB-0066 1/2 BALL VALVE G YES THD 800 2"-IA-G-393025/LCV-002 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

48 A 393-0002-VB-0065 1/2 BALL VALVE G YES THD 800 2"-IA-G-393025/LCV-001 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

49 A 393-0002-VB-0064 1/2 BALL VALVE G YES THD 800 2"-IA-G-393025/ESDV-003 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

50 A 393-0002-VB-0063 1/2 BALL VALVE G YES THD 800 2"-IA-G-393025/ESDV-002 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

51 A 393-0002-VB-0071 3/4 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 V-100/LG-003/VT-100/VENT GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

52 A 393-0002-VB-0072 3/4 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 V-100/LG-003/VT-100/DRAIN GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

53 A 393-0002-VB-0087 3/4 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 V-100/LG-003/VT-100/VENT GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

54 A 393-0002-VB-0088 3/4 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 V-100/LG-003/VT-100/DRAIN GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

55 A 393-0002-VB-0073 3/4 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 V-100/LZT-003/VT-100/VENT GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

56 A 393-0002-VB-0074 3/4 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 V-100/LZT-003/VT-100/DRAIN GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

57 A 393-0002-VB-0067 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 V-100/LG-003/VT-100/VENT GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001

58 A 393-0002-VB-0068 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 V-100/LG-003/VT-100/DRAIN GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001

59 A 393-0002-VB-0069 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 V-100/LZT-003/VT-100/VENT GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001

60 A 393-0002-VB-0070 Trim; ASME CL 150; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 V-100/LZT-003/VT-100/DRAIN GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001
Lever Operated ;

61 A 393-0002-VB-0039 Trim; ASME CL 150; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 V-100/VENT/VT-100/K1A GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001
Lever Operated ;

62 A 393-0002-VB-0040 Trim; ASME CL 150; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 V-100/VT-100/DRAIN/K1B GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001
Lever Operated ;

63 A 393-0002-VB-0034 Trim; ASME CL 150; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 V-100/PG-003/VT-100/K6 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001
Lever Operated ;

64 A 393-0002-VB-0035 Trim; ASME CL 150; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 V-100/VT-100/N7 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001
Lever Operated ;

65 A 393-0002-VBB-0011 Trim; ASME CL 150; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; 3 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 3"-F-A-393016-50H GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001
Lever Operated ;

66 A 393-0002-VB-0061 3/4 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 3"-F-A-393016-50H GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014
REVISION A
VALVE LIST
VALVES LIST
SIZE
(INCH)

67 A 393-0002-VB-0033 Trim; ASME CL 150; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 2"-F-A-393020-50H GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001
Lever Operated ;

68 A 393-0002-VB-0007 Trim; ASME CL 150; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; 2 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 2"-F-A-393021 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001
Lever Operated ;

69 A 393-0002-VB-0062 3/4 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 4"-F-A-393018 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

70 A 393-0002-VBB-0012 Trim; ASME CL 150; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; 4 BALL VALVE A YES FLGD RF 150 4"-F-A-393018 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB22R1FL10RB VB-001
Lever Operated ;

71 A 393-0002-VB-0056 3/4 BALL VALVE A YES THD 800 16"-G-A-393011-50H/SC-001 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 VB2108TD10RB VB-014

607/ 608; ISO 17292; Gear Operated ;
ATTACHMENT – 03: SPECIALITY ITEMS LIST

PIPING SPECIALITY LIST
Doc No.: GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0002 Rev.: A DATE : 01.06.2020 PAGE : 10
SIZE 1 SIZE 2
SL. No. P&ID No. TAG No. LINE No. PIPE CLASS RATING DESCRIPTION QTY DATASHEET No. REMARKS
(NPS) (NPS)
1 GM606-60620-234-PR-PI-0004 234-0004-SP-001 10"-F-A-234003-50H A 150# 10 - VALVE INTERLOCK 1 GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0001
2 GM606-60620-391-PR-PI-0001 391-0001-SP-001 2"-NN-A-391007 A 150# 2 - HOSE CONNECTION 1 GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0003
3 GM606-60620-391-PR-PI-0001 391-0001-SP-002 4"-D-A-391008 A 150# 4 - INSULATING GASKET 1 GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0004
4 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0001 393-0001-SP-001 16"-G-A-393002-50H A 150# 2 - CORROSION COUPON 1 -
5 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0001 393-0001-SP-002 2"-NN-A-393005 A 150# 2 - HOSE CONNECTION 1 GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0003
8 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 LT - 002 393-V-100 _ K3 A 150# 3 - INSULATING GASKET 1 GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0004
9 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 LG - 002 _ VENT 393-V-100 _ K2A A 150# 2 - INSULATING GASKET 1 GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0004
10 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 LG - 002 _ DRAIN 393-V-100 _ K2B A 150# 2 - INSULATING GASKET 1 GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0004
11 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 TG -001 393-V-100 _ K5 B 300# 2 - INSULATING GASKET 1 GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0004
12 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 LG - 003 _ VENT 393-V-100 _ K1A A 150# 2 - INSULATING GASKET 1 GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0004
13 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 LG - 003 _ DRAIN 393-V-100 _ K1B A 150# 2 - INSULATING GASKET 1 GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0004
14 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 LZT - 003 _ VENT 393-V-100 _ K1A A 150# 2 - INSULATING GASKET 1 GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0004
15 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 LZT - 003 _ DRAIN 393-V-100 _ K1B A 150# 2 - INSULATING GASKET 1 GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0004
14 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 LT - 001 _ VENT 393-V-100 _ K4A A 150# 2 - INSULATING GASKET 1 GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0004
15 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 LT - 001 _ DRAIN 393-V-100 _ K4B A 150# 2 - INSULATING GASKET 1 GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0004

ATTACHMENT – 04: TECHNICAL QUESTIONNAIRE

(A) SCOPE OF SUPPLY Indicate answer by * in the approximate bracket
1. Is the vendor in total agreement with his scope of supply [ ] Yes [ ] No

as defined in the requisition?
If not in total agreement indicate deviation required in the following:
a) Data Sheets [ ] Yes [ ] No
b) Specifications [ ] Yes [ ] No
c) Vendor Data Requirements Schedule [ ] Yes [ ] No
d) QA/QC Requirements [ ] Yes [ ] No
If answer is ‘Yes’ for any of the above, exact deviation required shall be Described in detail indicating the
appropriate clause(s).If ‘No” deviations are indicated, it will be assumed that all the requirements of subject
Requisition shall be complied with and no deviations whatever shall be accepted after the placement of order.
2. In case total system supply is in vendor’s scope, are they any items Vendor wishes to add to achieve total system
completion in all respects? (If ‘yes’ details to be given)
Confirmation of nozzle elevation and orientation) [ ] Yes [ ] No
3. Does bid include spare parts for
a) Commissioning [ ] Yes [ ] No
b) Maintenance (1 Year period) [ ] Yes [ ] No
4. a) Are mounting accessories include in bid? [ ] Yes [ ] No [ ] NA
b) Are special installation procedures, if any included in bid? [ ] Yes [ ] No [ ] NA
5. a) Is supervision of installation in vendor scope? [ ] Yes [ ] No [ ] NA
b) Is commissioning in vendor scope? [ ] Yes [ ] No [ ] NA
6. Does bid include:
a) Power requirement [ ] Yes [ ] No [ ] NA
b) spl. Cable requirement [ ] Yes [ ] No [ ] NA
c) spl. Calibration equipment [ ] Yes [ ] No [ ] NA
d) spl. Tools [ ] Yes [ ] No [ ] NA
(Extra charges, if any, for the above to be indicated in the bid)
B) GENERAL
1. Is customer reference list furnished with bid? [ ] Yes [ ] No

2 .Does bid include calculation / graphs wherever required? [ ] Yes [ ] No
3. Have catalogues and relevant technical literature (all in English)
been enclosed with bid for evaluation? [ ] Yes [ ] No
C) INSPECTION/CERTIFICATE
1. Has vendor indicated in bid detailed inspection procedure [ ] Yes [ ] No [ ] NA

Being carried out by him?
2. Have extra charges, if any for any special inspection to be [ ] Yes [ ] No [ ] NA
Carried out indicated in bid?
3. Can vendor furnish certificate from competent authorities as [ ] Yes [ ] No [ ] NA
Indicated below:
ITEMS CERTIFICATION FOR CODE NAME OF CERT.

NO. AUTHORITY
[ ] Yes [ ] No [ ] NA
a) Inspection & Test Plan
Manufacturing Procedures, Hydro [ ] Yes [ ] No [ ] NA

b) test Procedure, Painting
Procedure
[ ] Yes [ ] No [ ] NA
c) Material Test Certificate
[ ] Yes [ ] No [ ] NA
d) Visual and Dimensional Check
[ ] Yes [ ] No [ ] NA
Protective Coating, Preservation,
e) End Preparation, Handling &
Storage
[ ] Yes [ ] No [ ] NA
f) Fire Safe Certificate for Valves
OTHERS:
VENDOR COMPANY SEAL VENDOR SIGNATURE & DATE

ATTACHMENT – 05: DEVIATION LIST

LIST OF DEVIATIONS / EXCEPTIONS / COMMENTS

Purchasers Requirements Deviation Technical Cost
Item Purchaser's
Doc. No / as per Proposed Justification for Implication
№ Comments
Clause No Purchaser's by Vendor the Proposed for
Doc. № Deviation Compliance
10

ATTACHMENT – 06: COMMISSIONING SPARE PARTS LIST

The vendor should state in this form a list of commissioning spares (along with information asked)
which is in his opinion are required for purpose of commissioning .vendor shall sign/date and affix
his seal to his form.
Sl no. PART No. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT RATE* TOTAL PRICE*

ATTACHMENT – 07: SUB-VENDOR LIST

Country of Sub Vendor Contact Telephone

Sl no. Items Fax Number
Origin name Address Number
VENDOR COMPANY SEAL VENDOR SIGNATURE & D

ATTACHMENT – 08: SPECIAL TOOL LIST

Part
Name of Tool,
No Service Drawing Qty Weight Unit Price Remarks
Dimension or Sketch
Number
VENDOR COMPANY SEAL VENDOR SIGNATURE & DAT

ATTACHMENT – 09: LIST OF CONSTRUCTION SPARES AND CONSUMABLES

The vendor shall state in this form list of consumable any other items considered essential for
commissioning. Vendor shall sign / date and affix his seal to this form.
UNIT
S.No PART No. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY TOTAL PRICE*
RATE*

ATTACHMENT – 10: LIST OF THREE YEAR SPARE

The vendor should state in this form, list of spares required which is in his opinion is essential for Three
year operation /maintenance of supply covered in the material requisition. This form should be duly
signed/ date and seal affixed by vendor.
UNIT
Sl no. PART No. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY TOTAL PRICE*
RATE*

ATTACHMENT – 11: WEIGHT AND COG FORM

DRY OPERATING TEST
WEIGHT (kg)
REFER GAD FOR DIMENSION DETAILS AND WEIGHT
OVERALL SIZES (mm)
w L
Y W
CENTER OF MASS (mm)
DIMENSION DRY OPERATING
II
COG

ATTACHMENT – 12: VENDOR DOCUMENT REQUIREMENT LIST

APPENDIX 15 : Vendor Document Requirement List (VDRL)
Company : Gazprom Neft Middle East
Project : -
COLUMN 1 DENOTES DOCUMENTATION REQUIRED WITH BID (Y =YES). ALL DOCUMENTS ELECTRONIC SUBMISSION.
COLUMN 2 SUBMITAL DATE POST ORDER IN WEEKS, (D) - DELIVERY, (T) -TEST, ALL DOC.ELECTRONIC SUBMISSION EXCEPT FOR FINAL DOCUMENTS AND MRB.
COLUMN 3 SUBMISSION FOR APPROVAL (A) / FOR INFORMATION (I) / REVIEW AT SITE (AS) OR WORKS (AW).
COLUMN 4 KEY / CRITICAL DOCUMENTS LINKED TO PAYMENT.
COLUMN 5 IN ADDITION TO PDF, ALL DOCUMENTS / CERTIFICATES / DRAWINGS / MANUALS SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN CD-ROM , IN NATIVE FORMAT.
COLUMN 6 DOCUMENTAION TO BE INCLUDED IN INSTALLATION AND OPERATING MANUAL / FINAL DOCUMENT (Y=YES).
COLUMN 7 MANDATORY DOCUMENTATION TO BE INCLUDED IN MRB (Y = YES)
COLUMN 8 MANDATORY DOCUMENTATION TO BE INCLUDED IN PASSPORT (Y = YES)
Post Order Final Docs
With bid IOM MRB PASSPORT
Code Description No. of weeks Category Key.Doc Required
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A - Master Data Schedule

A01 Vendor Document List / Schedule
A99 Miscellaneous
B - Commercial Data
B01 Engineering / Sub-ordering / Fabrication / Production Schedule
B02 Sub-order Schedule
B03 Weekly / Mothly Progress Report
B04 Company Profile
B05 Customer Reference List
B06 Certificate of Origin
B07 Certificate of Compliance
B08 Exceptions to Codes and Specifications
B09 Final Invoice
B10 Sub-Vendor List
B11 Safety Policy Records
B12 Sub-order Copies
B99 Miscellaneous
C- General Arrangements / Drawings
C01 General Arrangements
C02 Foundation Load Static / Dtnamic Support Details, Anchor Bolt LOC (Can be Included in C01)
C03 Detail Drawings / Fabrication Drawings
C04 Exploded View Cross Sectional Drawings
C05 Mechanical Seal Detail Drawings (INCL Dry Gas Seals IF Any)
C06 Panel Cabinet Layout
C07 Electrical / Instrument Latouts
C08 Instrument Outline & Location Drawings
C09 Motor General Arrangement Drawings & Terminal Box GA/Details DWGS
C10 Isometric Drawings
C11 Lifting Beam / Frame / Sling Drawings / Lifting Arrangement Drawings
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
C12 Equipment Skid Piping
C13 Civil / Structural Arrangement Drawings
C14 Heat Tracing / Insulation / Lining Fire Proofing Details
C15 Interface and Connection Schedule (Can be Included in C01)
C16 Actuator Drawings / Details
C17 Name Plate Drawings
C18 Vavle Drawings
C19 General Layout / Plot Plan
C99 Miscellaneous
D - System Diagrams & Schematics
D01 PFS/UFS and Heat Mass Balance
D02 Process/Utility Engineering Flow Schemes (PEFS/UEFS)
D03 Piping & Instrumentation Diagram (P&ID)
D04 Electrical Single Line Diagram (SLD'S)
D05 Instrument / Electrical Logic Diagram
D06 Control Philosophy & Block Diagram
D07 Electric / Electronic Schematic
D08 Internal Wiring Diagram (Connection Diagrams)
D09 Interconnection Diagrams
D10 Instrument Termination & Hook Up Details / Drawings
D11 Terninal Block Diagrams
D12 Electrical Termination and Hook-Up Details
D13 Loop Drawings / Diagrams
D14 Pneumatic / Hydraulic Schematic
D15 Interface Drawings Input/Output Power Supplied
D16 Cause & Effect Diagrams
D17 Visual Display Unit (VDU) Graphics
D18 Trace Heating Drawings / Isometrics
D19 Hazardous Area Classification
D20 Cathodic Protection System Schematics
D99 Miscellaneous
E - Data Sheets / Specification
E01 Weight Data Sheet
E02 Equipment (Static/Rotary) Data Sheets
E03 Instrument Data Sheets
E04 Instrument Specification
E05 Noise Level Data Sheets
E06 Mechanical Alignment Data Sheets
E07 Valve Data Sheets
E08 Electrical Data Sheets
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
E09 Technical Specifications
E10 Motor Data Sheets
E11 Safety (COSHH) Data Sheets
E12 Cable Technical Data Sheets
E13 Functional Design Specifications
E14 Pipeline Data Sheets
E15 Piping Material Specification
E16 Specification for Neutral Earthing Resistor
E17 Process Data Sheet
E18 Gear Box Data Sheet
E19 Lube Oil Data Sheet
E20 Pump Data Sheet
E21 Fan Data Sheet
E22 Oil System Operating Philosophy
E23 Operating Philosophy
E99 Miscellaneous
F - Schedules / Listing
F01 Instrument Schedule / Index
F02 Cable Schedules
F03 Load / Motor List
F04 Distribution Board Scheduls
F05 Input / Output (I/O) Junction Box List
F06 Bolt Schedule
F07 Lubrication Schedule (Lube Oil, Grease, Operating Fluide)
F08 Terminal Point Schedule
F09 Transit Schedule
F10 Utilities Schedule (Power, Air, Water and Others)
F11 Erection Fastener Schedule
F12 Bill of Materials
F13 Piping Line List
F14 Trace Heating Schedule
F15 Schedule of PSVs
F16 Schedule of Pressure Vessels
F17 Schedule of Runway Beams & Lifting Appliances
F18 Schedule of Electrical Equipment in Hazardous Area
F19 Schedule Ingress Protection (IP) Rates Equipment
F20 Bit Map / Serial Link Protocol
F21 Equipment List (Electrical & Mechanical)
F21 Instrument Tag List
F22 Alarm & Trip Schedule
F99 Miscellaneous
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
G - Calculation
G01 Mechanical Strength Calculation (Vessels / Heat Exchanger / Tanks / Filters / Dampers)
G02 Process / Utility Calculations
G03 Structural Steel Design Calculations, If Any
G04 Foundation Support Calculations
G05 System Head Loss Calculations
G06 Lateral Critical Speed Calculations
G07 Torsional Critical Speed Calculations
G08 Bearing Life Calculations
G09 Thrust Bearing Size
G10 Heat Emission / Heat Loss Calculations
G11 Reliability,Availability,Maintainability (RAM) & Safety Integrity Level (SIL) Calculations
G12 Hydraulic Calculations / Analysis
G13 Exchanger Thermal Rating Calculations
G14 Instrument Calculations
G15 Acoustic Enclosure Ventilation System Calculations
G16 Exhaust Duct Calculations
G17 Coupling Selection Calculations
G18 Lube and Seal Oil System Sizing Calculations
G19 Anti-Surge Valve Sizing
G20 Rotor / Shaft System Imbalance Response Analysis
G21 Piping Stress Analysis . Calculations
G22 Failure Mode & Effect Analysis (FMEA)
G23 Finite Element Analysis / Calculation
G24 Nozzle Loads and Movements
G25 Externaly Applied Loadings Calculations (INCL. SEISMIC)
G26 Gaseous / Water Mist Fire Extinguishant Flow, pressure & Time Design Analysis
G27 Electrical Calculations
G28 Pulsation Studies
G29 ESD Valve / Control Valve / Self Actualing Pressure Control Valve
G30 Relief Valve and Burst Disc Calculations
G31 CCTV Coverage Study
G32 Vibration Analysis
G33 PA / GA Coverage Study
G34 Dynamic Analysis
G35 Acceptable Nozzole Loads
G99 Miscellaneous
H - Performance Data
H01 Electrical Protection Curves & Relay Charchterstics
H02 Current, Potential and Power Transformer Curves
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
H03 Motor Performance Curves
H04 Lighting Performance Data
H05 Battery Charge / Discharge Curves
H06 Power System Analysis Data
H07 Electrical Generator Performance Data
H08 Combusion Gas Turbine Performance Curves
H09 Centrifugal Compressor Performance Curves
H10 Centrifugal Pump Performance Curves
H11 Rotary Pump Curves
H12 Reciprocating Pump Performance Curves
H13 Fan/Blower Performance Curves
H14 Engine Performance Curves
H15 Speed / Torque Starting Curves
H16 Crane Load / Radius Curves
H17 Computer System Documentation / Manual
H18 Reciprocating Compressor Calculations / Curves
H19 General Performance Data
H20 Burner Performance / Characteristic Curves (Pressire-HF, HF-Air)
H99 Miscellaneous
J - Welding/Material Engineering Data / Manufacturing & Test Plan / Procedure
J01 Inspection test plan
J02 Inspection test procedure
J03 Weld Location & NDE Plan (Including Weld Repairs / Casting Defects)
J04 Weld Procedure Specification (WPS) & Qualifications (WPQ) Records
J05 Non-Destructive Examinations Procedures (NDE)
J06 Surface Preparation & Painting Specification / Procedure
J07 Forming and Heat Treatment Procedures (INC, PWHT)
J08 Hydrostatic and / or Pneumatic Test Procedures
J09 Corrosion Testing Procedures
J10 HIC / SSIC Testing Procedure
J11 Positive Material Identification (PMI) Procedure
J12 Flushing Procedure
J13 Factory Acceptance Test Procedure
J14 Funtional & Performance Test Procedure
J15 Mechanical Run Test Procedure
J16 String Test / Package Acceptance Test Procedure
J17 Werght Control / Weighing Procedure
J18 Holiday Testing Procedure
J19 Pickling and Passivation Procedure
J20 Hardness Test Procedure
J21 Type Acce[tance Test (TAT) Procedure
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
J22 Low Temperature Test Procedure
J23 Fugitive Emissiontest Procedure
J24 Non Conformance Procedure
J25 Load Test Crane Preventive Maintenance / Lifting Beam Procedure
J26 Impact Test Procedure
J27 Insulation Procedure
J28 Refractory Application Procedure
J29 Site Acceptance Test Procedure
J30 Weld Repair Procedure
J31 Trial Assembly Procedure
J32 Noise Level Test Procedure
J33 Consumable Handling Procedure
J34 Leak Test Procedure
J35 Painting Procedure
J99 Miscellaneous
K - Certification Data & Report
K01 Statutory Authority Approvals Certificates (PED, ATEX, UL & FM)
K02 Hazardous Area Certificates
K03 Performance Test Results (All Disciplines)
K04 Factory Acceptance Test Reports
K05 Vibration Reports
K06 Noise Reports
K07 Weight Reports / Certificates
K08 Dimensional Control Reports
K09 Material Test Certificates
K10 Welder Performance Qualification Certificates
K11 NDE Operator Qualifications
K12 PRE Production Qualification and Production Test Results (INCL Welding)
K13 Heat Treatment Records
K14 NDE Records (Visual / RT / DPI / MPI / EDDY Current)
K15 Material Traceability Records
K16 Calibration Certificate
K17 Pressure Test Certificate
K18 Leak Test Certificates
K19 Proof Load Certificates (Lifting Equipment Beams Frames ETC.)
K20 Painting / Coating / Insulation Report & Compliance Certificates
K21 Nameplate Rubbing / Photo
K22 Concession Requests
K23 Inspection Release note
K24 Inspection Notifications
K25 Inspection / Survey Reports (Including Third Party / Regulatory Authority)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
K26 Non Conformance Reports, If Any
K27 Non Acceptance Reports (Third Party / Regulatory Authority ETC.), If Any
K28 HIC / SSIC Test Reports
K29 Warranty / Guarantee Certificates
K30 Permit to Use Foreign Made Hazardous Equipment
K31 Measurement of Transient and Sub- Transient Reactance
K32 Motor Abbreviated Test Certificates
K33 Impact Test Reports
K34 Weld Repair Report, If Any
K35 Production Tests for Valves in Low Temperature Service
K36 Fire Safe Reports
K37 Electrical Machinery Special Test If Required
K38 Electrical Machinery Type Tests Reports / Cerificates
K39 Routine Test Certificates Electrical Machinery
K40 High Voltage Impulse Test
K41 Insulation Resistance Check
K42 Measurement of Resistance
K43 Vendor Certificate of Compliance to Codes and Standards
K44 Painting / Insulation Compliance Certificate
K45 Hardness Test Report
K46 Ferrite Test Report
K47 Type Acceptance Test Report
K48 Charpy Impact Test Results
K49 Surface Preparation & Coating/Painting/Insulation Inspection Report
K50 Operational Torque Test in Accordance with ISO 14313
K51 Fugitive Emission Tests (Prototype & Production)
K52 Mechanical Reun Test Report
K53 High Gas Concentration Test & Gas Detector System Report
K54 Low Temperature Test Reports (Prototype & Production)
K55 Positive Material Identification Test Results
K56 Trial Assembly Report
K57 Site Acceptance Test Report
K58 Damages Report
K59 Safety Study Reports
K60 Inspection Test Report
K61 Puch-List
K99 Miscellaneous
M - Manufacturer Record Book and Other Manuals
M01 Manufacturer Record Book (MRB) Index
M02 Manufacturer Record Book (MRB)
M03 Technical Installation, Operating and Maintenance Manual-Index
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
M04 Technical Installation Operating and Maintenance Manual
M05 Training Manual Index
M06 Traninig Manual
M07 Passport Index
M08 Passport
M99 Miscellaneous
N - Spares and Maintenance Data
N01 Schedule of Manufacturer's Commissioning Spares
N02 Schedule of Manufacturer's Spares for 3 Year Operation
N03 Schedule of Manufacturer's Spares for 5 Year Operation (Espir Forms)
N04 Schedule of Manufacturer's Recommended Insurance / Capital Spares
N05 Special Tools List
N06 Computer Training Tools (Drawings/ Illustrated Parts List for Spares)
N07 Catalogue Data
N99 Miscellaneous
P - Handling, Shipping & Site Installation
P01 Packing, Marking, Preservation, Handling & Storage Procedures
P02 Packing and Shipping Schedule / List
P03 Hazardous Material Shipping Certificate
P04 Erection and Installation Procedures
P05 Pre-Commissioning / Commissioning Procedures
P06 Shipping Drawing With Lifting Lug/Hook, Center of Gravity Details
P07 Refractory Drt Out Procedure
P99 Miscellaneous
Q - Quality Documents
Q01 ISO 9000 Certificate
Q02 Quality Manual
Q03 Project Quality Plan
Q04 Project Quality Procedure
Q99 Miscellaneous
Notes (1) To be verified by insperctor at Vendor's works. Final Review and Acceptance will be part of the MRB review
(2) Miscellaneous documents' shall be defined at the pre- order clarification meeting, and added to the documentation requirements then.
(3) Refer MRB guidelines attached with the Vendor documentation procedure.
(4) Electronic copies of MRB (M02) and technical installation, operating and maintenance manual (M04) to be submotted after final approval of hard copies and approval of index
(5) Documents shall be submitted with document cover approval / review sheet
(6) Every sheet of drawing shall have a separate document number
(7) Document shall be submitted in PDF searchable format (OCR) and in native format to the extend possible (Excel, Word, ACAD)
(8) Drawings shall be in Auto Cad format
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
(9) Final MRB shall be submitted after 2 weeks from shipment
(10) Final IOM shall be submitted after 2 weeks from shipment
ATTACHMENT – 13: DATASHEET FOR BALL VALVE

SARQALA (S-1) CPF UPGRADE, GARMIAN BLOCK,
KURDISTAN REPUBLIC OF IRAQ
DATA SHEET FOR BALL VALVES
Rev: Page:
Doc. No.: GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006
1 1 of 27
DOCUMENT DETAILS:
COMPANY CONTRACT NO. : 243-16-EB-GR-C
:: SARQALA (S-1) CPF UPGRADE, GARMIAN BLOCK,

PROJECT TITLE
COMPANY JOB NO : GMCPF
CONTRACTOR : Fortune Engineering & Energy Services LLC
CONTRACTOR JOB NO. : J-5177
PROJECT DOCUMENT NO. : GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006
REVISION NO. :1 No. of pages (incl. cover): 27
DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION : DATA SHEET FOR BALL VALVES
REVISION DETAILS
1 RE-ISSUED FOR PURCHASE 04/02/2018 PCP TKG PJ

0 ISSUED FOR PURCHASE 26/12/2017 PCP TKG PJ
A ISSUED FOR REVIEW 13/12/17 PCP TKG PJ
REV DESCRIPTION DATE PRPD CHKD APPD
This document has been developed by Fortune Engineering & Energy Services as part of contractual obligations under contract 243-16-EB-GR-C
and is exclusive property of Gazprom Neft Middle East B.V. It is to be used for the purpose which it is lent and must not be copied or used in any
way detrimental to the interest of this COMPANY and subject to return on demand.
Electronic File Name: GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006_1.pdf Doc Size: A4

Rev: Page:
1 2 of 27
REVISION RECORD
Rev. Para. Revision Description
A First Issue Issued For Review
1. Added Antistatic feature shall be provided also between

ball and stem in order to ensure all metal part
grounding.
2. Page numbering revised
0 3. Material grade for lever/hand wheel specified Issued For Purchase
4. NDE requirements specified
5. Material Test Requirements included
6. Blow out proof stem provided
7. Design Data fields corrected
8. Mismatch Corrected.
1 Data Sheet updated as per latest P&IDs as on date. Re-Issued For Purchase
SUMMARY OF HOLDS

Rev: Page:
1 3 of 27
Valve PIPING
Sr No Datasheet Valve type SIZE RANGE CLASS
1 VB-001 Ball Valve 2” – 6” A
2 VB-002 Ball Valve 10” - 14” A
3 VB-003 Ball Valve 12”(CSO) A
4 VB-004 Ball Valve 2”- 6” B
5 VB-005 Ball Valve 8” B
6 VB-006 Ball Valve 2” C
7 VB-007 Ball Valve 3” – 4” C
8 VB-008 Ball Valve 6” – 12” C
9 VB-009 Ball Valve 2” – 8” AF2
10 VB-010 Ball Valve 6” – 12” C
11 VB-011 Ball Valve 3” AF2
12 VB-012 Ball Valve 1” AF2
13 VB-013 Ball Valve ½”-1” A/B/C/G
14 VB-014 Ball Valve ¾”-1” A/B/C
15 VB-015 Ball Valve With Interlock 3” – 6” A
16 VB-016 Ball Valve With Interlock 2” C
17 VB-017 Ball Valve With Interlock 3” – 4” C
18 VB-018 Ball Valve With Interlock 6” C
19 VB-019 Ball Valve 8” A
20 VB-20 Ball Valve 2”-6” B
21 VB-21 Ball Valve 10”-14” A
22 DB-01 Double Block And Bleed 2 1/16” H

Rev: Page:
1 4 of 27
APPENDIX 01
DATASHEET FOR BALL VALVES

Page 5 of 27
SARQALA (S-1) CPF UPGRADE, GARMIAN BLOCK, KURDISTAN REPUBLIC OF IRAQ

Rev
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006
1
1 STANDARD FIELDS DESCRIPTION VENDOR COMPLIANCE
2 VALVE TAG NUMBER VB-001
3 PIPING MATERIAL CLASS A
4 SERVICE/SERVICE CODE SWEET PROCESS FLUID ( PO, G, D, OE, F, V, PW, RF)

DESIGN DATA
5 DESIGN TEMPERATURE ˚C -29 / 149
6 DESIGN PRESSURE bar g. BODY: As per ASME B16.34 / SEAT: As per manufacturer Curve
7 CLASS / PRESSURE RATING ASME B16.5 CL 150
8 APPLICABLE SIZES 2" - 6"
9 END CONNECTION FLGD, RF (125 - 250 micro. in)
10 CORROSION ALLOWANCE 3.0 mm
11 CONSTRUCTION BODY SIDE ENTRY / SPLIT BODY
12 BALL MOUNTING FLOATING
13 OPENING REDUCED PORT
14 PATTERN MANUFACTURER STANDARD

CONSTRUCTION
15 STEM BLOW-OUT PROOF (CIRCULAR HEAD)
16 STEM/SEAT SEALING INJECTION WITH NRV N/A
17 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS, IF ANY PLEASE SEE BELOW
18 LOCKING ARRANGEMENT TO BE CAPABLE OF BEING LOCKED WITH PADLOCKS OR CARSEAL
19 MODE OF OPERATION LEVER OPERATED
20 SEAT SOFT SEAT (NON METALLIC)
21 BODY / BONNET A 216 Gr. WCB
22 BALL SS 316 (SOLID SS BALL)
23 STEM SS 316
24 BODY JOINT GASKET RPTFE or O-RING
25 SOFT SEAT / SEAT INSERTS RPTFE

MATERIALS
26 SEAT RING N/A
27 PRIMARY BODY SEAL RTFE GASKET OR O-RING
28 SECONDARY BODY SEAL GRAPHITE GASKET OR METAL TO METAL SEAL
29 PRIMARY STEM SEAL RTFE SEAL OR O-RING
30 SECONDARY STEM SEAL GRAPHITE PACKING OR GRAPHITE SEAL
31 BONNET BOLTS / BONNET NUTS A193 GR.B7M / A194 2HM
32 SPRING / ANTISTATIC DEVICE REQUIRED (ASTM B637 HASTELLOY)
33 DESIGN STANDARD ISO 17292

STANDARDS
END CONNECTION / FACE TO FACE

34 ASME B 16.10/ B16.11 / B1.20.1
DIMENSION STANDARD
35 INSPECTION AND TESTING STANDARD API 598 / ISO 5208
36 PRESSURE TEST (SHELL/SEAT) ISO 5208 / API 598
37 FIRE TEST / CERTIFICATION

CERTIFICATES
API 607 / ISO 10497

38 RADIOGRAPHY MSS SP 54 / ASME B 16.34
39 NACE REQUIREMENT N/A as not SOUR SERVICE

MATERIAL TEST EN 10204 TYPE 3.1 FOR MATERIALS
40 LEAKAGE RATE API 6D / API 598

PAINTING
MARKING
COATING
41 EXTERNAL PAINTING SYSTEM PAINT SYSTEM -01

AND
42 MARKING AND COLOR CODING MSS SP 25 / DOC. GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-MT-SP-0001
43 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
44 1. VALVES SHALL INCORPORATE AN ANTI-STATIC FEATURE THAT ENSURE ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY BETWEEN STEM AND BODY OF VALVE 2” AND SMALLER, OR BETWEEN
45 BALL, STEM AND BODY OF LARGER VALVES.
46 2. VALVES SHALL HAVE OPEN / CLOSE POSITION INDICATOR
47 3. LEVER OPERATED VALVES SHALL HAVE INTEGRALLY CAST/FORGED/WELDED STOPS AT THE FULL OPEN AND FULL CLOSED POSITIONS TO PREVENT MORE THAN 90 DEGREES TURNING OF BALL.
48 4. MATERIAL FOR THE LEVER / HAND WHEEL SHALL BE MALLEABLE IRON / CARBON STEEL / DUCTILE IRON
49
50
51
52 NOTES
53 1. VENDOR TO ADVICE ON COMPATIBILITY OF MATERIALS
54 2. VENDOR SHALL SATISFY NDE REQUIREMENTS AS PER PARA. 8 OF SPECIFICATION GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0003
55 3. VALVE WARRANTY REQUIREMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED AT LEAST 3 (THREE) YEARS, SUCH WARRANTY STARTING FROM EQUIPMENT COMMISSIONING FOR OPERATION,
56 BY THE VENDOR AGAINST DEFECTIVE MATERIAL, POOR WORKMANSHIP, AND IMPROPER DESIGN.
57 4. THE VENDOR SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE, WITHOUT CHARGE, ANY VALVE NOT MEETING THE TERMS OF THE WARRANTY WITHIN THIS PERIOD OF TIME.
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Page 6 of 27

Rev
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006
1

DESIGN DATA

6 DESIGN PRESSURE bar g. BODY: As per ASME B16.34 / SEAT: As per manufacturer curve
12 BALL MOUNTING TRUNNION MOUNTED

CONSTRUCTION
16 STEM/SEAT SEALING INJECTION WITH NRV REQUIRED (to be located between primary and primary/back-up seals)
19 MODE OF OPERATION GEAR OPERATED
22 BALL 3mm HARD CHROME WELD OVER CS SOLID BALL
23 STEM 3mm HARD CHROME WELD OVER CS

MATERIALS
26 SEAT RING 3mm HARD CHROME WELD OVER CS
29 PRIMARY STEM SEAL O-RING

STANDARDS

34 ASME B 16.10/ B16.11 / B1.20.1
DIMENSION STANDARD

CERTIFICATES
API 607 / ISO 10497

38 RADIOGRAPHY MSS SP 54 IN CONJUCTION WITH ASME B 16.34


PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
42 MARKING AND COLOR CODING MSS SP 25 / PARA. 9 OF DOC. GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0004
47 3. TRUNNION-MOUNTED BALL VALVES SHALL HAVE A DOUBLE BLOCK AND BLEED FEATURE, IN BOTH THE OPEN AND CLOSED POSITION, TO FACILITATE COMPLETE FLUSHING, DRAINING AND VENTING
48 OF THE VALVE BODY CAVITY AND TO CHECK THE INTEGRITY OF THE SEAL.
49 4. LIFTING HOOK SHALL BE PROVIDED
51
52 NOTES
55 3. VALVE WARRANTY REQUIREMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED AT LEAST 3 (THREE) YEARS, SUCH WARRANTY STARTING FROM EQUIPMENT COMMISSIONING FOR OPERATION, BY THE VENDOR
56 AGAINST DEFECTIVE MATERIAL, POOR WORKMANSHIP, AND IMPROPER DESIGN.
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Page 7 of 27

Rev
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006
1

DESIGN DATA

8 APPLICABLE SIZES 12"

CONSTRUCTION
22 BALL 3mm HARD CHROME WELD OVERLAY ON CS SOLID BALL
23 STEM 3mm HARD CHROME WELD OVERLAY ON CS

MATERIALS

STANDARDS

34 ASME B 16.10/ B16.11 / B1.20.1
DIMENSION STANDARD

CERTIFICATES
API 607 / ISO 10497



PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
51
52 NOTES
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Page 8 of 27

Rev
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006
1
3 PIPING MATERIAL CLASS B

DESIGN DATA
8 APPLICABLE SIZES 2"~6"

CONSTRUCTION
23 STEM SS 316

MATERIALS
26 SEAT RING N/A

STANDARDS

34 ASME B 16.10/ B16.11 / B1.20.1
DIMENSION STANDARD

CERTIFICATES
API 607 / ISO 10497



PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
49
50
51
52 NOTES
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Page 9 of 27

Rev
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006
1

DESIGN DATA

CONSTRUCTION


MATERIALS
29 PRIMARY STEM SEAL GRAPHITE

STANDARDS

34 ASME B 16.10/ B16.11 / B1.20.1
DIMENSION STANDARD

CERTIFICATES
API 607 / ISO 10497



PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
51
52 NOTES
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Page 10 of 27

Rev
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006
1
3 PIPING MATERIAL CLASS C

DESIGN DATA

CONSTRUCTION
23 STEM SS 316

MATERIALS
26 SEAT RING N/A

STANDARDS

34 ASME B 16.10/ B16.11 / B1.20.1
DIMENSION STANDARD

CERTIFICATES
API 607 / ISO 10497



PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
49
50
51
52 NOTES
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Page 11 of 27

Rev
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006
1

DESIGN DATA

CONSTRUCTION
23 STEM SS 316

MATERIALS
26 SEAT RING SS 316

STANDARDS

34 ASME B 16.10/ B16.11 / B1.20.1
DIMENSION STANDARD

CERTIFICATES
API 607 / ISO 10497



PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
51
52 NOTES
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Page 12 of 27

Rev
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006
1

DESIGN DATA

CONSTRUCTION


MATERIALS
27 PRIMARY BODY SEAL O-RING
28 SECONDARY BODY SEAL RTFE GASKET OR O-RING
29 PRIMARY STEM SEAL GRAPHITE GASKET OR METAL TO METAL SEAL

STANDARDS

34 ASME B 16.10/ B16.11 / B1.20.1
DIMENSION STANDARD

CERTIFICATES
API 607 / ISO 10497



PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
49 4. LIFTING HOOK SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR NPS 10" AND ABOVE
51
52 NOTES:
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Page 13 of 27

Rev
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006
1
3 PIPING MATERIAL CLASS AF2
4 SERVICE/SERVICE CODE CORROSIVE FLUIDS (NON CYCLIC), PRODUCED WATER

DESIGN DATA
9 END CONNECTION FLGD, FF (250- 500 micro. In)

CONSTRUCTION

21 BODY / BONNET ASTM A 351 CF8M
22 BALL SS 316 (SOLID BALL)
23 STEM SS 316

MATERIALS
26 SEAT RING SS 316
31 BONNET BOLTS / BONNET NUTS A193 GR.B8M / A194 8M

STANDARDS

34 ASME B 16.10/ B16.11 / B1.20.1
DIMENSION STANDARD

CERTIFICATES
API 607 / ISO 10497



PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
49
50
51
52 NOTES
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Page 14 of 27

Rev
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006
1

DESIGN DATA

CONSTRUCTION

23 STEM SS 316

MATERIALS
26 SEAT RING SS 316
27 PRIMARY BODY SEAL O-RING
28 SECONDARY BODY SEAL RTFE GASKET OR O-RING
29 PRIMARY STEM SEAL GRAPHITE GASKET OR METAL TO METAL SEAL

STANDARDS

34 ASME B 16.10/ B16.11 / B1.20.1
DIMENSION STANDARD

CERTIFICATES
API 607 / ISO 10497



PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
49 4. LIFTING HOOK SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR NPS 10" AND ABOVE
51
52 NOTES:
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Page 15 of 27

Rev
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006
1

DESIGN DATA
9 END CONNECTION FLGD, FF (250- 500 micro. In)

CONSTRUCTION

23 STEM SS 316

MATERIALS
26 SEAT RING SS 316

STANDARDS

34 ASME B 16.10/ B16.11 / B1.20.1
DIMENSION STANDARD

CERTIFICATES
API 607 / ISO 10497



PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
49
50
51
52 NOTES
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Page 16 of 27

Rev
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006
1

DESIGN DATA
7 CLASS / PRESSURE RATING API 602 CL 800; 2000CWP
9 END CONNECTION THD, NPTF

CONSTRUCTION

23 STEM SS 316

MATERIALS
26 SEAT RING SS 316

STANDARDS

34 ASME B 16.10/ B16.11 / B1.20.1
DIMENSION STANDARD

CERTIFICATES
API 607 / ISO 10497



PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
49 5.VENDOR SHALL PROVIDE ASTM A 312 TP304 SMLS 80S X 100mm NIPPLE; ISO 17292, ASME B16.11/B1.20.1 FOR EACH ORDERED QUANTITY OF VALVE
50
51
52 NOTES
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Page 17 of 27

Rev
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006
1
3 PIPING MATERIAL CLASS A, B , C & G
4 SERVICE/SERVICE CODE SWEET PROCESS FLUID ( PO, G, D, OE, F, V, PW, RF, IA)
DESIGN DATA
8 APPLICABLE SIZES 1/2" - 1"
9 END CONNECTION THD; NPTF.
12 BALL MOUNTING FLOATING TYPE
13 OPENING FULL BORE

CONSTRUCTION
21 BODY / BONNET A 105
23 STEM SS 316

MATERIALS
26 SEAT RING N/A

STANDARDS

34 ASME B 16.10/ B16.11 / B1.20.1
DIMENSION STANDARD

CERTIFICATES
API 607 / ISO 10497



PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
49 5. VENDOR SHALL PROVIDE ASTM A 106 Gr. B SMLS SCH 160 X100mm NIPPLE; ISO 17292, ASME B16.11/B1.20.1 FOR EACH ORDERED QUANTITY OF VALVE
50
51
52 NOTES
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Page 18 of 27

Rev
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006
1
3 PIPING MATERIAL CLASS A, B & C

DESIGN DATA
13 OPENING REDUCED BORE

CONSTRUCTION
23 STEM SS 316

MATERIALS
26 SEAT RING N/A

STANDARDS

34 ASME B 16.10/ B16.11 / B1.20.1
DIMENSION STANDARD

CERTIFICATES
API 607 / ISO 10497



PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
49 5. VENDOR SHALL PROVIDE ASTM A 106 Gr. B SMLS SCH 160 X100mm NIPPLE; ISO 17292, ASME B16.11/B1.20.1 FOR EACH ORDERED QUANTITY OF VALVE
50
51
52 NOTES
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Page 19 of 27

Rev
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006
1

DESIGN DATA

CONSTRUCTION

18 LOCKING ARRANGEMENT INTERLOCK SYSTEM (BY OTHERS)
23 STEM SS 316

MATERIALS
26 SEAT RING N/A

STANDARDS

34 ASME B 16.10/ B16.11 / B1.20.1
DIMENSION STANDARD

CERTIFICATES
API 607 / ISO 10497



PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
51 6. VENDOR TO PROPOSE ADEQUATE INTERLOCK SYSTEM BASED ON P&ID AND SPECIFICATIONS
52 NOTES
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Page 20 of 27

Rev
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006
1

DESIGN DATA

CONSTRUCTION

23 STEM SS 316

MATERIALS
26 SEAT RING SS 316

STANDARDS

34 ASME B 16.10/ B16.11 / B1.20.1
DIMENSION STANDARD

CERTIFICATES
API 607 / ISO 10497



PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
52 NOTES
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Page 21 of 27

Rev
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006
1

DESIGN DATA

CONSTRUCTION

23 STEM SS 316

MATERIALS
26 SEAT RING SS 316

STANDARDS

34 ASME B 16.10/ B16.11 / B1.20.1
DIMENSION STANDARD

CERTIFICATES
API 607 / ISO 10497



PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
52 NOTES
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Page 22 of 27

Rev
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006
1

DESIGN DATA

CONSTRUCTION

23 STEM SS 316

MATERIALS
26 SEAT RING SS 316

STANDARDS

34 ASME B 16.10/ B16.11 / B1.20.1
DIMENSION STANDARD

CERTIFICATES
API 607 / ISO 10497



PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
51
52 NOTES
58 5. ALL BALL VALVES SHALL BE BI-DIRECTIONAL
59
60
61
62
63
64
Page 23 of 27

Rev
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006
1

DESIGN DATA

CONSTRUCTION

MATERIALS
26 SEAT RING N/A

STANDARDS

34 ASME B 16.10/ B16.11 / B1.20.1
DIMENSION STANDARD

CERTIFICATES
API 607 / ISO 10497

38 RADIOGRAPHY MSS SP 54 / ASME B 16.34


PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
49
50
51
52 NOTES
58 5. ALL BALL VALVES SHALL BE BI-DIRECTIONAL
59
60
61
62
63
64
Page 24 of 27

Rev
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006
1

DESIGN DATA
8 APPLICABLE SIZES 2"~6"

CONSTRUCTION
23 STEM SS 316

MATERIALS
26 SEAT RING N/A

STANDARDS

34 ASME B 16.10/ B16.11 / B1.20.1
DIMENSION STANDARD

CERTIFICATES
API 607 / ISO 10497



PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
49
50
51
52 NOTES
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Page 25 of 27

Rev
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006
1

DESIGN DATA

CONSTRUCTION

MATERIALS

STANDARDS

34 ASME B 16.10/ B16.11 / B1.20.1
DIMENSION STANDARD

CERTIFICATES
API 607 / ISO 10497



PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
44 1. VALVES SHALL INCORPORATE AN ANTI-STATIC FEATURE THAT ENSURE ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY BETWEEN STEM AND BODY OF VALVE 2” AND SMALLER,
45 OR BETWEEN BALL, STEM AND BODY FOR LARGER VALVES.
51
52 NOTES
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Rev: Page:
1 5 of 27
APPENDIX 02
DATASHEET FOR DOUBLE BLOCK AND BLEED VALVES

Page 27 of 27

Rev
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0006
1
2 VALVE TAG NUMBER DB-001
3 PIPING MATERIAL CLASS H
4 SERVICE/SERVICE CODE SWEET PROCESS FLUID ( WELL STREAM FLUID)

DESIGN DATA
7 CLASS / PRESSURE RATING API 15000#
8 APPLICABLE SIZES 2 1/16"
9 END CONNECTION FLGD, RTJ API 6BX
10 CORROSION ALLOWANCE AS PER MANUFACTURER STANDARDS
11 CONSTRUCTION BODY INTEGRAL FORGED BODY
14 PATTERN LONG
CONSTRUCTION
15 STEM AND NEEDLE TIP BLOW-OUT PROOF
16 TYPE BALL ( PRIMARY AND SECONDARY), NEEDLE (BLEED)
18 LOCKING ARRANGEMENT REQUIRED
19 MODE OF OPERATION LEVER (BALL) / T-BAR (NEEDLE)
20 SEAT SOFT (RENEWABLE) - NOTE 1
21 BODY / BONNET A 182 F22V
22 BALL A 182 F51
23 STEM A 182 F51
24 BODY JOINT GASKET NA

MATERIALS
26 SEAT RING A 182 F51
27 PRIMARY BODY SEAL RTFE GASKET OR O-RING - NOTE 1
28 SECONDARY BODY SEAL GRAPHITE GASKET OR METAL TO METAL SEAL - NOTE 1
29 PRIMARY STEM SEAL O-RING - NOTE 1
30 SECONDARY STEM SEAL GRAPHITE PACKING OR GRAPHITE SEAL - NOTE 1
32 SPRING / ANTISTATIC DEVICE REQUIRED (ASTM B637 HASTELLOY) - NOTE-1
33 DESIGN STANDARD API 6A

STANDARDS

34 API 6A / MANUFACTURER STANDARD
DIMENSION STANDARD
35 INSPECTION AND TESTING STANDARD API 6A
36 PRESSURE TEST (SHELL/SEAT) API 6A

CERTIFICATES
API 6FA

40 LEAKAGE RATE API 6A

PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
44 1. VALVES SHALL INCORPORATE AN ANTI-STATIC FEATURE THAT ENSURE ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY BETWEEN STEM AND BODY OF VALVE 2” AND SMALLER,
45 OR BETWEEN BALL, STEM AND BODY FOR LARGER VALVES.
51
52 NOTES
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
ATTACHMENT – 14: DATASHEET FOR GATE, GLOBE AND CHECK VALVES

Page 1 of 13

DATA SHEET FOR GATE, GLOBE AND CHECK

VALVES
Rev: Page:
21 1 of 13
DOCUMENT DETAILS:

PROJECT TITLE
PROJECT DOCUMENT NO. : GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0005
REVISION NO. :2
1 No. of pages (incl. sheet) : 13
DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION : DATA SHEET FOR GATE, GLOBE AND CHECK VALVES
GAZPROM NEFT MIDDLE EAST B.V
‫ ڤی‬.‫گا پ ۆم نهوت رۆژھهاتی ناوهڕاست بی‬
✔ 1: APPROVED
2: APPROVED WITH COMMENTS. (WORK MAY PROCEED,
SUBJECT TO INCORPORATION OF COMMENTS.

DOCUMENT TO BE REVISED AND RESUBMITTED).
3: NOT APPROVED (WORK SHALL NOT PROCEED.

DOCUMENT TO BE REVISED AND RESUBMITTED).
4: FOR INFORMATION

APPROVAL OF DOCUMENT BY GPN ME DOES NOT RELIEVE ORIGINATOR OR ANY
RESPONSIBILITY OR OBLIGATION TO COMPLY WITH TERMS & CONDITIONS OF
CONTRACT
ChiefPip
SIGNATURE ______________ Position _____________Date May 30, 2018
__________

REVISION DETAILS
2 RE-ISSUED FOR PURCHASE 30/05/2018
1 RE-ISSUED FOR PURCHASE 04/02/2018 PCP TKG PJ

A ISSUED FOR REVIEW 13/12/17 PCP TKG PJ

Page 2 of 13


VALVES
Rev: Page:
21 2 of 13
REVISION RECORD
A FIRST ISSUE ISSUED FOR REVIEW
1. To add Dia. Column and Piping Spec. Column in

the Valve Index
2. END CONNECTION FIELD TO INCLUDE ASME
B16.10/ASME B 1.20.1/MANUFACTURER ‘S
STANDARD
0 3. ADDED GMCPF-J5177-200-MT-SP-0001 IN ISSUED FOR PURCHASE
THE MARKING AND COLOR CODING
4. BACK SEAT IN GLOBE VALVES CHANGED TO
RENEWABLE
5. VALVE INSTALLATION ADDED AS
HORIZONTAL/VERTICAL
6. RTJ GASKET IS CHANGED
DATA SHEETS UPDATED
RE-ISSUED FOR
1 VC-004 – SIZE RANGE UPDATED TO 10”
PURCHASE
ADDED VO-002 AND VC-006 DATA SHEETS.
2 Data Sheet added RE-IFP
SUMMARY OF HOLDS

Page 3 of 13


VALVES
Rev: Page:
21 3 of 13
VAVE INDEX
Valve PIPING
Sr No Datasheet Valve type SIZE RANGE CLASS
1 VO-001 GLOBE VALVE ” – 8” A
2 VO-002 GLOBE VALVE ” - 8” B
3 VO-003 GLOBE VALVE 2”-8” C
4 VC-001 CHECK VALVE ” – 6” A
5 VC-002 CHECK VALVE ” AF2
6 VC-003 CHECK VALVE ”- 8” B
7 VC-004 CHECK VALVE ” - 10” C
8 VC-005 CHECK VALVE 6” – ” A
9 VC-006 CHECK VALVE ½”- ½” A
10 VG-001 GATE VALVE 8" Z

Page 4 of 13


VALVES
Rev: Page:
21 4 of 13
DATASHEETS FOR GATE, GLOBE AND CHECK VALVES

Page 5 of 13
DATA SHEET FOR GLOBE VALVES
Doc No. GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0005 Rev: 1
GLOBE VALVE
1 STANDARD FIELDS DESCRIPTION VENDOR OFFER
2 VALVE TAG NUMBER VO-001
5 DESIGN TEMPERATURE ˚C -29/ 149

DESIGN DATA
7 CLASS / PRESSURE RATING ASME B 16.5 CL 150
9 END CONNECTION FLGD RF
10 FLANGE FACE FINISH Ra 3.2 to 6.3 μm (125 to 250 μin)
12 VALVE TYPE OUTSIDE SCREW AND YOKE

CONSTRUCTION
13 BODY DESIGN T BODY PATTERN - BOLTED BONNET
14 DISC PLUG
15 SEAT RENEWABLE
16 BODY / BONNET ASTM A 216 GR WCB
17 STEM TRIM 8
18 DISC TRIM 8
19 SEAT/ SEAT RING TRIM 8

MATERIALS
20 BACK SEAT TRIM 8
21 GLAND / GLAND FLANGE ASTM A 216 GR WCB
22 GLAND PACKING GRAPHITE
23 HAND WHEEL MALLEABLE IRON, CARBON STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON
24 BODY BOLTING / NUTS A193 GR. B7M, A 194 2HM
25 BODY GASKET SPRL WND; TP 316 SS WDG; FLEXIBLR GRAPHITE FLR
26 DESIGN STANDARD BS 1873

STANDARDS
END CONNECTION / FACE TO FACE DIMENSION

27 ASME B 16.1 1 / ASME B 16.10/MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD
STANDARD
28 INSPECTION AND TESTING STANDARD API 598
29 PRESSURE TEST (SHELL/SEAT) EN 10204 / AS PER PARA. 9.3, DOC NO: GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0003
CERTIFICATES
30 FIRE TEST / CERTIFICATION N/A
31 RADIOGRAPHY If Required, EN 10204 / AS PER PARA. 9.3, DOC NO: GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0003
32 NACE REQUIREMENT N/A
33 LEAKAGE RATE EN 10204 / AS PER PARA. 9.3, DOC NO: GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0003

PAINTING
MARKING
COATING
34 EXTERNAL PAINTING SYSTEM PAINTING SYSTEM - 01

AND
35 MARKING AND COLOR CODING PARA. 10 OF GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-SP-0003 / GMCPF-J5177-200-MT-SP-0001
37 1. FLEXIBLE GRAPHITE PACKING SHALL BE 99.8% (MINIMUM) WITH CORROSION INHIBITOR.
38 2.VALVES SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING LOCKED WITH CHAINS AND PADLOCKS IN ULLY OPEN AND CLODED PDSITION.
39 3. 3.1 TYPE MATERIAL TEST CERTIFICATES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE VENDOR.
40 4. PAINTING SHALL CONFORM TO DOC. NO. GMCPF-J5177-200-MT-SP-0001
41 5. VENDOR SHALL PROVIDE EN 1204 TYPE 3.1 MATERIAL TEST CERTIFICATES
42 NOTES
48 5. VENDOR SHALL PROVIDE GEAR OPERATED VALVES FOR SIZE 8" AND ABOVE WHEREAS HAND WHEEL OPERATED FOR SMALLER SIZES
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
ELECTRONIC FILE NAME: GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DS-0005_A.PDF DOC SIZE: A4

Page 6 of 13
GLOBE VALVE

DESIGN DATA

CONSTRUCTION
14 DISC PLUG
15 SEAT RENEWABLE
17 STEM TRIM 8
18 DISC TRIM 8

MATERIALS
20 BACK SEAT TRIM 8

STANDARDS

STANDARD
CERTIFICATES

PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
42 NOTES
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57

Page 7 of 13
GLOBE VALVE

DESIGN DATA

CONSTRUCTION
14 DISC PLUG
15 SEAT RENEWABLE
17 STEM TRIM 8
18 DISC TRIM 8

MATERIALS
20 BACK SEAT TRIM 8

STANDARDS

STANDARD
CERTIFICATES

PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
42 NOTES
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57

Page 8 of 13
DATA SHEET FOR CHECK VALVES
CHECK VALVE
2 VALVE TAG NUMBER VC-001

DESIGN DATA
6 DESIGN PRESSURE bar g. AS PER ASME B16.34
7 CLASS / PRESSURE RATING ASME B16.5 CLASS 150
8 APPLICABLE SIZES (IN) 2" - 6"
10 FLANGE FACE FINISH Ra 3.2 to 6.3 µm (125 to 250 µin)
12 VALVE TYPE SWING

CONSTRUCTION
13 VALVE INSTALLATION HORIZONTAL / VERTICAL
14 BODY DESIGN BOLTED BONNET
15 DISC ROBUST SINGLE PIECE PLATE
16 SEAT INTEGRAL OR SEPARATE SEAT RING
17 BODY / BONNET ASTM A 216 GR. WCB
18 STEM N/A
19 DISC/ PISTON TRIM 8

MATERIALS
20 DISC / PISTON SEAT TRIM 8
21 BODY SEAT TRIM 8
22 HINGE PIN TYPE 316
23 BODY BOLTING / NUTS ASTM A 193 GR.B7M / ASTM A 194 GR. 2HM
24 BODY GASKET 316L SPW / GRAPHITE
25 DESIGN STANDARD API 600/API 602/ BS 1868

STANDARDS

26 ASME B 16.10 / ASME B 16.5
STANDARD
CERTIFICATES

PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
36 1. VALVE BODY SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH CLEARLY VISIBLE (EVEN AFTER PAINT COATING) CAST / MACHINED OR DIE STAMPED ARROW TO INDICATE FLOW DIRECTION
37 2. PAINTING SHALL CONFORM TO DOC. NO. GMCPF-J5177-000-SP-0003
41 NOTES
42 1. THE SEATING SURFACE SHALL BE OF MIN. 15HB SOFTER THAN THE PLATE.
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Page 9 of 13
CHECK VALVE

DESIGN DATA
8 APPLICABLE SIZES (IN) 3"
9 END CONNECTION FLGD, FF
12 VALVE TYPE SWING TYPE

CONSTRUCTION
18 STEM N/A
19 DISC/ PISTON TRIM 10 TO API 594 / 6D

MATERIALS
20 SEAT/ SEAT RING TRIM 10 TO API 594 / 6D
21 BODY SEAT TRIM 10 TO API 594 / 6D
23 BODY BOLTING / NUTS ASTM A 193 BR.B8M / ASTM A 194 8M

STANDARDS

26 ASME B 16.10 / ASME B 16.5
STANDARD
CERTIFICATES

PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
41 NOTES
42 1. THE SEATING SURFACE SHALL BE OF MIN. 15HB SOFTER THAN THE PLATE.
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Page 10 of 13
CHECK VALVE

DESIGN DATA
8 APPLICABLE SIZES (IN) 4 " - 8"

CONSTRUCTION
18 STEM N/A

MATERIALS
21 BODY SEAT TRIM 8
25 DESIGN STANDARD API 600/BS 1868

STANDARDS

26 ASME B 16.10 / ASME B 16.5
STANDARD
CERTIFICATES

PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
41 NOTES
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Page 11 of 13
CHECK VALVE

DESIGN DATA
8 APPLICABLE SIZES (IN) 2 " - 10"

CONSTRUCTION
18 STEM N/A

MATERIALS
21 BODY SEAT TRIM 12
24 BODY GASKET 316L SPW
25 DESIGN STANDARD API 600/API 602/ BS 1868

STANDARDS

26 ASME B 16.10 / ASME B 16.5
STANDARD
CERTIFICATES

PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
38 3.. EN 10204 3.1 TYPE MATERIAL TEST CERTIFICATES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE VENDOR.
41 NOTES
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Page 12 of 13
CHECK VALVE

DESIGN DATA
8 APPLICABLE SIZES (IN) 6" - 14"

CONSTRUCTION
16 SEAT INTEGRAL(OR AS PER VENDOR'S STANDARD)
18 STEM N/A

MATERIALS
21 BODY SEAT TRIM 8
22 HINGE PIN AS PER VENDOR'S STANDARD
23 BODY BOLTING / NUTS ASTM A 193 BR.B7M / ASTM A 194 2HM
25 DESIGN STANDARD API 594/ BS 1868

STANDARDS

26 ASME B 16.10 / ASME B 16.5
STANDARD
CERTIFICATES

PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
37 2. FOR ALL DN 250 AND ABOVE LIFTING PROVISION TO BE PROVIDED
41 NOTES
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Page 13 of 13
CHECK VALVE

DESIGN DATA
7 CLASS / PRESSURE RATING 800 #
8 APPLICABLE SIZES (IN) 1/2" - 1 1/2"
9 END CONNECTION THD; NPTF
10 FLANGE FACE FINISH N/A
12 VALVE TYPE PISTON LIFT TYPE

CONSTRUCTION
16 SEAT INTEGRAL(OR AS PER VENDOR'S STANDARD)
17 BODY / BONNET ASTM A 105
18 STEM N/A

MATERIALS
21 BODY SEAT TRIM 8
22 HINGE PIN / SPRING AS PER VENDOR'S STANDARD
23 BODY BOLTING / NUTS ASTM A 193 BR.B7M / ASTM A 194 2HM
25 DESIGN STANDARD API 602/ BS 5352 / ASME B 16.34

STANDARDS

26 ASME B 16.10 / ASME B 16.5
STANDARD
CERTIFICATES
30 RADIOGRAPHY IF Required, EN 10204 / AS PER PARA. 9.3, DOC NO: GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0003

PAINTING
MARKING
COATING

AND
37 2. FOR ALL DN 250 AND ABOVE LIFTING PROVISION TO BE PROVIDED
41 NOTES
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Commodity code:
VG28R1FL52FB
Z
VG-001
8"
Oily Water
1.5m
GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0003
GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0003
GMCPF-J5177-200-QA-SP-0001
GMCPF-J5177-200-MT-SP-0001
GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0006
GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0003
1.5m
ATTACHMENT – 15: DATASHEET FOR PIPING VALVES

FROM SARQALA 1 CPF TO AGGREKO POWER
GENERATION PLANT
DOCUMENT DETAILS
COMPANY CONTRACT NO. : 606-20-EB-GR
PROJECT : EPCC OF SARQALA GAS PIPELINE
COMPANY JOB NO. : GM606
CONTRACTOR : AGGREKO
CONTRACTOR JOB NO. : 60620
DOCUMENT NO. : GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-XXXX
REVISION NO. : A Total No. of pages: 11
DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION : DATA SHEET FOR PIPING VALVES
A 02-10-20 Issued for Review Arun Sridhar Jeyaraj Audie

Approved Approved
Rev Date Description Prepared Checked
(EM) (PM / PD)
This document has been developed by Petrokens Engineering as part of contractual obligations under the Contract 606-20-EB-GR. This document, including its
content with all the technical data, and the IPR to it is transferred to Gazprom Neft Middle East B.V. in accordance with the Contract.
Doc Size: A4
GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0001_A - Datasheet for Valves

EPCC OF SARQALA GAS PIPELINE FROM SARQALA 1 CPF TO AGGREKO POWER
GENERATION PLANT
DATA SHEET FOR PIPING VALVES

Doc No. GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-XXXX Page No: 2 of 11 Rev: A
1
2 Rev Date Revised Section Revised Revision Description

3 A 02.10.2020 New Issue Issued for Review
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44 SUMMARY OF HOLDS
45 HOLD NO. PARA. DESCRIPTION
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
GENERATION PLANT

Doc No. GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-XXXX Page : 3 of 11 Rev: A
VALVE INDEX
Sl No. Valve Datasheet RATING VALVE TYPE Size PIPING CLASS CA
BALL VALVE
1 VB-023 150# BALL VALVE (FB) 2" - 6" A 1.6
2 VB-024 150# BALL VALVE (FB) WITH INTERLOCK 8" A 1.6
3 VB-025 150# BALL VALVE (FB) WITH INTERLOCK 10" A 1.6
4 VB-026 150# BALL VALVE 16" A 1.6
5 VB-027 150# BALL VALVE 1/2" G 1.6
GLOBE VALVE
5 VO-004 150# GLOBE VALVE 1" A 1.6
6 VO-005 600# GLOBE VALVE 10" - 12" C 1.6

GENERATION PLANT

Doc No. GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-XXXX Page : 4 of 11 Rev: A
DATASHEET FOR BALL & GLOBE VALVE

GENERATION PLANT

Page No: 5 of 11 Doc No. GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-XXXX Rev: A
2 VALVE DATASHEET NUMBER VB-023
3 VALVE TYPE / RATING BALL VALVE / 150#

5 SERVICE/SERVICE CODE Sweet Process Fluid (PO, PW, F, G, FA)
DESIGN DATA
7 DESIGN PRESSURE bar g BODY: As per ASME B16.34/ SEAT : As per Manufacture Curve
8 CLASS / PRESSURE RATING ASME B16.5 CL150
9 APPLICABLE SIZES 2” – 6”
10 END CONNECTION FLGD, RF (125-250 micro. In)
11 CORROSION ALLOWANCE 1.6MM


CONSTRUCTION
15 PATTERN LONG PATTERN
17 SEAT SOFT SEAT (NONMETALLIC)
21 BODY / BONNET A216 GR. WCB
23 STEM SS 316
24 BODY JOINT GASKET RPTFE OR O-RING

MATERIALS
26 SEAT RING N/A
27 PRIMARY BODY SEAL RPTFE GASKET OR O-RING
29 PRIMARY STEM SEAL RPTFE SEAL OR O-RING
31 BONNET BOLTS / BONNET NUTS A193 Gr.B7M / A194 2HM

STANDARD
34 END CONNECTION / FACE TO FACE DIMENSION STANDARD ASME B 16.10
37 FIRE TEST / CERTIFICATION API 607 / ISO 10497

CERTIFICATES
38 RADIOGRAPHY MSS SP 54 / ASME B16.34
40 MATERIAL TEST EN 10204 TYPE 3.1 FOR MATERIALS
42 EXTERNAL PAINTING SYSTEM PAINT SYSTEM - 01

PAINT
43 MARKING AND COLOR CODING MSS SP 025 / Doc. GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0004
44 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS:
45 1. VALVES SHALL INCORPORATE AN ANTI-STATIC FEATURE THAT ENSURE ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY BETWEEN STEM AND BODY OF VALVE 2” AND SMALLER, OR
46 BETWEEN BALLS, STEM AND BODY OF LARGER VALVES.
48 3. LEVER OPERATED VALVES SHALL HAVE INTEGRALLY CAST/FORGED/WELDED STOPS AT THE FULL OPEN AND FULL CLOSED POSITIONS TO PREVENT MORE
49 THAN 90 DEGREES TURNING OF BALL.
51 NOTES:
53 2. VALVE WARRANTY REQUIREMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED AT LEAST 3 (THREE) YEARS, SUCH WARRANTY STARTING FROM EQUIPMENT COMMISSIONING FOR
54 OPERATION, BY THE VENDOR AGAINST DEFECTIVE MATERIAL, POOR WORKMANSHIP, AND IMPROPER DESIGN.
EPCC OF SARQALA GAS PIPELINE FROM SARQALA 1 CPF TO AGGREKO POWER GENERATION
PLANT


DESIGN DATA
8 APPLICABLE SIZES 8”

11 CONSTRUCTION BODY TOP ENTRY / SPLIT BODY
12 BALL MOUNTING TRUNNION

CONSTRUCTION
17 STEM/SEAT SEALING INJECTION WITH NRV REQUIRED (to be located b/n primary & primary backup seal)
19 LOCKING ARRANGEMENT INTERLOCK SYSTEM (By Others)

MATERIALS

STANDARD

CERTIFICATES
37 RADIOGRAPHY MSS SP 54 / ASME B16.34

PAINT
46 2. VALVES SHALL HAVE OPEN / CLOSE POSITION INDICATOR.
48 4. MATERIAL FOR THE LEVER / HAND WHEEL SHALL BE MALLEABLE IRON / CARBON STEEL / DUCTILE IRON.
49 5. VENDOR TO PROPOSE ADEQUATE INTERLOCK SYSTEM BASED ON P&ID AND SPECIFICATIONS.
50
51 NOTES:
PLANT


DESIGN DATA



CONSTRUCTION
19 LOCKING ARRANGEMENT INTERLOCK SYSTEM (By Others)

MATERIALS

STANDARD

CERTIFICATES
37 RADIOGRAPHY MSS SP 54 IN CONJUCTION WITH ASME B16.34

PAINT
51 NOTES:
PLANT


DESIGN DATA



CONSTRUCTION

MATERIALS

STANDARD

CERTIFICATES

PAINT
51 NOTES:
PLANT


3 PIPING MATERIAL CLASS G
4 SERVICE/SERVICE CODE Sweet Process Fluid (IA)
DESIGN DATA



CONSTRUCTION
16 SEAT N/A
17 STEM/SEAT SEALING INJECTION WITH NRV PLEASE SEE BELOW
22 STEM SS 316

MATERIALS
25 SEAT RING N/A

STANDARD
33 END CONNECTION / FACE TO FACE DIMENSION STANDARD ASME B 16.10/ B16.11 / B1.20.1

CERTIFICATES

PAINT
51 NOTES:
GENERATION PLANT

2 VALVE DATASHEET NUMBER VO-004

2 VALVE TYPE / RATING GLOBE VALVE / 150#

DESIGN DATA
8 APPLICABLE SIZES 1.1/2"

9 END CONNECTION SOCKET WELD
10 FLANGE FACE FINISH Ra 3.2 to 6.3 μm (125-250 micro. In)

CONSTRUCTION
14 DISC PLUG
15 SEAT RENEWABLE
16 BODY / BONNET ASTM A105N
17 STEM TRIM 8
18 DISC TRIM 8
19 SEAT / SEAT RING TRIM 8

MATERIALS
20 BACK SEAT TRIM 8
21 GLAND / GLAND FLANGE A 105N
23 HAND WHEEL / GEAR OPERATION MALLEABLE IRON, CARBON STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON
26 DESIGN STANDARD API 602

STANDARD
27 END CONNECTION / FACE TO FACE DIMENSION STANDARD ASME B 16.10 / B16.11 / MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD
29 PRESSURE TEST (SHELL/SEAT) EN 10204 / DOC NO: GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0003

CERTIFICATES
31 RADIOGRAPHY If Required, EN 10204 / DOC NO: GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0003
34 LEAKAGE RATE EN 10204 / DOC NO: GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0003

PAINT
MSS-SP-25 / GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-SP-0003 / GMCPF-J5177-200-MT-SP-

36 MARKING AND COLOR CODING
0001
39 2. VALVES SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING LOCKED WITH CHAINS AND PADLOCKS IN ULLY OPEN AND CLODED POSITION.
42
43
44 NOTES:
46 2. VENDOR SHALL SATISFY NDE REQUIREMENTS AS PER SPECIFICATION GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0003
49 4. VENDOR SHALL PROVIDE GEAR OPERATED VALVES FOR SIZE 8" AND ABOVE WHEREAS HAND WHEEL OPERATED FOR SMALLER SIZES.
50
51
52
GENERATION PLANT

2 VALVE DATASHEET NUMBER VO-005

3 VALVE TYPE / RATING GLOBE VALVE / 600#

DESIGN DATA
9 APPLICABLE SIZES 10” –12”

10 END CONNECTION FLGD, RF
11 FLANGE FACE FINISH Ra 3.2 to 6.3 μm (125-250 micro. In)

CONSTRUCTION
14 BODY DESIGN T BODY PATTERN, BOLTED BONNET
15 DISC PLUG
16 SEAT RENEWABLE
17 BODY / BONNET ASTM A216 Gr. WCB
18 STEM TRIM 8
19 DISC TRIM 8
20 SEAT / SEAT RING TRIM 8

MATERIALS
21 BACK SEAT TRIM 8
22 GLAND / GLAND FLANGE ASTM A216 Gr. WCB
24 HAND WHEEL / GEAR OPERATION MALLEABLE IRON, CARBON STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON, GEAR OPE.

STANDARD
28 END CONNECTION / FACE TO FACE DIMENSION STANDARD ASME B 16.10 / MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD
30 PRESSURE TEST (SHELL/SEAT) EN 10204 / DOC NO: GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0003

CERTIFICATES
32 RADIOGRAPHY If Required, EN 10204 / DOC NO: GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0003
35 LEAKAGE RATE EN 10204 / DOC NO: GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0003

PAINT
MSS-SP-25 / GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-SP-0003 / GMCPF-J5177-200-MT-SP-

0001
40 2. VALVES SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING LOCKED WITH CHAINS AND PADLOCKS IN ULLY OPEN AND CLODED POSITION.
43
44
45 NOTES:
47 2. VENDOR SHALL SATISFY NDE REQUIREMENTS AS PER SPECIFICATION GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0003
50 4. VENDOR SHALL PROVIDE GEAR OPERATED VALVES FOR SIZE 8" AND ABOVE WHEREAS HAND WHEEL OPERATED FOR SMALLER SIZES.
51
52
53
ATTACHMENT – 16: DATASHEET FOR ISOLATION KIT

DATASHEET FOR ISOLATION KITS

Doc No.: GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0004 Rev.: 0 Page | 9
6.0 ANNEXURE-1 DATASHEET FOR ISOLATION KITS

Doc No: GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0004 Rev.: 0 DATE : 24.08.2020 PAGE : 10
LINE CONDITION BLANK AND
FLANGE MATERIAL
OPERATING DESIGN SPACER /
SL. No. P&ID No. COMMODITY CODE SIZE TAG No. RATING SERVICE DESCRIPTION LINE / VESSEL No. INST. No. CLASS REMARKS
PRESS., TEMP PRESS., TEMP SPECTACLE INSULATION / INSULATION SLEEVE,
FACE CODE 0 0 FLANGE (A) FLANGE (B) BOLT HEAVY HEX NUT
bar.g C bar.g C BLIND STEEL WASHER GASKET
1 GM606-60620-391-PR-PI-0001 IJ99R1NAKT 4" IS-39101-01 150# RF ASME B16.5 DRAIN 4"-D-A-391008 - A 6.89 - 11.7 31.1 - 80 17 100 / -10 NO A105 A105 A 193 Gr. B7M A 194 Gr. 2HM NOTE-3 NOTE-3 AG/UG
2 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0001 IJ99R1NAKT 4" IS-39301-01 150# RF ASME B16.5 DRAIN 4"-D-A-393009 - A 6.29 - 10.9 25.5 - 69.3 17 100 / -10 NO A105 A105 A 193 Gr. B7M A 194 Gr. 2HM NOTE-3 NOTE-3 AG/UG
3 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0001 IJ99R1NAKT 4" IS-39302-01 150# RF ASME B16.5 DRAIN 4"-D-A-393010 - A 6.29 - 10.9 25.5 - 69.3 17 100 / -10 NO A105 A105 A 193 Gr. B7M A 194 Gr. 2HM NOTE-3 NOTE-3 AG/UG
AG - INSTRUMENT
4 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 IJ99R1NAKT 2" IS-39301-02 150# RF ASME B16.5 PRODUCED OIL 393-V-100 _ K2A LG-002 VENT A 6 - 14 50 - 72 17 100 / -10 NO A105 A182 F316 A 193 Gr. B8M A 194 Gr. 8M NOTE-3 NOTE-3
HOOKUP
AG - INSTRUMENT
5 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 IJ99R1NAKT 2" IS-39302-02 150# RF ASME B16.5 PRODUCED OIL 393-V-100 _ K2B LG-002 DRAIN A 6 - 14 50 - 72 17 100 / -10 NO A105 A182 F316 A 193 Gr. B8M A 194 Gr. 8M NOTE-3 NOTE-3
HOOKUP
AG - INSTRUMENT
6 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 IJ99R1NAKT 3" IS-39303-02 150# RF ASME B16.5 GAS 393-V-100 _ K3 LT - 002 A 6 - 14 50 - 72 17 100 / -10 NO A105 A182 F316 A 193 Gr. B8M A 194 Gr. 8M NOTE-3 NOTE-3
HOOKUP
AG - INSTRUMENT
7 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 IJ99R1NAKT 2" IS-39304-02 150# RF ASME B16.5 PRODUCED OIL 393-V-100 _ K1A LG -003 VENT A 6 - 14 50 - 72 17 100 / -10 NO A105 A182 F316 A 193 Gr. B8M A 194 Gr. 8M NOTE-3 NOTE-3
HOOKUP
AG - INSTRUMENT
8 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 IJ99R1NAKT 2" IS-39305-02 150# RF ASME B16.5 PRODUCED OIL 393-V-100 _ K1A LG -003 DRAIN A 6 - 14 50 - 72 17 100 / -10 NO A105 A182 F316 A 193 Gr. B8M A 194 Gr. 8M NOTE-3 NOTE-3
HOOKUP
AG - INSTRUMENT
9 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 IJ99R1NAKT 2" IS-39306-02 150# RF ASME B16.5 PRODUCED OIL 393-V-100 _ K1A LZT-003 DRAIN A 6 - 14 50 - 72 17 100 / -10 NO A105 A182 F316 A 193 Gr. B8M A 194 Gr. 8M NOTE-3 NOTE-3
HOOKUP
AG - INSTRUMENT
10 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 IJ99R1NAKT 2" IS-39307-02 150# RF ASME B16.5 PRODUCED OIL 393-V-100 _ K1A LZT -003 DRAIN A 6 - 14 50 - 72 17 100 / -10 NO A105 A182 F316 A 193 Gr. B8M A 194 Gr. 8M NOTE-3 NOTE-3
HOOKUP
AG - INSTRUMENT
11 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 IJ99R1NAKT 2" IS-39308-02 150# RF ASME B16.5 PRODUCED OIL 393-V-100 _ K4A LT-001 VENT A 6 - 14 50 - 72 17 100 / -10 NO A105 A182 F316 A 193 Gr. B8M A 194 Gr. 8M NOTE-3 NOTE-3
HOOKUP
AG - INSTRUMENT
12 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 IJ99R1NAKT 2" IS-39309-02 150# RF ASME B16.5 PRODUCED OIL 393-V-100 _ K4B LT-001 DRAIN A 6 - 14 50 - 72 17 100 / -10 NO A105 A182 F316 A 193 Gr. B8M A 194 Gr. 8M NOTE-3 NOTE-3
HOOKUP
AG - INSTRUMENT
13 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 IJ99R3NAKT 2" IS-39310-02 300# RF ASME B16.5 PRODUCED OIL 393-V-100 _ K5 TG -001 B 6 - 14 50 - 72 17 100 / -10 NO A105 A182 F316 A 193 Gr. B8M A 194 Gr. 8M NOTE-3 NOTE-3
HOOKUP
NOTES:
1 Vendor to provide all Components except flanges.
2 Diameter and length of sleeve shall be decided by vender according to flange hole and bolt diameter (as per ASME B16.5) to ensure compatibility during installation.
3 Selection of materials shall be done by vendor based on above given conditions and below terms suggested. Vendor to confirm material and specify bolt, washers and sleeve size and length. ( To conform to ASME B16.5)
Insulation Sleeve and Washer : Nema G10
Insulation Gasket : Nema G11
Vendor to suggest any deviations required based on above operating / design conditions
4 Gasket size refer to ASME B16.21
5 Thickness of spectacle blind (as per ASME B 16.48) shall be considered to define bolt length.
6 Electrical insulation resistance shall meet Nema G10, 11 requirement : 200,000 megaohms.
7 Insulating gasket should be suitable for the intended flange class, the maximum pressure and temperature conditions of system and service fluid
8 Spare Qty for each component of the Kit shall be provided according to Attachment #1. "Spare Table".

Fig 1: Type of Gasket: a) Type “F” – Raised Face b) Type “E” – Full Face
Fig 2: Components of Isolation Kit


7.0 SPARE QUANTITY TABLE FOR ISOLATION KIT

1. Because all items in the D/S have individual Tag No. with quantity “1”, calculation of spare
quantity will be done based on vendor’s item categories.
Category Eg:
IJ - 99 - R1 - NA - KT
XX - YY - ZZ - RR - TT
TT - KIT (AS IN FIGURE)
RR - NILL
ZZ - FACING - RATING
YY - MATERIAL TYPE
2. Two type of spare quantity calculation
• Spare (Gasket): 100% of net quantity
• Spare (ETC): 20% of each set (multiple by bolt hole quantity)
* Round-off to be applied for both calculations.
• Calculation example:
TAG NO Size Qt’y (Ea) Bolt hole Qt’y Spare (Gasket)(Ea) Spare (ETC) (Set)
2 30 4 30 24
3 24 4 24 19
4 7 8 7 11
6 42 12 42 101
1. Spare (Gasket) : 30 * 100% = 30 Ea

42 * 100% = 42 Ea
2. Spare (ETC) : 30 * 4 * 20% = 24 Ea
42 * 12 * 20% = 100.8 Ea – 101 Rounded off
General notes:
1. Requirements for all Pipes, Fittings, Gaskets & Bolt / Nuts shall meet Specification for Pipe
& piping Components (GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0002).
2. Document prepared P&IDs Updation.
3. Piping material Specification (GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-SP-0001) for Reference.
4. MTO of Isolation Kit Attached. Vendor Shall Follow Spare Table for Spare Qty Calculation.

8.0 ANNEXURE-2 MTO FOR ISOLATION KITS

GENERATION PLANT
Doc No: GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0004 Rev.:0 DATE : 24.08.2020 PAGE : 14
FLANGE SIZE
SL. No. P&ID No. ITEM DESCRIPTION RATING PIPE CLASS ACTUAL QTY (EA) SPARE (EA) TOTAL (EA) REMARKS
(NPS)
1 GM606-60620-391-PR-PI-0001 INSULATION GASKET KIT 4 150# A 1 1 2
5 GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0002 INSULATION GASKET KIT 2 300# B 1 1 2
NOTE:
1 VENDOR TO RECOMMEND APPROPRIATE GASKET MATERIAL AS PER DESIGN PARAMETERS PROVIDED IN DATA SHEET GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0004 AND
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS STATED BELOW.
- INSULATION SLEEVE AND WASHER : NEMA G10
- INSULATION GASKET : NEMA G11
2 VENDOR TO CONSIDER BOLT SIZE AND LENGTH AS PER PARAMETERS PROVIDED IN DATA SHEET GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0004 AND ASME B 16.5
3 VENDOR TO REFER ATTACHMENT #1 OF DATA SHEET GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0004 FOR SPARE QTY TABLE.
4 VENDOR TO QUOTE ON TOTAL QTY INCLUDING SPARE.
ATTACHMENT – 17: DATASHEET FOR HOSE COUPLING

DATASHEET FOR COUPLING

Doc No.: GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0003 Rev.: 0 Page 9
ANNEXURE -1 PIG LAUNCHER (UNIT -391)


STANDARD FIELDS DESCRIPTION

ITEM NUMBER 01
P&ID NUMBER GM606-60620-391-PR-PI-0001
TAG NUMBER 391-0001-SP-001
QUANTITY Each 1
PIPING MATERIAL CLASS A
SERVICE / SERVICE CODE NN
DESIGN TEMPERATURE ˚C -10 / 100
DESIGN PRESSURE bar g 17
OPERATING TEMPERATURE ˚C 31.1 - 80
DESIGN DATA
OPERATING PRESSURE bar g 6.89 – 11.7

TEST PRESSURE bar g 25.5
CLASS / PRESSURE RATING 150
CONNECTION SIZE 1 in 2
END CONNECTION 1 FLANGE RF
END CONNECTION 2 CAMLOCK
FLANGE FACE FINISH µin. Ra 3.2 to 6.3 µm (125 to 250 µin AARH)
PAINTING (SYSTEM NO.) SYSTEM - 09
CORROSION ALLOWANCE mm 1.6
CONNECTION TYPE Quick Release Coupling with Integral Check Valve
CONSTRUCTION
INTEGRAL CHECK VALVE REQUIRED
COUPLING SS316
MATERIALS
PIPE ASTM A312 Gr.TP316L /Sch.40

FLANGE ASTM A182 Gr.F316L
DESIGN STANDARD Manufacturer’s Standard / ASME B31.3

STANDARDS
DIMENSION STANDARD Manufacturer’s Standard

END CONNECTION STANDARD ASME B16.5
INSPECTION AND TESTING STANDARD GMCPF-J5177-200-QA-PP-0004
MATERIAL TEST
CERTIFICATES
EN 10204 TYPE 3.1

PRESSURE TEST (SHELL/SEAT) EN 10204 TYPE 3.1
NDE EN 10204 TYPE 3.1
NACE REQUIREMENT NA
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS END CAPS / DUST COVER TO BE PROVIDED (SUITABLE END CONNECTION)
NOTES
1 All Material to be Asbestos free

ANNEXURE -2 PIG RECEIVER (UNIT -393)


STANDARD FIELDS DESCRIPTION

ITEM NUMBER 02
P&ID NUMBER GM606-60620-393-PR-PI-0001
TAG NUMBER 393-0001-SP-002
QUANTITY Each 1
PIPING MATERIAL CLASS A
SERVICE / SERVICE CODE NN
DESIGN TEMPERATURE ˚C -10 / 100
DESIGN PRESSURE bar g 17
OPERATING TEMPERATURE ˚C 25.53 – 69.13
DESIGN DATA
OPERATING PRESSURE bar g 6.29 – 10.93

TEST PRESSURE bar g 25.5
CLASS / PRESSURE RATING 150
END CONNECTION 1 FLANGE RF
END CONNECTION 2 CAMLOCK
FLANGE FACE FINISH µin. Ra 3.2 to 6.3 µm (125 to 250 µin AARH)
PAINTING (SYSTEM NO.) SYSTEM - 09
CORROSION ALLOWANCE mm 1.6
CONNECTION TYPE Quick Release Coupling with Integral Check Valve
CONSTRUCTION
INTEGRAL CHECK VALVE REQUIRED
COUPLING SS316
MATERIALS
PIPE ASTM A312 Gr.TP316L / Sch.40

FLANGE ASTM A182 Gr.F316L
DESIGN STANDARD Manufacturer’s Standard / ASME B31.3

STANDARDS
DIMENSION STANDARD Manufacturer’s Standard

END CONNECTION STANDARD ASME B16.5
INSPECTION AND TESTING STANDARD GMCPF-J5177-200-QA-PP-0004
MATERIAL TEST
CERTIFICATES
EN 10204 TYPE 3.1

PRESSURE TEST (SHELL/SEAT) EN 10204 TYPE 3.1
NDE EN 10204 TYPE 3.1
NACE REQUIREMENT NA
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS END CAPS / DUST COVER TO BE PROVIDED (SUITABLE END CONNECTION)
NOTES
1 All Material to be Asbestos free
ATTACHMENT – 18: DATASHEET FOR CORROSSION COUPON

Datasheet for Corrosion Coupon
Doc. No.: GM606-60620-390-XX-DS-XXXX Rev. A Page: 3 of 3
1 Tag No. SP-001

2 Quantity 1
3 Manufacturer VTA
4 P&ID Reference GM606-60620 393-PR-PI-0001
5 GENERAL Service HC Gas
6 Line No. Pipe Class 16"-G-A-393002 A
7 Line Size Schedule 16" STD
8 Install Location On Pipe @ 12 'O' Clock
9 Ambient Temperature (Min / Max) (10 / 50)
10 Fluid Phase Mixed
11 Design Pressure barg 17
12 Design Temperature °C - 10 / 100
13 Liquid: Min / Max kg/hr 6.48 / 147.86
Flow
14 Gas: Min / Max MMSCFD 21.68 / 39.93
15 Operating Pressure: Min / Max barg 6.29 / 10.93
16 PROCESS Operating Temperature: Min / Max °C 22.53 / 69.13
17 CONDITION Density Liquid Gas kg/m³ 803 - 979 6.8 - 10.46
18 Viscosity Liquid Gas cP 0.42 - 2.94 0.01 - 0.013
19 Corrosion Allowance mm 1.6
20 Pipe Specification Size (inch) A 16"
21 Pipe Material ASTM A106. Gr.B
22 Pipe Outer Diameter mm 406.4
23 Pipe Wall Thickness mm 9.53
24 Mounting kg/m 3 Flare Weld (2")-Weldolet
25 Material ASTM A105
ACCESS
26 TEE Fitting None
FITTINGS
27 Pipe Size inch 2"
28 Cover Heavy duty protective cover of CS material without hole
29 Type Multiple Disc Type
30 COUPON Material Carbon Steel (CS)
31 Coupon Size inch VTA
32 Access Type kg/m 3 Fixed Type
33 Monitoring Position On Pipe @ 12 'O' Clock
COUPON
34 Holder Length inch VTA
HOLDER
35 Material SS 316
36 Carrier Plug Type Solid Plug (SS 316)
37 NOTES
38 1.VTA: Vender to Advice
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
Datasheet for Corrosion Coupon_Latest

ATTACHMENT – 19: DATASHEET FOR VALVE INTERLOCK

DATASHEET FOR VALVE INTERLOCK

ANNEXURE -1 DATA SHEET FOR VALVE INTERLOCK


MARKINGS
A) INITIATION KEY (Located in Central Control Room)
PSV No.
IS ONLINE KEY No.
MANUAL VALVE TAG No. MANUAL VALVE TAG No. (Note - 2)
SP TAG No.
FRONT OF KEY SIDE OF KEY
B) SWITCH KEY
SWITCH KEY
PSV No. KEY No.
MANUAL VALVE TAG No. MANUAL VALVE TAG No. (Note-2)
SP TAG No.
FRONT OF KEY SIDE OF KEY
C) LOCK IDENTIFICATION
PSV No.
MANUAL VALVE TAG No.
SP TAG No.
(Note – 3)
Notes:
1. Valve Tag NO. Shall be as per respective datasheet & attachments.

2. Key No. shall be as per respective datasheet.
3. Lock No. shall be as per respective datasheet.
4. The Key No. shall be given same for associated Lock No.
5. Key shall be colour coded as per manufacture standard except spare keys.
6. Pare keys shall be provided in Orange colour code.

Type A
Interlock Type PSV Type
Scheme Four Block Valve Locks & three Key System
Discharge Location F
Valve Type Ball Valve (Full Bore)
Other Specification Refer to attachment Table
1. PSV A : In operation, PSV B : Installed Spare

2. Only Inlet block valve of installed spare (PSV B) shall be LC, All others shall be in LO position.
3. Each PSV is supplied with a unique key that shall fit lock 1 of its inlet & the lock of its outlet.
INITIAL STATUS
4. There is only one switch key for the above configuration, to operate lock 2A. This means only one inlet
block valve can be closed at any time.
5. Switch key is retractable only when inlet block valve is in LO position. This is only possible when 1A, 1B
key is inserted.
6. Key 1A is retractable from inlet block valve if the switch key is present and the valve is LC. Lock 1 key
is trapped in operational PSV inlet block valve as switch key is needed.
7. Switch key is trapped in spare PSV as it requires block valve to be in LO position before being released.
8. Key for lock 1 of spare PSV shall be kept in CCR.
1. Collect spare PSV inlet lock (1B) key from CCR. (Cabinet of CCR)
SEQUENCE FOR CHANGE OVER OF
2. Insert key into lock 1B of the inlet valve. (PSV B)

3. Inlet block valve should be changed from LC to LO (All block valves are open).
4. Remove switch key from lock 2A (PSV B)
5. Insert switch key into 2A of PSV A.
PSV:
6. Close inlet block valve of PSV A (LO to LC)

7. Remove key from inlet block valve lock 1A of PSV A
8. Insert this key in the outlet block valve lock 1A of PSV A
9. Close outlet block valve of PSV A (LO to LC)
10. Use vent valve to depressurize pipe spool.

11. Remove PSV A.

12. Install another PSV or replacement spool piece.
13. Open outlet block valve of PSV A (LC to LO) with the key which is still in the lock 1A.
14. Remove this key from outlet block valve lock 1A of PSV A and return to CCR.
15. Now PSV B is in operation and PSV A has become installed spare.
Doc No.: GM606-60620-390-PI-DS-0001 Rev.: 0 DATE : 24.08.2020 PAGE : 15
INLET OUTLET
SL. No. P&ID No. TAG No. RELATIVE ITEM TYPE VALVE TYPE DISCHARGE REMARKS
SIZE RATING LINE No. (PSV A) VALVE No. (PSV A) LINE No. (PSV B) VALVE No. (PSV B) SIZE RATING LINE No. (PSV A) VALVE No. (PSV B) LINE No. (PSV B) VALVE No. (PSV A)
BALL VALVE DATASHEET

1 GM6060-60620-234-PR-PI-0004 234-0004-SP-0001 234-PSV-001A/B A BALL (FB) F 10" 150# 10"-F-A-234003-50H 234-0004-VBB-0001 10"-F-A-234004-50H 234-0004-VBB-0002 8" 150# 20"-F-A-234005 234-0004-VBB-0003 20"-F-A-234006 234-0004-VBB-0004 REFERENCE :GM606-60620-390-
PI-DS-0001
ATTACHMENT – 20: PIPING DESIGN BASIS

Page 1 of 31
SARQALA (S-1) CPF UPGRADE, GARMIAN

BLOCK, KURDISTAN REPUBLIC OF IRAQ
DOCUMENT DETAILS:

PROJECT TITLE
EMPLOYER : Gazprom Neft Middle East B.V.
EMPLOYER JOB NO : GMCPF
PROJECT DOCUMENT NO. : GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-DB-0001
REVISION NO. :0 No. of pages (incl. sheet) : 31
DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION : PIPING DESIGN BASIS
REVISION DETAILS
0 ISSUED FOR DESIGN 03/01/2017 PCP TKG PJ

B ISSUED FOR APPROVAL 11/11/17 TKG CNR PJ
A ISSUED FOR REVIEW 23/10/17 TKG CNR PJ
This document has been developed by Fortune Engineering & Energy Services as part of contractual obligations under contract 243-16-EB-
GR-C and is exclusive property of Gazprom Neft Middle East B.V. It is to be used for the purpose which it is lent and must not be copied or
used in any way detrimental to the interest of the COMPANY and subject to return on demand.
Electronic File Name: GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-DB-0001_0.docx Doc Size: A4

Page 2 of 31

PIPING DESIGN BASIS
Rev: Page:
Doc. No.: GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-DB-0001
0 2 of 31
REVISION RECORD
A - Issued For Review
6, 10.1 & 10.2 – Document numbers for Project Specifications
revised as per latest Technical Document Register
B Issued For Approval
12.4 – Scale for Pipe Rack GA (1:50) included
Sections 6, 15.1, 15.2 –

Missing Document numbers and titles for Project Specifications
revised as per latest Technical Document Register.
Section 12.1 -
Added ”A plot plan design review meeting shall be conducted
with the participation of all engineering disciplines, HSE and
Project Management.”
Section12.2 -
Added “Each section of area is to be positioned in drawing with
enough margin and match line (ML) is to be planned by straight
line. In case of dividing areas, it is to be planned not to cut
equipment off as possible.”
Section 13.1 –
0 Issued For Design
Added “Item codes for each item”
Section 13.6.1 –
Added”The initial MTO shall be estimated from the P&IDs and
Plot Plans. The MTO shall be done at various stages (generally
related to P&ID issue) during the course of the engineering.
Additionally, the MTO shall be dynamically updated to
incorporate changes due to revisions in the input documents
(P&IDs, vendor data, etc.) whenever they are received. This is to
ensure that procurement action for the new items are promptly
initiated.”
Section 13.6.4 –
Added “ Painting / Coating quantities shall be included in Material
Take Off
Section 15.2 –
 Added with appropriate document no. “Piping shall
be color coded based on the service as per the
Page 3 of 31

PIPING DESIGN BASIS
Rev: Page:
0 3 of 31
coding system as specified in Doc No. GMCPF-

J5177-200-MT-SP-0001, Painting, Coating and
Internal Lining Specification and Color Shades
 Piping shall be painted in accordance with the Doc
No. GMCPF-J5177-200-MT-SP-0001, Painting,
Coating and Internal Lining Specification and Color
Shades.
SUMMARY OF HOLDS
Page 4 of 31

PIPING DESIGN BASIS
Rev: Page:
0 4 of 31
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................ 6
2. PURPOSE .......................................................................................................................... 6
3. DEFINITION AND ABBREVIATIONS ................................................................................. 6
3.1. DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................................ 6
3.2. ABBREVIATIONS .......................................................................................................... 7
4. ORDER OF PRECEDENCE ............................................................................................... 8
5. CODES AND STANDARDS ............................................................................................... 9
6. PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS AND PROCEDURES ........................................................ 13
7. SITE CONIDTION ............................................................................................................. 14
8. UNITS OF MEASUREMENT ............................................................................................ 14
9. DESIGN AND LAYOUT .................................................................................................... 15
9.1. PIPING ...................................................................................................................... 15
9.2. UNDERGROUND PHILOSOPHY ..................................................................................... 16
9.2.1. Design of Manhole Vent................................................................................ 16
9.3. DRAINAGE PHILOSOPHY............................................................................................. 16
10. PIPING FLEXIBILITY AND SUPPORT ............................................................................. 16
10.1. PIPING FLEXIBILITY .................................................................................................... 16
10.2. PIPE SUPPORTS ........................................................................................................ 17
11. TIE-INS AND TIE-OUTS ................................................................................................... 17
11.1. TIE-INS ..................................................................................................................... 17
11.2. TIE-OUTS AND DEMOLITION ........................................................................................ 18
12. DOCUMENTS AND DRAWINGS ..................................................................................... 18
12.1. OVERALL PLOT PLAN ................................................................................................ 18
12.2. KEY PLAN ................................................................................................................. 19
12.3. UNIT PLOT PLAN ....................................................................................................... 19
12.4. PIPING GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWINGS .............................................................. 20
12.5. PIPING ISOMETRIC DRAWING ...................................................................................... 20
12.6. PIPING DELIVERABLES ............................................................................................... 21
13. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS AND REQUISITIONS ...................................................... 21
13.1. PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION ............................................................................... 21
13.2. PURCHASE SPECIFICATIONS ...................................................................................... 21
13.3. MATERIAL REQUISITIONS ........................................................................................... 22
13.4. TECHNICAL BID EVALUATION ..................................................................................... 22
Page 5 of 31

PIPING DESIGN BASIS
Rev: Page:
0 5 of 31
13.5. VENDOR DRAWING APPROVAL ................................................................................... 22

13.6. MATERIAL TAKE-OFF................................................................................................. 23
13.6.1. Pipe and Piping Components (including valves) ........................................... 23
13.6.2. Special Items ................................................................................................ 23
13.6.3. Supports ....................................................................................................... 23
13.6.4. Painting & Coating ........................................................................................ 24
14. LINE LIST ......................................................................................................................... 24
15. PAITING & COATING ...................................................................................................... 24
15.1. PAINTING AND COATING ............................................................................................. 24
16. TBE SAMPLE FORMAT ATTACHMENT ......................................................................... 25
Page 6 of 31

PIPING DESIGN BASIS
Rev: Page:
0 6 of 31
1. INTRODUCTION
Gazprom Neft Middle East B.V (COMPANY) is currently engaged in the development of
the Garmian block, located in the Kurdistan Autonomous Region Republic of Iraq. The
previous operator of the Garmian field was “Western Zagros”. The COMPANY
(GAZPROM Neft Middle East B.V.) intends to upgrade the existing oil treatment facilities
at the Sarqala-1 processing facilities due to the future increased production.
The Sarqala-1 Facilities Upgrade Project is being undertaken by Gazprom Neft Middle
East B.V. to enable additional oil and water handling capacity of its Sarqala-1 Oil
Facility. This is in view of the planned Production increase from its Garmian block.
Based on the field development plan, peak Production target is estimated at 35,000
bopd whereas current capacity of the Sarqala-1 Oil Facility is 10,000 bopd with a
storage capacity of 42,600 bbl. Thus this project (which represents Phase 2a Facilities
scope of the field development) will create an additional 25,000 bopd oil handling
capacity (Including upgrade of relevant utilities) at Sarqala-1 with an additional 24,000
bbl of onsite oil Storage.
It is to be noted that at present the old existing Separators (V-100 HP) and (V-200 LP)
with design capacity of 10,000bpod are on warm stand by, and the Oil Fluid from S-1
Well is being treated through the 2 No. newly installed Separators (V-101 HP) and (V-
201 LP) with a design capacity of 25,000 bpod.
The Oil Fluid from S-2 well which is anticipated to be operational in 2018 and S-3 well
which is anticipated to be operational in 2019 shall be transported to the CPF facilities
via dedicated pipelines (flow lines) and hence the initial planned production of
25000bpod shall be passed through the newly installed separators (V-101HP & V-201
LP) while the old existing separators (V-100 HP & V-200 LP) shall be on warm stand by.
In 2019, when the oil fluid from the S-3 well will become operational, then the old
separators (V-100HP) and (V-200 LP) shall be activated to assist in the total Oil
treatment of 35,000 bpod.
2. PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to ensure that the piping engineering of the project has
a well-defined basis and consistency is maintained throughout the execution of the
PROJECT.
This document specifies the specifications, standards and practices that shall be used in
the execution of the piping engineering. It also describes the basic deliverables that shall
be prepared for the project.
3.1. Definitions
COMPANY - Gazprom Neft Middle East B.V

Page 7 of 31

PIPING DESIGN BASIS
Rev: Page:
0 7 of 31
ENGINEERING
CONTRACTOR - Fortune Engineering & Energy Services (FEES)
Upgradation FEED
Engineering Contractor - TNT
PROJECT - Sarqala (S-1) CPF Upgrade, Garmian Block, Kurdistan

Republic of Iraq.
VENDOR - Is the Party which manufactures and/or supplies

materials, equipment, technical documents, drawings
and/or services to perform the duties specified by the
COMPANY / CONTRACTOR.
SHOULD - Indicates that the requirement is strongly recommended

to be adhered to.
3.2. Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used in this document:

ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials
CC - Corrosion Coupon
CP - Cathodic Protection
DD - Detail Design
EN - Euro Norm
EPC - Engineering, Procurement, Construction

FBE - Fusion Bonded Epoxy
GAD - General Arrangement Drawing
GRE - Glass Reinforced Epoxy
HAZOP - Hazard and Operability
HAZID - Hazard Identification
Page 8 of 31

PIPING DESIGN BASIS
Rev: Page:
0 8 of 31
HSE - Health Safety & Environment

ISO - International Organisation for Standardization
MR - Material Requisition
MTO - Material Take-off
P&ID - Piping & Instrumentation Diagram
PMS - Piping Material Specification
PS - Project Specifications
QM - Quality Management
4. ORDER OF PRECEDENCE
In the event of apparent technical conflict occurring in applying this design basis and
reference documents, the following order of precedence shall apply:
 Iraqi local regulations

 Equipment Data sheets
 International codes and standards as mentioned in the Project specification (with
Note 1)
 Project Specifications
Note-1: For cases where requirements of project specification is superior/ exceeds

requirements set forth in codes and standards, the former shall be considered
as mandatory requirement for this Project.
Exceptions to and deviations from this specification and any other referenced
documents shall not be implemented without written approval by COMPANY.
While deciding on the order of precedence, due consideration shall be given to safety,
ease of operation and maintenance of the equipment.
Page 9 of 31

PIPING DESIGN BASIS
Rev: Page:
0 9 of 31
The COMPANY’s interpretation shall be final.
The following list of codes and standards referred herein shall be used for this
PROJECT. When an edition date is not indicated for a code or standard, the latest
edition in force at time of Contract award shall apply.
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
ASME B1.1 - Unified Inch Screw Threads
Pipe Threads (except Dryseal)

ASME B1.20.1 -
Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings

ASME B16.5 -
ASME B16.9 - Factory Made Wrought Butt welding Fittings
Face to Face and End to End Dimensions of Valves

ASME B16.10 -
ASME B16.11 - Forged Fittings, Socket welding and threaded

ASME B16.20 - Wound and Jacketed

-

-
ASME B16.34 Valves - Flanged and Butt welding End

-
ASME B16.47 Large Diameter Steel Flanges

-
ASME B16.48 Steel Blanks

-
ASME B31.3 Process Piping

-

-
ASME B36.19M Stainless Steel Pipe

-

-
Page 10 of 31

PIPING DESIGN BASIS
Rev: Page:
0 10 of 31
ASME B46.1 Surface Texture

-
ASME PV ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII
Section VIII (Division 1) – Rules for construction of pressure
-
(Division 1) vessels
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX –
ASME PV Qualification Standard for Welding and Brazing
Section IX - Procedures, Welders, Bracers Welding and welding
Operators
ASME Section
Non- Destructive Examination
V -
American Petroleum Institute (API)
API 6D / ISO Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries – Pipeline

-
14313 Transportation Systems – Pipeline Valves
API 6FA - Specification for Fire Test for Valves
API 594 - Check Valves: Flanged, Lug, Wafer, and Butt-welding
API 598 - Valves inspection and testing
Metal Plug Valves—Flanged, Threaded and Welding

API-599 -
Ends
Steel Gate Valves—Flanged and Butt-welding Ends
API-600 -
Bolted Bonnets
Steel Gate, Globe, and Check Valves for Sizes NPS 4
API-602 - (DN 100) and Smaller for the Petroleum and Natural
Gas Industries
Fire Test for Quarter-turn Valves and Valve equipped
API-607 -
with Non-metallic seats
British Standards (BS)

Specification for Steel check valves (flanged and butt-
BS 1868 - welding ends) for the petroleum, petrochemical and
allied industries
Specification for Steel Globe and Globe Stop and
BS 1873 - Check Valves (Flanged and butt-welding ends) for
Petroleum, Petrochemical and Allied Industries
Page 11 of 31

PIPING DESIGN BASIS
Rev: Page:
0 11 of 31
BS 5353 - Specification for Steel Plug Valves
BS EN 593 - Industrial valves – Metallic butterfly valves
Steel Ball Valves for the Petroleum, Petrochemical and

BS EN 17292 -
Allied Industries
Steel Gate, Globe and Check Valves 100mm & smaller
BS EN 15761 -
for Petroleum, and Natural Gas Industries.
Industrial valves: Testing of metallic valves. Part 1:
BS EN 12266 - Pressure tests, test procedures and acceptance criteria
— Mandatory
BS EN 10204 - Metallic products Types of inspection document
BS EN 10497 - Testing of valves — Fire type-testing requirements
Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS)

Standard Marking System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges,
MSS SP 25 -
and Unions
Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings for
MSS SP 53 - Valves, Flanges, Fittings, and Other Piping Components
- Magnetic Particle Examination Method
Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves, Flanges,
MSS SP 54 - Fittings, and Other Piping Components - Radiographic
Examination Method
MSS SP 55 - Fittings, and Other Piping Components - Visual Method
for Evaluation of Surface Irregularities
Specification for High-Test, Wrought, Butt-Welding
MSS SP 75 -
Fittings
Specification for Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle, and Check
MSS SP 80 -
Valves
Integrally Reinforced Forged Branch Outlet Fittings –

MSS SP 97 -
Socket Welding, Threaded, and Butt-welding Ends
National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE)

Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries – Materials
NACE MR0175 /
- for use in H2S Containing Environments in Oil and
ISO 15156
Gas Production.
Page 12 of 31

PIPING DESIGN BASIS
Rev: Page:
0 12 of 31
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-
A53 -
Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless
Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for
A105 -
Piping Applications
Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe
A106 -
for High Temperature Service
Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on
A153 -
Iron and Steel Hardware
Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy and
A182 - Stainless Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings, and
Valves and Parts for High Temperature Service
Standard Specification for Alloy Steel and Stainless
A193 - Steel Bolting for High Temperature or High Pressure
Service and Other Special Purpose Applications
Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts
A194 - for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature
Service, or Both
Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon,
A216 - Suitable for Fusion Welding, for High Temperature
Service
Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought
A234 - Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High
Temperature Service
Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded, and
A312 -
Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes
Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, for
A351 -
Pressure Containing Parts
Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Ferritic and
A352 - Martensitic, for Pressure Containing Parts, Suitable for
Low-Temperature Service
Standard Specification for Electric Fusion Welded
A358 - Austenitic Chromium Nickel Stainless Steel Pipe for
High Temperature Service and General Applications
Standard Specification for Wrought Austenitic Stainless
A403 -
Steel Piping Fittings
Standard Specification for High Temperature Bolting,
A453 - with Expansion Coefficients Comparable to Austenitic
Stainless Steels
Standard Specification for Castings, Nickel and Nickel
A494 -
Alloy
Page 13 of 31

PIPING DESIGN BASIS
Rev: Page:
0 13 of 31
Standard Specification for Electric Fusion Welded Steel

A672 - Pipe for High Pressure Service at Moderate
Temperatures
Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel
A694 - Forgings for Pipe Flanges, Fittings, Valves, and Parts
for High Pressure Transmission Service
Standard Specification for Factory Made Wrought
B366 -
Nickel and Nickel Alloy Fittings
Standard Specification for Nickel Iron Chromium
B423 - Molybdenum Copper Alloy (UNS N08825 and N08221)*
Seamless Pipe and Tube
Standard Specification for Nickel Chromium
Molybdenum Columbium Alloys (UNS N06625 and
B444 -
UNS N06852) and Nickel Chromium Molybdenum
Silicon Alloy (UNS N06219) Pipe and Tube
B564 - Standard Specification for Nickel Alloy Forgings

INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION FOR STANDARDIZATION (ISO)
ISO 5208 - Industrial valves -- Pressure testing of metallic valves
6. PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS AND PROCEDURES
Particular reference is made to the following project documents and specifications:
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-SP-0001 - Piping Material Specification
GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0007 - Specification for Stress Analysis
GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0001 - Specification for Layout and Piping
GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0008 - Pipe Support Standard
Specification for Pipe and Piping

GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0002 -
Components
GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0004 - Specification for Ball Valves
Specification for Gate, Globe and Check

GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0003 -
Valve
Page 14 of 31

PIPING DESIGN BASIS
Rev: Page:
0 14 of 31
GMCPF-J5177-200-PR-DB-0001 - Process Design Basis
GMCPF-J5177-200-EL-DB-0001 - Electrical Design Basis
GMCPF-J5177-200-IN-DB-0001 - Instrumentation Design Basis
GMCPF-J5177-200-CV-DB-0001 - Civil & Structural Design Basis
GMCPF-J5177-200-PJ-PP-0001 - Document Numbering Procedure
GMCPF-J5177-200-PJ-PP-0002 - Tag Numbering Procedure
Painting, Coating and Internal Lining

GMCPF-J5177-200-MT-SP-0001 -
Specification and Color Shades
7. SITE CONIDTION
Refer Process Design Basis Section 4 (GMCPF-J5177-000-PR-DB-0001) for site

conditions.
8. UNITS OF MEASUREMENT
In general modified SI (metric) units shall be used for all quantities and parameters
concerning piping design, unless otherwise specified in any project specification.
Commonly used units are:
Acceptable
Parameter Unit alternatives
(FPS System)
Pressure Barg Bara, MPa, Psig, Psia
Temperature Deg. C Deg. F
Viscosity Cp
Pipe Sizing inch
Elevation m
Length m km, mm
Dimensions m mm
3
Volume m Barrels (bbls)
Page 15 of 31

PIPING DESIGN BASIS
Rev: Page:
0 15 of 31
Acceptable
Parameter Unit alternatives
(FPS System)
Area m2
Weight Kg Metric Tons
Density Kg/m3
Power KW MW
9. DESIGN AND LAYOUT
9.1. Piping
The piping design and layout of the project shall be done with the aim of achieving the
desired intent of the project in an efficient and planned manner. The layout shall meet all
the project requirements and comply with the applicable codes, standards and safety
norms.
The design and layout shall comply with the following general requirements:
 The process piping design shall comply with ASME B31.3.

 The piping design shall comply with the requirements of the piping material
specifications. (Refer Doc. No. GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-SP-0001)
 The piping design shall incorporate all the relevant requirements of connected
equipment and instruments as per the vendor data.
 The piping layout will take into consideration the operability and safety of
installations as well as ease of maintenance and construction.
 All piping will be routed to provide a neat and economical layout and have the
minimum number of fittings consistent with the proper provision for expansion and
flexibility.
 The layout shall take into consideration all contractual requirements. The basis for
piping layout shall be
o P & IDs;
o Overall and Unit Plot Plans;
o Line List;
o Equipment / Package Datasheet and Vendor Drawings (as applicable)
o Instrument data sheets and Hook-up drawings;
o Structural and building drawing
o Piping Material Specification
o HAZOP Closeout
 The piping design and layout shall be in accordance with doc. no. GMCPF-J5177-
000-PI-SP-0001, Specification for Layout and Piping
Page 16 of 31

PIPING DESIGN BASIS
Rev: Page:
0 16 of 31
9.2. Underground Philosophy
For underground philosophy, project document no. GMCPF-J5177-200-CV-SP-0005;

Underground Philosophy shall be referred.
9.2.1. Design of Manhole Vent
Vent shall be provided in each sealed manhole in process/utility areas. Vent size shall
be 4” (100mm). Carbon steel pipes shall be used for vent pipes. Underground portion of
vent pipe shall be externally coated / painted & above ground portion shall be painted
outside. In case if the vent is located at less than 3m from the walkway / road, it shall be
protected by bollards. Vent shall be minimum 3.15 m above grade level. A vented
manhole within 8m of an operating platform shall have the vent pipe terminated at 3m
above the operating platform and in opposite direction of the access.
9.3. Drainage Philosophy
For drainage philosophy, project document no. GMCPF-J5177-200-CV-SP-0005;

Specification for Drainage and Paving shall be referred.
10. PIPING FLEXIBILITY AND SUPPORT
10.1. Piping Flexibility
The piping system shall be designed to have adequate flexibility. Line required to be
stress analysed shall be identified based on the stress analysis criteria. The analysis
shall be performed to ensure that
 Excessive pipe movements are avoided

 There is no failure of piping system from over-stress
 Loads on supports are determined for the appropriate design of supports
 Forces and moments on the connected equipment nozzles are within the allowable
limits.
The required flexibility of the piping shall be achieved by provision of appropriate

restraints (e.g. anchors, stops and guides supports), spring supports, expansion loops
and bends. Use of bellows for achieving flexibility shall be avoided to the extent
possible.
The Stress System and Critical Line selection shall be based on the Criticality Criteria
mentioned in the Specification for Stress Analysis GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0007 and
Line List GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-LL-0001.
The software package Caesar II version 2017 shall be used for the computer analysis of
piping systems. The analysis shall be documented in the form of reports and issued as a
part of project documentation. Stress analysis shall be done in accordance with doc. no.
GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0007, Specification for Stress Analysis.
Page 17 of 31

PIPING DESIGN BASIS
Rev: Page:
0 17 of 31
10.2. Pipe Supports
All piping shall be adequately supported so as to prevent undue vibration, deflection,

stress and leakage at joints in the piping as well as at the connected equipment. The
supporting of stress critical lines shall be done based on the analysis recommendations.
Standard pipe support spans shall be used unless stress analysis results allow the use
of bigger spans. Supports and supporting structures shall be designed to sustain the
hydrostatic test loads. All pipe support spacing shall be equally spaced and analytically
correct.
Piping at valves and equipment, requiring periodic maintenance, will be supported in
such a way that the valves and equipment can be removed with a minimum necessity of
installing temporary pipe supports. Pipe supports shall comply with Doc. No. GMCPF-
J5177-000-PI-SP-0008, Piping Support Standard
Support connection details with civil and structural interface as follows:
Structural pipe supports with height greater than 2.0m or loads higher than 20kN shall
be given to Civil and Structural for designing. All the foundations shall be designed by
Civil and Structural Group. Else the pipe supports shall be based on Piping Support
Standard GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0008. Piping loads (Empty, Operating & Hydro test
condition) for all stress critical lines shall be given to civil for design at structure and
foundation. The horizontal loads shall be given to Civil for designing of the supports.
11. TIE-INS AND TIE-OUTS
11.1. Tie-Ins
Whenever new piping has to be connected to existing pipe work, the tie-in locations
shall be verified for most optimum locations. The following aspects shall be considered
for the engineering of the tie-ins:
 The tie-ins connections with existing piping systems shall be as per the process
requirements indicated on the P&ID's.
 The tie-in points shall be referred from Tie-in schedule document Doc. No. GMCPF-
J5177-200-PI-SC-0001 shall be determined considering the constructability,
schedule, sequencing, hot tap/shutdown requirements, etc.
 Tie-ins shall preferably be taken at flanges & plant battery limit to minimize the
shutdown time.
 Tie-in valves, where necessary to meet the project scope, shall be included. Tie in
drawings/sketches shall be prepared to clearly indicate the type & locations of the
tie-ins. The tie-in schedule shall be prepared to list all the tie-ins along with relevant
details such as description, line numbers, reference drawings, shutdown
requirements, etc. Tie-in valves shall be accessible with a platform.
 Tie-in layouts are generated based on the tie-in schedule/philosophy requirements.
Tie-in index and tie-in point list and layout shall be referred from Tie-in schedule
document. Doc. No. GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-SC-0001
Page 18 of 31

PIPING DESIGN BASIS
Rev: Page:
0 18 of 31
11.2. Tie-outs and Demolition

If the project scope of work involves demolition of existing piping, the tie-out locations
shall be verified at site and the most suitable locations shall be determined. The
following aspects shall be considered for the engineering of the tie-outs and demolition:
 Tie-outs and demolition of piping and equipment shall be as required by the P&IDs.
 Tie-outs shall preferably be taken at flanges to minimize the shutdown time.
 Demolition drawings shall be prepared to indicate locations of tie-outs and the
extent of demolition of pipe work including all inline valves and instrument, as well
as, connected equipment, pipe supports, structural, etc., as applicable.
12. DOCUMENTS AND DRAWINGS
12.1. Overall Plot Plan

Existing Site plot plan (WEST.ZAGROS.S1.0001/01) shall be updated by including
facilities as per the project scope and split further into smaller unit plot plans for better
clarity and incorporating further details. Grid shall be unique throughout the plant. Plot
plans will carry the following information as a minimum:
 Extent of the plot along with coordinates north direction and grade elevations.
 Fence and gates as applicable
 Layout of roads, access paths, escape ways
 Equipment and their locations
 Pipe racks and sleepers location and levels
 Buildings and shelters
 Lay down/maintenance areas
 Civil foundation with levels
 Structures and platform levels and extents
The following factors will be considered in preparing the plot plan:

 Location of equipment as per process flow Safety distances between equipment
buildings/structures
 Plan and section views for all applicable areas
 Constructability
 Access for maintenance and operation
 Wind direction
 Lay down/maintenance areas
 Future requirements
Pipe rack design study and philosophy shall be issued having typical cross section, grid
numbering etc.
Drawing scale for overall plot plan shall be A0, 1:1000
A plot plan design review meeting shall be conducted with the participation of all
engineering disciplines, HSE and Project Management.
Page 19 of 31

PIPING DESIGN BASIS
Rev: Page:
0 19 of 31
12.2. Key Plan

Key plan is drawing which plays a role as index about piping design by showing Unit
Plot Plans in Plot Plan.
Each section of area is to be positioned in drawing with enough margin and match line
(ML) is to be planned by straight line. In case of dividing areas, it is to be planned not to
cut equipment off as possible.
Key Plan is created to use as index about unit piping plot plans.
Drawing scale for overall key plan shall be A0, 1:1000 and for unit key plans A1, 1:200,
1:250, 1:300, 1:500 scales shall be used.
12.3. Unit Plot Plan

Unit Plot plan shall contain the following as minimum.
 Equipment, tagged items, vendor package, structure columns (with grid number)
o These shall be tagged and located with dimensions/co-ordinates
o Orientation shall be indicated
o Elevation shall be indicated
 Table shall be provided for “equipment/building/safety shower/utility station list” in
the unit plot plan.
 All vendor packages shall be located with defined reference point. And vendor
layout shall be referred to.
 All equipment within vendor package, where foundations are by Contractor shall be
located in unit plot plan
 Rack and sub racks shall be tagged and grid numbers shall be provided with
dimensions
 Platforms; extent, elevation, type (grating or checked plate) shall be provided
(legend should cover the same).
 Envelopes for Maintenance bays, access ways, drop outs, escape routes, trenches,
exit routes, etc. shall be provided.
 Each platform shall be visible.
 Type of surface for paving shall be indicated.
 Cross-section for each units shall be provided if necessary for clarity of drawing
 All the elements that can effect location of units, equipments, stairways,
underground corridors shall be provided.
 Technology structure
 Storm water drain
 E&I cable trays/trench
 Roads with co-ordinates
 List of equipment, shelters, safety showers & utility stations
 Manholes (sewage, storm water, OWS)
 Catch basins, clean out pits, equipment pits, valve pit duck covers (if any)
 Piping related to new scope and demolition scope shall be covered in Layouts &
Isometrics.
Page 20 of 31

PIPING DESIGN BASIS
Rev: Page:
0 20 of 31
Drawing size A1, scale 1:200, 1:250, 1:300, 1:500
12.4. Piping General Arrangement Drawings

The Piping General Arrangement (GA) drawings shall show the layout of all pipe work
with inline components and instruments, equipment, structures, etc. All items shall be in
their true relative position on site. The layout shall be in the form of a plan view.
Elevations and details may be produced if required in order to clarify complex piping. A
key plan highlighting the area covered by the drawing shall be included in the layout.
Piping GA drawings shall include the following information as a minimum.
 All equipment with equipment number, location and nozzle positions

 All structures shall be indicated.
 All pipe-work (including designation as in P&ID and location)
 Equipment foundation outline
 Skid limits of skid mounted equipment (without internal details).
 Line number with direction of flow and elevation
 All special items, All in-line and on-line instrumentation with tag numbers
 Main steel and concrete structures, stairway, platforms with co-ordinates /
dimensions and elevations
 Pipe racks and sleepers with elevations, co-ordinates / dimensions
 Secondary pipe support codes as per support specification.
 Primary pipe supports by means of symbols as per support specification.
 Operating platforms with elevations
 Floor types
 Access / Slopes / trenches / sumps
 All instruments shall be indicated.
 All valve hand wheel shall be indicated.
 All funnel locations
 All davits, trolley beams, etc.
 All sample systems
 Plant North.
Valve type, flow direction, funnels. Utility station and safety shower
Nozzle Orientation
Piping GA shall be defined in such a way that no piping is hidden and locations are
clearly identifiable.
Drawing size A1, scale 1:50 for Pipe Racks and for unit area scale of 1:30, 1:33 1/3.
12.5. Piping Isometric Drawing

Isometric drawings shall be produced for all new construction & demolition lines.
Piping isometric drawings shall include the following information as a minimum.
 Connected equipment number and nozzle number
 Configuration of complete line from starting to end as defined by the line number
Page 21 of 31

PIPING DESIGN BASIS
Rev: Page:
0 21 of 31
 Dimensions and elevations as required.

 Line number, direction of flow and slope wherever applicable.
 All in-line and on-line instrumentation with tag numbers.
 Primary and secondary pipe support codes as per support specification.
 Tie-in details and demolition scope as applicable.
 Bill of materials for the complete line as per P&ID
 Piping Special item tag no.
 Detail view wherever required
12.6. Piping Deliverables

All the piping deliverables are as listed in Doc. No. GMCPF-J5177-200-PJ-DL-0001;
Technical Deliverables register
13. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS AND REQUISITIONS
13.1. Piping Material Specification

The piping material specification (PMS) Doc No GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-SP-0001 shall
be prepared as a project specification. The PMS shall contain various pipe classes as
per process requirements. The pipe classes are based on a particular set of operating
and design conditions and service fluids that are specified by Process.
Each pipe class shall specify the following items and details
Pressure and temperature design limits

 Material specifications of different items
 Pipe wall thickness values
 Corrosion Allowance
 Size range of Pipe to be used
 Type and size range of fittings and flanges to be used
 Type and size· range of valves to be used
 Type of gaskets/ Fasteners to be used
 Branch connection details
 Valve details (internals, trim, stem, bonnet, spring, type of operators, etc)
 Heat treatment requirements
 Special testing requirement for material
 Incorporation of fugitive emission test, fire-safe test, etc
 Item codes for each item
13.2. Purchase Specifications

All piping items shall be procured in compliance with the Purchase Specifications (PS).
The PS describes the specific requirements of each type of piping items e.g.
 Design Requirements
 Material and manufacturing requirements
Page 22 of 31

PIPING DESIGN BASIS
Rev: Page:
0 22 of 31
 Testing and inspection requirements

 Process fluid details and composition for valve procurement
Refer document nos.

GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0002 Specification for Pipe and Piping Components
GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0004 Specification for Ball Valves
GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0003 Specification for Gate Globe and Check Valves
13.3. Material Requisitions

The Material requisitions (MR) shall be prepared for new items to obtain offers from
Vendors for the various piping items during detail engineering stage. The requisitions
shall be prepared to include all technical requirements as per contract specifications,
international standards and good engineering practices. For valves and specialties,
technical data sheets shall be a part of the requisitions.
Quality requirements shall be clearly stated e.g. quality plan, inspection and testing
requirements, type of certification, etc. Drawings and documents required from the
Vendor for approval shall also be clearly stated.
13.4. Technical Bid Evaluation

After receiving Vendor offers, they shall be technically evaluated by the COMPANY.
Only offers of approved vendors shall be evaluated. Unapproved vendors shall be
considered if the offers are technically attractive and it is worthwhile for the COMPANY
to evaluate the Vendor.
Technical queries (TQs) shall be issued to the Vendors through Company for
clarifications and Additional / missing information. This shall ensure that all Vendors are
brought at par.
The technical bid evaluation (TBE) shall be prepared for every requisition. TBE shall be
submitted to COMPANY for review and comments. It shall be in a tabular form indicating
the compliance of the bidders to every technical requirement. It shall indicate the overall
acceptability of each Vendor. Deviations from contract specifications shall not be
acceptable, unless approved by the COMPANY.
13.5. Vendor Drawing Approval

The drawings and documents, furnished by the Vendor through COMPANY after
placement of order, shall be reviewed by CONTRACTOR to ensure that they meet all
technical specifications as required by the purchase requisition and submitted to
COMPANY.
Page 23 of 31

PIPING DESIGN BASIS
Rev: Page:
0 23 of 31
13.6. Material Take-Off

The material take-off (MTO) shall be done to determine the piping material quantities to
be procured.
The initial MTO shall be estimated from the P&IDs and Plot Plans. The MTO shall be
done at various stages (generally related to P&ID issue) during the course of the
engineering. Additionally, the MTO shall be dynamically updated to incorporate changes
due to revisions in the input documents (P&IDs, vendor data, etc.) whenever they are
received. This is to ensure that procurement action for the new items are promptly
initiated.
13.6.1. Pipe and Piping Components (including valves)

 MTO shall be prepared for Pipe and Pipe components (including valves and
fittings).
 Pipe sizes shall be in inches. Quantity shall be in metres for pipes and numbers for
items other than pipes.
 For pipe classes where SW/threaded (galvanized pipe class) fittings are specified,
sufficient quantity of full coupling and unions shall be considered.
 For galvanized pipe class for sizes equal to and above 4" galvanizing is done after
prefabricating flanged spools. For such piping adequate flanges shall be considered
for the piping spools based on the limitation on the pipe length that can be
galvanized.
 Refer to instrument hook up drawings for interconnection details for instrument
connections for sizes, rating and end connections. Process vent/drain details shall
be as indicated in the P&ID.
 For control valves, shutdown valves, motor operated valves, flow meters, relief
valves etc., the minimum rating of flanges shall be as per piping class rating. All
these items are in scope of instrumentation. However mating flanges for the same
shall be included in the scope of piping.
 Extra bolt lengths for wafer type valves e.g. Check valves, butterfly valves, PSV's
etc., shall not be considered during initial MTO.
 Material for expansion loops as per stress analysis recommendations.
 MTO for GRE piping including fittings shall be as per vendor recommendations. This
will be coordinated through COMPANY.
13.6.2. Special Items
MTO for special items (e.g. Access fittings with CC, CP, strainers, valve interlocks, flame
arrestor, insulating gasket etc.) shall be included as a part of line MTO. This is to be
maintained in a specialty list for processing of inquiry requisitions. Requirement of
insulating gaskets shall be decided initially and accordingly MTO shall be taken.
Refer document no. GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-DL-0003 Piping Specialty Item List
13.6.3. Supports
Pipe Support schedule & MTO shall be provided.

Page 24 of 31

PIPING DESIGN BASIS
Rev: Page:
0 24 of 31
13.6.4. Painting & Coating
Painting / Coating quantities shall be included in the piping MTO.
14. LINE LIST
 Piping shall provide input for test medium, test pressure, radiography, PWHT
requirement, painting system etc.
 Stress critical lines shall be identified in the process line list.
 Piping shall provide input for Insulation type, Insulation thickness, ND requirements,
design & operating pressure, temperature.
15. PAITING & COATING
15.1. Painting and Coating

Pipe work shall be externally painted / coated for corrosion protection. In general, the
following norms shall apply:
 All carbon steel piping shall be painted. Galvanized steel, stainless steel and
cupronickel piping generally do not require painting. However, in case of harsh
environment conditions (e.g. marine environment) the project specifications may call
for painting of this piping.
 Buried steel piping shall be protected by coating and wrapping of polyethylene tape
system, unless otherwise specified.
 Piping shall be color coded based on the service as per the coding system as
specified in Doc No. GMCPF-J5177-200-MT-SP-0001, Painting, Coating and
Internal Lining Specification and Color Shades
 Piping shall be painted in accordance with the Doc No. GMCPF-J5177-200-MT-SP-
0001, Painting, Coating and Internal Lining Specification and Color Shades
Page 25 of 31

PIPING DESIGN BASIS
Rev: Page:
0 25 of 31
16. TBE SAMPLE FORMAT ATTACHMENT

Page 26 of 31
SARQALA (S-1) CPF UPGRADE, GARMIAN BLOCK, KURDISTAN

FEED FOR PRODUCED
REPUBLIC WATER
OF IRAQTREATMENT "CONTRACTOR LOGO"
DOCUMENT DETAILS
COMPANY CONTRACT NO.
EMPLOYER : 094-14-BD-265-00
243-16-EB-GR-C
PROJECT TITLE SARQALA
: FEED (S-1) CPFWater
for Produced UPGRADE, GARMIAN BLOCK, KURDISTAN REPUBLIC OF IRAQ
Treatment
EMPLOYER MiddleB.V.
: Gazprom Neft Badra East B.V
CONTRACTOR :
CONTRACTOR JOB NO :
PROJECT DOCUMENT NO. :
REVISION NO. :
DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION : TECHNICAL BID EVALUATION FOR PIPING COMPONENT
NOTES : REVISION DETAILS
REV DESCRIPTION DATE PRPD CHKD APP'D APP'D

Electronic File Name: Doc Size: A3
Page : 1 of 6
Page 27 of 31

BLOCK, KURDISTAN
FEED FOR PRODUCED REPUBLIC OF IRAQ
WATER TREATMENT "CONTRACTOR LOGO"
Sr. No. Description

INDEX
AA SUMMARY
BB DETAILED TECHNICAL BID EVALUATION FOR PIPING COMPONENTS
BB TECHNICAL OFFER WITH TECHNICAL CLARIFICATION -VENDOR A
BB TECHNICAL OFFER WITH TECHNICAL CLARIFICATION -VENDOR B
BB TECHNICAL OFFER WITH TECHNICAL CLARIFICATION -VENDOR C
Page : 2 of 6
Page 28 of 31

REPUBLIC
FEED FOR PRODUCED OF IRAQ
VENDOR A VENDOR B VENDOR C

Sr. No. DESCRIPTION
AA SUMMARY
1.0 INTRODUCTION
2.0 SCOPE OF WORK/SUPPLY
3.0 INQUIRY REQUISITION
4.0 OFFERS RECEIVED
Vendor to provide BID by Submitted in time Submitted in time
Conclusion:
EMPLOYER approved Vendors Country of origins Submitted BID Date of BID submittal Final response to clarification (date)
A
YES NO
B YES NO
Page : 3 of 6
Page 29 of 31

REPUBLIC
FEED FOR PRODUCED OF IRAQ
5.0 VENDOR SHORT LISTING
6.0 OFFER EVALUATION
7.0 CONCLUSION /RECOMMENDATION
8.0 NOTES
Page : 4 of 6
Page 30 of 31

FEED FOR REPUBLIC OF IRAQ
PRODUCED WATER TREATMENT "CONTRACTOR LOGO"
Sr. No. Description As per Inquiry Specifications VENDOR-A VENDOR-B VENDOR-C REMARKS
BB DETAILED TECHNICAL BID EVALUATION
Mandatory items
The Vendor should be included in Vendor list.
The Vendor shall have the quality control system authentication certificate of
ISO9001.
1 Quotation Summary
Quotation Reference
Quotation Date
Whether quoted for all items
Duly signed and stamped Valve Datasheet
Duly signed and stamped Valve Material requisitions
Duly signed and stamped Valve Specification
Bill of Quantities
VDRL
Minimum Quality Control Requirements
Proposal Requirements
Deviation Form
Technical Check List
Validity of API 6D Certificate
Details of Local UAE Agent (Name

& Address)
Page : 5 of 6
Page 31 of 31

FEED FOR REPUBLIC OF IRAQ
PRODUCED WATER TREATMENT "CONTRACTOR LOGO"
Proposed Manufacturing Location
1.4 Manufacturer name & Country of Origin
TQ:NO / Issue date

1.5 Technical Correspondance
TQ:NO / Repiy date
2 Technical Requirements
2.1 SCOPE OF SUPPLY
2.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENT
2.3 End Connection
3.0 Material
4.0 Inspections and Testing requirements
5.0 Technical Acceptance
6.0 Reasons of Unqualification
Page : 6 of 6
ATTACHMENT – 21: SPECIFICATION FOR PIPES & PIPE COMPONENTS

DOCUMENT DETAILS:

PROJECT TITLE
PROJECT DOCUMENT NO. : GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0002
DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION : SPECIFICATION FOR PIPE AND PIPING COMPONENTS
REVISION DETAILS
0 ISSUED FOR PURCHASE 24/12/17 PC TKG PJ
B ISSUED FOR APPROVAL 21/11/17 PC TKG PJ
A ISSUED FOR REVIEW 08/11/17 TKG NR PJ
Electronic File Name: GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0002_0.docx Doc Size: A4

SPECIFICATION FOR PIPE AND PIPING COMPONENTS
Doc. No.: GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0002 Rev: 0 Page: 2 of 29
REVISION RECORD
Para 6.0:
B Document Numbers Issued For Approval
corrected
Para 6.0:
Insulation Specification
deleted
Para 7.8:
EPC Contractor changed to
0 Construction Contractor Issued For Purchase
Para 7.9:
Added:
Spare Parts should be as
per Piping Material
Contingency Philosophy
SUMMARY OF HOLDS
TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................ 5
2. PURPOSE .......................................................................................................................... 5
3.1. DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................................ 6
THROUGHOUT THE DOCUMENT THE FOLLOWING DEFINITIONS SHALL APPLY: .............................. 6
3.2. ABBREVIATIONS .......................................................................................................... 6
5.1. AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS (ASME)............................................. 8
5.2. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS – ASTM .......................................... 9
5.3. AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE – API..................................................................... 11
5.4. MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY (MSS) ................................................. 11
5.5. NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF CORROSION ENGINEERS (NACE) ...................................... 11
5.6. EUROPEAN STANDARDS – EN .................................................................................... 11
7. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................ 12
7.1. MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 12
7.1.1. General Requirements for Materials ............................................................. 12
7.1.2. Carbon Steel................................................................................................. 12
7.1.3. Carbon Steel for Sour Service (Wet H2S) ..................................................... 13
7.1.4. Austenitic Stainless Steel.............................................................................. 13
7.1.5. High Alloy Steel ............................................................................................ 13
7.1.6. Low temperature carbon steel....................................................................... 13
7.2. PIPES........................................................................................................................ 13
7.2.1. General......................................................................................................... 13
7.2.2. Length of Pipes ............................................................................................. 13
7.2.3. Welded Pipe ................................................................................................. 14
7.2.4. Pipes Made of High Alloy Steel ..................................................................... 14
7.2.5. Pipe Ends ..................................................................................................... 15
7.3. FITTINGS ................................................................................................................... 15
7.3.1. Butt Welding Fittings ..................................................................................... 15
7.3.2. Forged Fittings socket welding or screwed ................................................... 16
7.3.3. Integrally reinforced forged branch outlet fittings ........................................... 16
7.3.4. Fittings Made of High Alloy Steel or Clad Carbon Steel ................................ 16
7.4. FLANGES ................................................................................................................... 17
7.4.1. Flange Dimensions ....................................................................................... 17
7.4.2. Flange Facing Finishing ................................................................................ 17

7.4.3. Beveled ends ................................................................................................ 18

7.4.4. Orifice Flanges ............................................................................................. 18
7.4.5. Flanges Made of High Alloy Steel or Clad Carbon Steel ............................... 18
7.4.6. Spectacle Blinds, Blanks and Spacers .......................................................... 18
7.4.7. Jack Screws ................................................................................................. 19
7.5. STRAINER.................................................................................................................. 19
7.5.1. Drawings ...................................................................................................... 20
7.5.2. Y-Type Strainer ............................................................................................ 20
7.5.3. T-Type Strainer ............................................................................................. 21
7.5.4. Temporary (Conical) Strainer ........................................................................ 21
7.5.5. Strainers Made of High Alloy Steel or Clad Carbon Steel.............................. 21
7.6. GASKETS .................................................................................................................. 22
7.7. BOLTING ................................................................................................................... 23
7.8. ON-SITE ASSEMBLY ................................................................................................... 23
7.9. SPARE PARTS ........................................................................................................... 23
8. INSPECTION AND TESTING ........................................................................................... 23
9. MARKING......................................................................................................................... 25
9.1. GENERAL ........................................................................................................................ 25
9.2. FLANGES AND FLANGED COMPONENTS .................................................................... 26
9.3. MARKING AND COLOR CODING DURING SUPPLY ..................................................... 26
9.4. OTHER REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................ 27
10. PAINTING......................................................................................................................... 27
11. PACKING AND SHIPMENT ............................................................................................. 27
11.1. PIPE.......................................................................................................................... 27
11.2. FITTINGS ................................................................................................................... 28
11.3. FLANGES ................................................................................................................... 28
11.4. GASKET .................................................................................................................... 28
11.5. BOLTING ................................................................................................................... 28
12. VENDOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES ..................................................................................... 28
13. DOCUMENTATION .......................................................................................................... 29

1. INTRODUCTION
Gazprom Neft Middle East B.V (COMPANY) is currently engaged in the development of the
Garmian block, located in the Kurdistan Autonomous Region Republic of Iraq. The previous
operator of the Garmian field was “Western Zagros”. The COMPANY (GAZPROM Neft Middle
East B.V.) intends to upgrade the existing oil treatment facilities at the Sarqala-1 processing
facilities due to the future increased production.
The Sarqala-1 Facilities Upgrade Project is being undertaken by Gazprom Neft Middle East
B.V. to enable Additional oil and water handling capacity of its Sarqala-1 Oil Facility. This is in
view of the planned Production increase from its Garmian block. Based on the field
development plan, peak Production target is estimated at 35,000 bopd whereas current
capacity of the Sarqala-1 Oil Facility is 10,000 bopd with a storage capacity of 42,600 bbl.
Thus this project (which represents Phase 2a Facilities scope of the field development) will
create an additional 25,000 bopd oil handling capacity (Including upgrade of relevant utilities)
at Sarqala-1 with an additional 24,000 bbl of onsite oil Storage.
It is to be noted that at present the old existing Separators (V-100 HP) and (V-200 LP) with
design capacity of 10,000bopd are on warm stand by, and the Oil Fluid from S-1 Well is being
treated through the 2 No. newly installed Separators (V-101 HP) and (V-201 LP) with a design
capacity of 25,000bopd.
The Oil Fluid from S-2 well which is anticipated to be operational in 2018 and S-3 well which
is anticipated to be operational in 2019 shall be transported to the CPF facilities via dedicated
pipelines (flow lines) and hence the initial planned production of 25000bopd shall be passed
through the newly installed separators (V-101HP & V-201 LP) while the old existing
separators (V-100 HP & V-200 LP) shall be on warm stand by.
In 2019, when the oil fluid from the S-3 well will become operational, then the old separators
(V-100HP) and (V-200 LP) shall be activated to assist in the total Oil treatment of 35,000
bopd.
2. PURPOSE
This specification covers minimum technical requirements for the procurement of pipes
and piping components.
This specification covers:
 Seamless and welded pipes
 Fittings factory made wrought-steel, forged or made from pipe
 Flanges
 Gaskets
 Bolting
 Strainer

This specification does not cover non-metallic pipes, tubing for instrumentation installation
and all valves, steam traps, sight glasses.
This specification does not exclude consideration of the VENDOR’s standards, practices
or alternative recommendations. Such deviations shall, however, be clearly stated as
“exceptions” for approval by Company. If no exceptions are stated, it shall be mutually
understood that the supplied items will be in exact accordance with this specification.
The specification shall be applied for the project: Sarqala (S-1) CPF Upgrade, Garmian
Block, Kurdistan Republic of Iraq.
3.1. Definitions
Engineering Contractor - Fortune Engineering & Energy Services (FEES)

Upgradation FEED

Republic of Iraq.


to be adhered to.
3.2. Abbreviations

ASTM - American Society of Testing and Materials

CS - Carbon Steel
EFW Electro Fusion Welding

-
GRP - Glass Reinforced Plastic
ITP - Inspection and Test Plan

RF - Raised Face
SAW - Submerged Arc Welding
LTCS - Low Temperature Carbon Steel
NB - Nominal Bore
In the event of apparent technical conflict occurring in applying this specification and
 Iraqi local regulations
 Piping & Piping Component Data sheets
 International codes and standards as mentioned in the Project specification (with Note 1)
 Project Specifications

Note-1: For cases where requirements of project specification is superior / exceeds requirements set
forth in codes and standards, the former shall be considered as mandatory requirement for
this Project.
Exceptions to and deviations from this specification and any other referenced documents shall
not be implemented without written approval by COMPANY.
While deciding on the order of precedence, due consideration shall be given to safety, ease of
operation and maintenance of the equipment.
COMPANY’s interpretation shall be final.
The following list of codes and standards referred herein shall be used for this PROJECT.
When an edition date is not indicated for a code or standard, the latest edition in force at time
of Contract award shall apply.
5.1. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
Pipe Threads (except Dryseal)

ASME B1.20.1 -
Process piping
ASME B31.3 -
Liquid Petroleum Transportation Piping Systems

ASME B31.4 -
Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems

ASME B31.8 -

ASME B16.5 -

ASME B16.10 -



-

-

-
ASME B 16.36 Steel Orifice Flanges

-

-

-

-

-

-
5.2. American Society for Testing and Materials – ASTM
A53 Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-
Coated, Welded and Seamless
A105 Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping
Applications
A106 Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High
Temperature Service
A153 Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel
Hardware
A182 Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy and Stainless
Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings, and Valves and Parts for High
Temperature Service
A193 Standard Specification for Alloy Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for
High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special
Purpose Applications

A194 Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for
High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both
A216 Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for
Fusion Welding, for High Temperature Service
A234 Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel
and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service
A312 Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold
Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes
A351 Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, for Pressure
Containing Parts
A358 Standard Specification for Electric Fusion Welded Austenitic
Chromium Nickel Stainless Steel Pipe for High Temperature Service
and General Applications
A395 Standard Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure Retaining
Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures
A403 Standard Specification for Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping

Fittings
A453 Standard Specification for High Temperature Bolting, with
Expansion Coefficients Comparable to Austenitic Stainless Steels
A494 Standard Specification for Castings, Nickel and Nickel Alloy
A536 Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings

A672 Standard Specification for Electric Fusion Welded Steel Pipe for High
Pressure Service at Moderate Temperatures
A694 Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Pipe
Flanges, Fittings, Valves, and Parts for High Pressure Transmission
Service
A860 Standard Specification for Wrought High Strength Low Alloy Steel
Butt Welding Fittings
B366 Standard Specification for Factory Made Wrought Nickel and Nickel
Alloy Fittings
B423 Standard Specification for Nickel Iron Chromium Molybdenum
Copper Alloy (UNS N08825 and N08221)* Seamless Pipe and Tube
B444 Standard Specification for Nickel Chromium Molybdenum

Columbium Alloys (UNS N06625 and UNS N06852) and Nickel

Chromium Molybdenum Silicon Alloy (UNS N06219) Pipe and Tube
B564 Standard Specification for Nickel Alloy Forgings
B18.2.1 Square & Hex Bolts & Screws (Inch)
B18.2.2 Square and Hex Nuts (inch series)
5.3. American Petroleum Institute – API
Spec 5L Specification for Line Pipe

.
5.4. Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS)
Standard Finishes for Contact Faces of Pipe Flanges

MSS SP 6 -
and Connecting End Flanges of Valves and Fittings
Standard Marking System for Valves, Fittings,
MSS SP 25 -
Flanges, and Unions
MSS SP 45 - By-Pass and Drain Connection Standard

MSS SP 75 -
Fittings

MSS SP 97 -
5.5. National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE)

NACE MR0175 for use in H2S Containing Environments in Oil and
- Gas Production.
/ ISO 15156
5.6. European Standards – EN
EN 10204 - Metallic Products – Type of Inspection Documents

Document Number Document Title

GMCPF-J5177-200-MT-SP-0001 Painting And Coating Specification
GMCPF-J5177-000-PR-DB-0001 Process Design Basis
Specification For Welding NDE Of Piping And
GMCPF-J5177-200-QA-SP-0002
Pressure Equipment
7. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
7.1. Materials
7.1.1. General Requirements for Materials
Materials shall be new and shall conform to the requisition and the applicable specification.
Used or refurbished materials are not allowed. All material shall be procured from
Manufacturer. Material from trader/dealer shall be restricted to less quantity with
COMPANY’S approval.
Minimum design temperature for carbon steel and high alloy steel materials is: -10°C.
7.1.2. Carbon Steel
Materials shall conform to the applicable ASTM specifications. Unless more stringent
requirements are specified in other project specifications or codes/standards, for all
Carbon Steel material, the Maximum Carbon Content shall meet the following.
 Seamless pipe. C<=0.23%, hot finished (T>850 C) or normalized, actual tensile strength,
max. 585 N/mm2.

 Welded pipe and welded fitting made from plate. The plate shall meet the requirements
below.
 Seamless fitting and plate: C<=0.23%, normalized, actual tensile strength max. 585 N/mm2
 Forging: C<=0.23%, normalized.
7.1.3. Carbon Steel for Sour Service (Wet H2S)
Materials used for Sour Service (Wet H2S) shall follow the requirements of MR 0175/ISO
15156 – “Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries – Materials for Use in H2S-Containing
Environments in Oil and Gas Production”.
7.1.4. Austenitic Stainless Steel
Materials shall conform to the applicable ASTM specifications.
Materials shall be furnished in the solution heat-treated condition and free of subsequent
cold work.
7.1.5. High Alloy Steel
Materials shall conform to the applicable ASTM specifications.
7.1.6. Low temperature carbon steel
Materials shall conform to the applicable Standard ASTM specifications.

The carbon content shall not exceed 0.23 and CE shall not exceed 0.43.
Impact test shall be performed at minimum design temperature or minus 46°C whichever
is less.
CS and LTCS pipe shall be fully killed and fine grained and supplied in Normalized or
Normalized and tempered condition.
7.2. Pipes
7.2.1. General
For carbon and alloy steels, wall thicknesses shall conform to ASME B36.10 wherever
applicable.
For stainless steel wall thicknesses shall conform to ASME B36.19 where applicable,
otherwise ASME B36.10 is applicable. Plain end pipes shall have ends square cut with
burrs removed.
7.2.2. Length of Pipes

Pipes shall be supplied in double random length as defined in the applicable standards.
If standard does not define length, reference shall be made to ASTM standard
specification ASTM A106.
Jointers are not acceptable. It is not permitted to join lengths of pipe by circumferential
welds to make single or double random lengths.
7.2.3. Welded Pipe
One longitudinal weld seam and no circumferential weld shall be allowed for pipe sizes
greater than 36” in double random length of pipe.
Welded Carbon steel pipes shall be EFW (Electric Fusion Welded) or SAW (Submerged
Arc welded) unless otherwise specified.
Welded Stainless steel pipe shall be Electric Fusion Welded (EFW) unless otherwise
specified.
VENDOR shall confirm type of weld joint and extent of examination in order to meet the
specified weld factor.
Spiral Seam weld are not acceptable.
Non Destructive Examination
The radiographic / ultrasonic examination and magnetic particle / dye penetrate

examination shall be carried out over the entire length of the weld joints.
Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)
Unless additional heat treatment is specified in material data sheets all welds shall, as a
minimum, be PWHT in accordance with the material group and thickness ranges defined
in ASME B31.3.
7.2.4. Pipes Made of High Alloy Steel
Pipes and piping components made of high alloy steel such as Alloy 625 and Alloy 825
shall be applied as follow:
 NPS 12” and above: Base material carbon steel and a 3mm layer of high alloy material
 NPS 10” and lower High alloy solid material

The above mentioned split between solid alloy material and clad carbon steel shall take
into account as a first indication. According to the NPS of the pipe the VENDOR has to
define the range where the pipes can be made of a basis of suitable carbon steel and a
minimum overlay of 3mm thickness of the relevant high alloy nickel based material as
specified per piping material class or must be made of solid high alloy material.
7.2.5. Pipe Ends
Pipes with NPS 1½” and lower shall be supplied with plain ends.
Pipes with NPS 2” and above shall be supplied with beveled ends according to ASME
B16.25.
Threaded ends of pipes shall conform to ASME B1.20.1.
7.3. Fittings
7.3.1. Butt Welding Fittings
Dimensions and tolerances shall conform to ASME B16.9.
Fitting shall be designed for same thickness as that of the pipe of corresponding piping
class.
All butt-welding fittings shall have ends beveled in accordance with the standard ASME B
16.9.
Fittings shall be designed for pressure rating fully equal to those calculated for seamless
pipe of the same or equivalent material.
Butt welded elbow shall be long radius type (radius 1.5 nominal pipe size). Short radius is
not permitted except jacketed lines.
For reducing butt welded end fittings specified with two schedules in the Inquiry/purchase
description, the first schedule refers to the larger end or run pipe, the second schedule
refers to the smaller end or branch pipe. For reducing butt welded end fittings, to mate
ends with different wall thickness, taper of thick end is required.
Wall Thickness Tolerance for Fittings above NPS 24”
The minimum wall thickness at any point of fittings above NPS 24” shall not be less than
0.01 inch (0.3 mm) below the specified wall thickness.

Wall Thickness of Elbows
Wall thickness of elbows NPS 12” and above shall not exceed the specified wall thickness
by more than 30 %.
Welded Fittings
All welds including welds in tubular products from which fittings are made shall be radio
graphically examined throughout the entire length of each weld.
Stub-in or pipe to pipe connection shall not be used in the manufacture of tees.
7.3.2. Forged Fittings socket welding or screwed
Dimensions and tolerances shall conform to ASME B16.11.
All screwed fitting shall be threaded NPT in accordance with ASME B 1.20.1 and limited to
2” (50mm) NPS or less.
All fittings up to NPS 1½" in diameter shall be forged.
Fittings machined from bars are not acceptable.
7.3.3. Integrally reinforced forged branch outlet fittings
Design, dimensions and tolerances shall conform to MSS-SP-97.
VENDOR must be able to produce calculation sheets if requested by COMPANY.
VENDOR will precise at bid stage range of run diameters on which the same fitting can be
welded.
7.3.4. Fittings Made of High Alloy Steel or Clad Carbon Steel
All fittings made of high alloy steel such as Alloy 625 and Alloy 825 shall be applied as
follow:
 NPS 10” and lower High alloy solid material
into account as a first indication. According to the NPS of the named fittings hereto the
VENDOR has to define the range where the fittings can be made of a basis of suitable
carbon steel and a minimum overlay of 3mm thickness of the relevant high alloy nickel
based material as specified per piping material class or must be made of solid high alloy
material.

7.4. Flanges
7.4.1. Flange Dimensions
Flanges with NPS 24” and smaller shall conform to ASME B16.5.
Flanges with NPS 26” and larger shall conform to ASME B16.47 Series A.
Any flanges not covered by ASME B16.5, ASME B16.47 Series “A”. As specified, shall be
specially designed in accordance with ASME VIII Division I. The vendor shall submit
calculations and detailed dimensional drawings for all such flanges with the bid.
7.4.2. Flange Facing Finishing
Machining shall be in accordance with ASME B16.5.
 Flat Face (FF) - Concentric or Spiral serrated finish roughness:

Ra 6.3 to 12.5 µm (250 to 500 µin)
 Raised Face (RF) - Concentric or Spiral serrated finish roughness:

Ra 3.2 to 6.3 µm (125 to 250 µin)
 Ring joint (RTJ) - conform to ASME B16.5.
Facing of galvanized Flanges
After galvanizing, facing will show a regular aspect without any over thicknesses. Serrated
aspect will remain visible.
Hardness of Flange facing
Flange facing which are to receive ring type joints (RTJ) shall feature the following
minimum hardness values:
 Carbon Steel   = 120 HB
 Austenitic stainless steel  = 150 HB
 High Alloy steel (Alloy 625, Alloy 825)  = 190 HB
 Low temperature carbon steel (down to - 46°C)  = 160 HB
 Alloy Steel (Cr < = 5%)  = 150 HB

7.4.3. Beveled ends
Welding-neck flanges up to NPS 24" shall have ends beveled as per ASME B 16.5.
The ends of flanges NPS 26" shall comply with ASME B 16.47 Series A.
7.4.4. Orifice Flanges
Orifice flanges shall conform to ASME B16.36.
Quantities shown on Material Requisition must be understood as “pair” of orifice welding

neck flanges supplied with assembly bolting, pressure taps equipped with a pipe plug and
a machine bolt for use as a jackscrew. Jackscrew shall be of the same material as the
bolting assembly.
Pressure Taps holes shall be:
 ½” NPT pressure taps for rating ≤ 600#,
 ¾” SW pressure taps for rating ≥ 900#.
7.4.5. Flanges Made of High Alloy Steel or Clad Carbon Steel
All flanges made of high alloy steel such as Alloy 625 and Alloy 825 shall be applied as
follow:
NPS 12” and above: Base material carbon steel and a 3mm layer of high alloy material.
NPS 10” and lower: High alloy solid material
into account as a first indication. According to the NPS of the flanges the VENDOR has to
define the range where the flanges can be made of a basis of suitable carbon steel and a
minimum overlay of 3 mm thickness of the relevant high alloy nickel based material as
specified per piping material class or must be made of solid high alloy material.
7.4.6. Spectacle Blinds, Blanks and Spacers
Unless otherwise specified, spectacle blinds, blanks and spacers shall conform to the
ASME B16.48 for NPS 24” and smaller. Size 26” and above shall match ASME B 16.47
series ‘A’ flanges and shall be designed as per Para 304.5.3 of ASME B 31.3.
Depending on the material of the spectacle blinds, blanks or spacers, bolting materials
shall conform to required material.

Spectacle blinds, blanks and spacers shall be supplied with 2 jackscrews.

Thickness of CS and LTCS spectacle blinds shall be with corrosion allowance specified in
to MR. Spades & Spacers should be used for the following sizes:
Rating (LB) Size (NB)
150 # 350 (14”) and larger
300 # 300 (12”) and larger
600 # 250 (10”) and larger
7.4.7. Jack Screws

Flange should be provided with Jack screw arrangement for spectacle blind, spade &
spacer & orifice meter. Jack Materials shall be selected with respect to flange Materials.
Criteria for selection of Jack screw flanges for spectacle blind, spade & spacer are as
follows.
For RF flanges (Class 150/300/600) – 6 ‘’ & above.
Pipe Size Dia. of Jack Screw Length of Jack screw
(inch) (inch) (mm)

6” ¾” 150
8” ¾” 160
10” ¾” 180
12” ¾” 190
14” ¾” 190
16” ¾” 210
18” ¾” 220
7.5. Strainer
Strainers shall be of the following types, unless otherwise specified:

 Y type strainer up to and including 3”.
 T type strainer above 3”, up to and including 18”.
 Basket type up to and including 20” and above.

Mesh size for all permanent strainers shall be 40, unless otherwise specified.
Mesh size for temporary strainers shall be 3.0/ 3.15mm, unless otherwise specified.
Strainer shall have as minimum 200% open area of the corresponding pipe cross section.
The pressure drop criteria specified in to MR at 50% clogged condition (dirty) needed to
be designed for class top condition (Full rating) in accordance with ASME B 16.34.
All SS 316 or 316L material shall be dual certified of SS 316 / 316L.
7.5.1. Drawings
For each type, size and pressure rating of strainers a cross-sectional drawing including all
required details shall be supplied by the VENDOR.
Each drawing shall bear as a minimum the following information:
 Purchase order number and Requisition number

 Piping Component Identification Number
 Pressure rating
 Design Temperature
 Design Pressure
 Nominal size(s)
 Design Code
 MESH number or mesh size respectively
 Wire diameter
 Bill of Material (defining all parts including material designation)
 Type of facing & facing finish
 Weld preparation details (for butt-welding-ends)
 Dimensions & tolerances
 Weight of each strainer
 Reference to detail drawings
7.5.2. Y-Type Strainer
Design and dimension shall be as per VENDOR standard and shall be constructed from
forged or cast material. Forged strainers shall be forged as close as possible to final
shape. The strainer shall be suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical lines.

VENDOR shall issue calculation sheets on request by COMPANY, in order to proof the
design.
Screen shall be as specified in material requisition.
The end connection of Y-type strainers shall be flanged.
Type of flange facing and facing finish shall be as specified in the relevant chapter of this
Specification.
Effective area of strainer has to be corresponding at least twice to pipe diameter.
7.5.3. T-Type Strainer
Design and dimension shall be as per COMPANY’s standard drawing if applicable.
Material for flat bars for wire-cloth shall be selected in accordance with concerning pipe
class.
Material for wire-cloth sieve shall be minimum stainless steel 316 / 316L or high alloy steel
(see § 7.5.5).
Mesh figure and wire diameter shall be according to COMPANY’s construction standard.
Complete frame with wire-cloth sieve shall be fit into butt weld tee with welding neck
flange and completed with blind flange, gasket and bolting taking from piping bulk material
with reference to concerning line and pipe class.
The strainer shall be suitable for mounting in horizontal lines.

7.5.4. Temporary (Conical) Strainer
Conical type strainers shall be for mounting between ASME B16.5 flanges.
Dimensions shall be to VENDOR's standard.
Wire-cloth sieve shall be as specified in Material Requisition.
The strainer shall be suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical lines.
Effective area of strainer has to be corresponding at least twice to pipe diameter.
7.5.5. Strainers Made of High Alloy Steel or Clad Carbon Steel
All strainers made of high alloy steel such as Alloy 625 and Alloy 825 shall be applied as
follow:
 NPS 10” and lower: High alloy solid material

into account as a first indication. According to the NPS of the strainers the VENDOR has
to define the range where the strainers can be made of a basis of suitable carbon steel
and a minimum overlay of 3mm thickness of the relevant high alloy nickel based material
as specified per piping material class or must be made of solid high alloy material.
All meshes specified for the above mentioned strainers shall be made of solid high alloy
material such as Alloy 625 or Alloy 825 as required per pipe material class.
7.6. Gaskets
All gaskets, whatever is the type, shall be asbestos free.
Flat gasket:
 Flat gasket shall conform to ASME B16.21.

 Silicate aramid fiber gaskets shall have Nitrile binder.
 Tanged graphite gasket shall be pure graphite (above 98%) and shall have a stainless
steel pegged insert (0.05 mm thick), ash content < 2%, Chlorine < 50 ppm, Sulphur < 70
ppm and Fluorine < 10 ppm.
 Dimensions shall be in accordance with ASME B16.21 for ASME Flanges.
 Diameters above NPS 24” shall conform to ASME B16.47 series A.
 Thickness shall be 2 mm, all diameters.
Spiral wound gaskets:
 Spiral wound gaskets shall conform to ASME B16.20.

 Diameters above NPS 24” shall conform to ASME B16.47 series A.
 All spiral wound gaskets shall be supplied with an inner ring and an outer ring centring
ring).
 The outer ring shall be made from of bichromate coated carbon steel.
 The inner ring shall be made of 316L stainless steel.
 Component of austenitic to be in solution annealed.
 If high Alloy Steel specified such as Alloy 625 or Alloy 825 the inner ring shall be made of
this type of material.
 Exfoliated Expanded Graphite to be used as filler material and shall be minimum 0.2 mm
above the winding material.

Ring joint (RTJ):
 Ring joint shall conform to ASME B16.20 and shall be suitable for ring type joint flanges of
respective standards.
 Ring joint gaskets shall be Oval Type.
 If high alloy material such as Alloy 625 or Alloy 825 specified for the ring joint they shall be
made of this type of solid material.
 Hardness shall be in accordance with ASME B16.20:
 Soft iron = 90 HB
 Austenitic stainless steel = 130 HB
 High Alloy 625 and Alloy 825 = 150 HB
7.7. Bolting
 Threads shall be according to ASME B1.1 and ASME B18.2.2.

 Stud bolts shall be threaded full length and chamfered both ends.
 Length for standard flange assembly shall be in accordance with ASME B16.5. Length for
special flange assembly (e.g. Wafer valve, spectacle blind and so on) is specified in the
Material Requisition.
 Stud bolts shall be supplied with 2 Heavy Hex nuts.
 Machine bolts shall be supplied with 1 Heavy Hex nut.
 Nuts shall conform to ASME B18.2.2.
 When an external coating is required (galvanisation, ceramic, and so on) coating thickness
must be included in the final dimensions such as defined in the applicable standard.
 Jack screws shall have heavy hexagonal type heads, with screwed end rounded.
 Provision shall also be made for longer stud bolts, where hydraulic tensioning devices are
required to be employed.
7.8. On-site Assembly
On-site assembly shall be carried out by CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR.
7.9. Spare Parts
If applicable the following spare parts are required:

 Bolts and Nuts
 Gaskets
Spare Parts should be as per Piping Material Contingency Philosophy
8. INSPECTION AND TESTING
8.1. General Requirements
General requirements concerning inspection and testing of equipment are to be found in

the Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) attached to the Material Requisition (MR).

Project drawings, together with the welding specifications approved by COMPANY, are
the only documents valid for the inspection, testing and acceptance of piping components.
VENDOR shall quote positive alloy material identification on all alloy steel and stainless
steel material. VENDOR will advise Company at a latest date to decide to perform this test
or not.
Company reserves the right to effect checks of the following items at VENDOR's or
Subcontractor's workshops:
 Materials prior to installation

 Welding Procedure Qualifications
 Bottoms
 Repair operations, where necessary
 Heat treatment
 Other especially important work items
Requests for inspection and testing for the checking of welding, final tests, etc., shall be
made to the COMPANY Inspection Department with at least 15 days' notice.
Material shall be inspected according to the requirements of these Specifications and of

other elements of the project.
Welding Tests shall be performed in accordance with ASME codes.
Visual checking of execution and dimensioning
Welds shall present no visible defects, such as: irregularity, excessive thickness, lack of
thickness, misalignment of edges, cracks, marginal cuts, non-penetration (for welds not
back-welded), etc. The sealed surfaces of flanges shall be smooth and without nicks.
Dimensional checking shall be carried out on the basis of Project drawings. Constructional
tolerance shall be in conformity with ASME B31.3 and ASTM codes.
8.2. Hydrostatic Test
Unless additional inspection is specified in the material requisition, inspection and test shall be
as a minimum, in accordance with the referred standard. Any alternative tests for Hydro static
test shall require COMPANY approval.
The test fluid used for hydrostatic testing shall be hydraulic oil or an emulsion of water with a
water soluble oil to prevent rust. The chloride content of the test fluid shall not exceed 50 ppm
weight. The chloride content shall not exceed 30 ppm for stainless steel valve but shall not

exceed 5 ppm when component to be tested is a stainless steel material for which drying
operation cannot be properly secured. Hydraulic test pressure shall be maintained as long as
necessary for a thorough inspection of joints and sheets and in all cases for not less than 1
hour.
After hydrostatic tests, material shall be carefully drained and dried.
8.3. Leakage Test
When required, the pneumatic leakage test shall usually be carried out using air and foam.
2
Test pressure is usually 0.5 Kg/cm . Other leakage tests using detector or tracing gases shall
be performed when required by the project.
2
Reinforcing plates shall be tested using compressed air at a pressure of 0.5 Kg/cm
2
introduced through the threaded inspection holes. After lowering the pressure to 0.5 Kg/cm ,
the weld involved can be checked using foam. Inspection holes shall be left open after testing.
8.4. Impact Test Requirements
According to ASME B31.3, carbon steel pipes, fitting and plates shall be impact tested
depending of design minimum metal temperature-thickness combination.
All carbon steels materials with thicknesses greater than 12.7mm must be impact tested at
minus 29°C in accordance with ASME B31.3 (paragraph 323.3) unless more stringent
requirements (including lower impact test temperatures) are already required in the product
specification.
All Low temperature carbon steel materials for services at lower temperatures below minus
29°C shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of their reference codes and
standards.
8.5. Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT):
Unless additional heat treatment is specified, because of the fluid characteristics, all welds
shall, as a minimum, be PWHT in accordance with the material grouping and thickness ranges
as defined in ASME B31.3.
In Addition to the requirements of ASME B31.3, the following shall be complied:
 Carbon steel and low temp carbon steel with wall thickness greater than 20mm.
 Clad material with carbon steel as base material thickness more than 20mm.
 Low alloy materials with thickness greater than 12.7mm.
9. MARKING
9.1. General

Marking shall conform to the requirements of the Material Requisition. As a minimum, marking
shall be in accordance with:
 Requirements of the applicable standard,

 MSS-SP-25 for other materials than pipe,
 Marking of the Idents Code can be omitted for components of nominal size 1½” and smaller
provided marking is transferred on the packing box,
 Colour code for piping identification shall conform to Project specification.
9.2. Flanges and Flanged Components
Facing finish code (RF, RTJ) shall be marked in addition to here above marking.
9.3. Marking and Color Coding during supply
General
Unless otherwise specified herein, the location, style, symbols, abbreviations, etc., of all
markings shall be in accordance with MSS SP 25 and Company’s stock code.
Components that cannot be hard stamped or electro-etched shall have the required markings
stamped on metal tags securely wired to each piece.
Marking can be omitted for components of nominal size of NPS 1 ½ and smaller provided
marking are transferred on the packing box.
The marking requirements specified herein are in addition to the color coding requirements
and shall be positioned so as not to interfere with color coding.
Galvanized components shall not be electro-etched.
Stainless steel components shall not be electro-etched prior to solution annealing and/or
pickling.
Immediately following the electro-etching of any ferrous component, the markings are to be
painted over with a durable, clear, hard finish varnish that will protect the markings from
corrosive obliteration.
All DUAL GRADE Stainless Steel Materials shall be identified as such.

Stamping
Where specified to be on attached metal tags, metal dies shall be used to make a permanently
readable depression without cutting through the tag.
Low stress or mini- stress, round nosed metal dies on all carbon steel and low temperature
carbon steel piping components.
Etching

Electro-etching shall be done on all copper alloys, austenitic and duplex stainless steel, nickel
alloy and all cast piping components.
Flanges and flanged components
Marking shall be stamped on the outer circumference of the flange. Line blinds shall be
stamped on the handle or on the outer circumference.
Pipe
Pipe length shall have markings stamped at both ends, between 50mm and 300mm from the
ends.
9.4. Other Requirements
In case of complementary information printed on the material, paint or ink to be used shall not
contain any harmful metal, or metal salts, such as zinc, lead, Sulphur or Copper which could
cause corrosive attack on heating.
10. PAINTING
Paint shall be in accordance with requirements specified in Painting, coating and internal
lining specification (GMCPF-J5177-000-MT-SP-0001).
11. PACKING AND SHIPMENT
Piping components shall be delivered clean and primed.

Each individual crate shall be marked on the top and at least one side with the applicable
project details as specified in the Procurement Documents.
VENDOR shall use an easily removable rust preventive compound that can guarantee the
shipment and 1 year of outdoor storage without detrimental effect, taking into account the
type of transport and site climatic conditions.
Rust preventive shall not be detrimental to welding.

As a minimum and unless otherwise specified, the following measures to prevent the rust,
corrosion and mechanical damage during transportation, shipment and storage shall be
performed.
11.1. Pipe
Carbon and alloy steel pipes (excluding stainless steel or higher alloys and galvanized
steel) shall be protected by mill finish products.

Stainless steel, higher alloys and galvanized steel shall be protected in accordance with
the standards for the supply of pipes.
Threaded ends pipes shall be duly protected with plastic caps / disks.
VENDOR shall ensure adequate protection from damage during shipment to any coating
and wrapping on pipes.
For large diameter pipes, in particular when thin wall manufactured, VENDOR shall
provide suitable reinforcements to avoid buckling and ends ovalization.
11.2. Fittings
Fittings shall be carefully packed in crates or pallets so that they cannot impact on each
other during transit.
Arrangement will avoid water retention (particularly for elbows).
VENDOR shall be entirely and solely responsible for any claim arising which is attributable
to defective and/or insufficient packing.
11.3. Flanges
Flange faces and other machined parts, when not coupled together, shall be coated with
anti-rust grease and protected with wooden or other disks. If the flanges and other
machined parts are coupled together protection between metal surfaces shall be supplied.
Each couple of orifice flanges shall be shipped complete with bolts and plugs, and
assembled with gasket contact surface protected by suitable packing.
11.4. Gasket
Gaskets shall be packed in closed box.
11.5. Bolting
Bolting shall be packed in closed box and protected by a non-corrosive oil or grease.
12. VENDOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES
The VENDOR’s responsibility shall include but not limited to following for successful
delivery of Pipe and Piping Components.
 Materials, manufacturing, fabrication, design & integration, certification inspection, testing,

documentation, packing and delivery of Pipe and Piping Components to be used in ASME
B31.3 piping systems.

 VENDOR’s scope also includes coordination with SUB-VENDOR, certification,

documentation. VENDOR shall note that COMPANY approved Vendors are only acceptable.
 VENDOR shall be held responsible for any damage incurred while items are under
VENDOR’s possession during storage, shipping and handling.
 Vendor shall avoid sharp nails in the dunnage during shipment.
 VENDOR’s responsibility during shipping shall include berthing, mooring and watching during
delivery, and shall be responsible for all liaisons required with all authorities including port;
custom, etc. till the whole delivery of material is completed.
 Vendor shall submit stack height calculations for transportation of Piping Bulk Items for
COMPANY’s approval.
13. DOCUMENTATION
The Material Requisition defines the documentation to be delivered by the VENDOR.

Type of inspection document shall be as specified in the Inspection and Test Plan (ITP)
based on criticality of service, size and material of manufacturing of items.
Documentation will clearly mention VENDOR’s name, Project identification and Material
Requisition number.
Type of inspection documents shall conform to EN 10204:
 Material certificates
 3.1 - For all metallic components including bolting materials
 2.2 - For metallic gaskets
 2.2 - For galvanized pipes and piping components
 2.2 - For all non-metallic components
 Test certificates
 3.1 - For pressure tests and non-destructive tests

ATTACHMENT – 22: SPECIFICATION FOR GATE, GLOBE & CHECK VALVES

DOCUMENT DETAILS
:SARQALA (S-1) CPF UPGRADE, GARMIAN

PROJECT
COMPANY JOB NO. : GMCPF
ENGINEERING CONTRACTOR : Fortune Engineering & Energy Services LLC
ENGINEERING CONTRACTOR JOB NO. : J-5177
DOCUMENT NO. : GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0003
REVISION NO. :0 No. of pages (incl. cover) : 22
: SPECIFICATION FOR GATE, GLOBE, CHECK

DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION
VALVES
0 Issued For Purchase 25-12-2017 PCP TKG PJ

A Issued For Review 11-11-2017 TKG CNR PJ
Rev Description Date Prepared Checked Approved
This document has been developed by Fortune Engineering & Energy Services as part of contractual obligations under contract
243-16-EB-GR-C and is exclusive property of Gazprom Neft Middle East B.V. It is to be used for the purpose which it is lent and
must not be copied or used in any way detrimental to the interest of the COMPANY and subject to return on demand.
Electronic File Name: GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0003_0.pdf Doc Size: A4

SPECIFICATION FOR GATE, GLOBE, CHECK VALVES
Doc No.: GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0003 Rev. : 0 Page : 2 of 22
Date
Revised
A 11.11.17 First Issue Issued For Review
0 25.12.17 - Issued For Purchase
SUMMARY OF HOLDS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................. 5
2. SCOPE ................................................................................................................................................. 6
3. PURPOSE ............................................................................................................................................ 6
4. DEFINITION AND ABBREVIATIONS ................................................................................................... 6
4.1. Definitions ........................................................................................................................................... 6
4.2. Abbreviations ...................................................................................................................................... 6
5. ORDER OF PRECEDENCE ................................................................................................................. 7
6. CODES AND STANDARDS ................................................................................................................. 8
7. PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS AND PROCEDURES .......................................................................... 10
8. Design ................................................................................................................................................ 10
8.1. Material ................................................................................................................................. 10
8.2. Fabrication ........................................................................................................................... 11
8.3. Valve Operation ................................................................................................................... 15
8.4. Special Tools ....................................................................................................................... 16
9. INSPECTION AND TESTING ............................................................................................................. 16
9.1. Non Destructive Examination (NDE) .................................................................................. 16
9.2. Material Inspection .............................................................................................................. 17
9.3. Testing.................................................................................................................................. 18
10. MARKING ............................................................................................................................. 18
10.1. General ................................................................................................................................. 18
10.2. Other requirements ............................................................................................................. 19
11. PAINTING ............................................................................................................................. 19
11.1. PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT ......................................................................................... 19
11.2. Packing................................................................................................................................. 19
11.3. Rust preventive .................................................................................................................... 19

11.4. End Protection ..................................................................................................................... 20
12. DOCUMENTATION ............................................................................................................... 20
13. SPARE PARTS ..................................................................................................................... 21
14. WARRANTY.......................................................................................................................... 21
15. APPENDICES ....................................................................................................................... 21

1. INTRODUCTION
Gazprom Neft Middle East B.V (the COMPANY) is currently engaged in the development of the
The Sarqala-1 Facilities Upgrade Project is being undertaken by Gazprom Neft Middle East B.V.
to enable Additional oil and water handling capacity of its Sarqala-1 Oil Facility. This is in view of
the planned Production increase from its Garmian block. Based on the field development plan,
peak Production target is estimated at 35,000 bopd whereas current capacity of the Sarqala-1
Oil Facility is 10,000 bopd with a storage capacity of 18,450 bbl. Thus this project (which
represents Phase 2a Facilities scope of the field development) will create an additional 25,000
bopd oil handling capacity (Including upgrade of relevant utilities) at Sarqala-1 with an additional
24,000 bbl of onsite oil Storage.
The Garmian Block which comprises the Sarqala and Hasira fields and is located in the south
eastern part of Kurdistan, Northern Iraq, as shown on the map in figure 1-1
In pursuit of this objective, COMPANY has appointed Fortune Engineering and Energy Services
to carry out the Engineering Services for Detail Design of CPF Upgrade of Sarqala-1 Field in the
Garmian Block located in the South Eastern part of Kurdistan, Northern Iraq.

2. SCOPE
This document covers the minimum requirements for the procurement of manually
operated Gate, Globe and Check valves under Piping Scope for PROJECT - SARQALA (S-
1) CPF UPGRADE, GARMIAN BLOCK, KURDISTAN REPUBLIC OF IRAQ.
This specification does not exclude consideration of the Supplier’s standards, practices or
alternative recommendations. Such deviations shall, however, be clearly stated as
“exceptions” for approval by Company. If no exceptions are stated, it shall be mutually
3. PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to ensure that the Gate, Globe, Check Valves used in the
project has a well-defined consistency and basis is maintained throughout the execution of
the project. This document is intended to be used as the basis for project design and
material Procurement.
4.1. Definitions
Upgradation FEED

Republic of Iraq.
VENDOR - Is the Party which manufactures and/or supplies materials,

equipment, technical documents, drawings and/or services
to perform the duties specified by the COMPANY /
CONTRACTOR.
SHOULD - Indicates that the requirement is strongly recommended to

be adhered to.
4.2. Abbreviations

CS - Carbon Steel
LP - Liquid Penetration
MP - Magnetic Particle
NB - Nominal Bore
RF - Raised Face
WPS - Welding Procedure Specification
 Iraqi /Kurdistan Local Regulations

 Purchase Requisition
 Gate, Globe & Check Valves Data sheets
 International codes and standards as mentioned in the Project specification
(with Note 1)

requirements set forth in codes and standards, the former shall be considered as
mandatory requirement for this Project.
Exceptions to and deviations from this specification and any other referenced
documents shall not be implemented without written approval by COMPANY.
While deciding on the order of precedence, due consideration shall be given to safety,
ease of operation and maintenance of the equipment.
The latest edition, revision and/or addendums of each standard and codes shall be
followed.
American Society of Mechanical Engineers – ASME
B 1.20.1 - Pipe Threads, General Purpose, Inch

B 31.3 - Process Piping
B 16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
B 16.10 - Face-to-Face and End-to-End Dimensions of Valves
B 16.11 - Forged Fittings, Socket Welding and Threaded
B 16.20 - Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges
B 16.21 - Non-Metallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges
B 16.25 - Butt Welding Ends
B 16.34 - Valves, Flanged, Threaded and Welding End
B 16.47 - Large Diameter Steel Flanges

B 16.48 - Line blanks
American Society for Testing and Materials – ASTM

Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy and
A182 - Stainless
Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings, and Valves and Parts
for
High Temperature Service
Standard Specification for Alloy Steel and
A193 - Stainless Steel
Bolting for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and
Other Special Purpose Applications
A194 - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for

Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or

Both
Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable
A216 - for
A351 - Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, for Pressure
Containing Parts
A105 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping
Applications
A494 - Standard Specification for Castings, Nickel and Nickel Alloy
B564 - Standard Specification for Nickel Alloy Forgings
American Petroleum Institute – API
STD 594 - Check Valves: Flanged, Lug, Wafer and Butt-Welding

STD 598 - Valve Inspection and Testing
STD 600 - Bolted Bonnet Steel Gate Valves for Petroleum and Natural
Gas Industries
STD 602 - Steel Gate, Globe and Check Valves for Sizes DN 100 and
Smaller for the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries
STD 607 - Testing of Valves – Fire Type-testing Requirement
Spec 6FA - Specification for Fire Test for Valves
British Standards – BS
BS 1868 Specification for Steel Check Valves (Flanged and Butt-

- Welding Ends) for the Petroleum, Petrochemical and Allied
Industries
Manufacturers Standardization Society – MSS
SP-25 - Standard Marking System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and

Unions
SP-53 - Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings for Valves,
Fittings and other Piping Components – Magnetic Particle
Examination Method
Fittings and other Piping Components – Radiographic
Examination Method
Fittings and other Piping Components – Visual Method for
Evaluation of Surface Irregularities
National Association of Corrosion Engineers – NACE
MR 0175 ISO Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries – Materials for Use in
15156 - H2S-Containing Environments in Oil and Gas Production
European Standards – EN
10204 - Metallic Products – Type of Inspection Documents

10497 - Fire test for soft seated quarter-turn valves
Specification for Steel Wedge Gate, Globe and
- Check
15761 Valves 50mm and smaller for the Petroleum, Petrochemical
and Allied Industries
INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS – ISO
ISO 5208 - Industrial valves – Pressure testing of valves

ISO 5210 - Industrial valves – Multi turn valve actuator assembly
ISO 5211 - Industrial valves – Part turn actuator valve assembly

GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0002 Specification for Pipe and Piping components
GMCPF-J5177-200-MT-SP-0001 Painting, Coating And Internal Lining Specification And
Color Shades
8. Design
Materials for major components shall be as indicated on the Valve Datasheet. Seat and
Seal material shall be suitable for the service conditions and Piping Class
Requirements. The following technical requirements shall be satisfied.
8.1. Material
Use of asbestos is strongly forbidden in any part of the valves
8.1.1. Carbon and Alloy Steel

Materials shall conform to the referenced specifications.
All carbon steel castings and forgings shall be furnished in the fully killed conditions.
All carbon steel castings and forgings shall be furnished either in the normalized,
normalized and tempered, or quenched and tempered condition. For Carbon Steel
material the Maximum Carbon Content shall be for Forging C<=0.23%; Casting
<=0.25%.
8.1.2. Austenitic Stainless Steels
Materials shall be furnished in the solution heat treated annealed condition and free
of subsequent cold work.
8.1.3. High Alloy Material – ALLOY 625 and ALLOY 825
 Gate and Check Valves NPS from ½” to 6”

The bodies / casings have to be made of solid INCOLOY 625 or INCOLOY 825
material as required per piping material class and piping material specification.
 Gate and Check valves NPS from 8“and more.

The VENDOR has to define the range where the body / casing and any other valve
parts can be made of a basis of suitable carbon steel and a minimum overlay of
3mm thickness of the relevant high alloy nickel based material as specified per
piping material class.
 Globe valves NPS from ½” to 8“.

The bodies / casings have to be made of solid INCOLOY 625 or INCOLOY 825
material as required per piping material class and piping material specification.
8.1.4. Materials used in wet H2S service - NACE
Materials used in wet H2S services are called “SOUR SERVICE”.
All piping valve materials in SOUR SERVICE shall be in compliance with the
requirements of NACE standard MR 0175 ISO 15156.
8.2. Fabrication
8.2.1. Fabrication Standards
Unless otherwise specified design and manufacturing shall be in accordance with the:
Gate Valves:
API STD 600 for classes 150 to 2500 for diameters above 1½”

API STD 602 for classes 800 and 1500 for diameters up to 1½” included for
socket welded valves
Globe Valves:
API STD 602 for classes 800 and 1500 for diameters up to 1½” included
BS 1873 for classes 150 to 2500 for diameters above 1½”

Check Valves:
API STD 602 for classes 800 and 1500 for diameters up to 1½” included
API STD 594 for classes 150 to 2500 for diameters above 1½” (Wafer, Wafer-Lug &
Double Flange type)
BS 1868 for classes 150 to 2500 (Swing, Piston, Ball & Disk types)
8.2.2. Pressure – Temperature Rating
Pressure temperature rating shall conform to ASME B16.34 for the complete range
of temperature. If valves are limited to their seal materials, then the VENDOR will
clearly precise the limits.
Where relative rating is not available on ASME B16.34, VENDOR shall submit and
guarantee the applicable rating curve.
8.2.3. Face-to-Face and End-to-End
Dimensions of flanged valves shall be in accordance with ASME B16.10.

The VENDOR shall state, in their quotations, the face-to-face, end-to-end or centre-
to-end dimensions if any valve offered that does not agree with the referenced
specifications. This data shall appear on a list of deviations.
8.2.4. End Preparation
Flanged ends : ASME B16.5
Butt welding ends : ASME B16.25
Threaded ends : ASME B1.20.1
Socket weld ends : ASME B16.11
Flange ends for class 900 and higher shall be furnished with ring joint faces.

8.2.5. End Flange Dimensions
24” and smaller : ASME B16.5
26” and larger : ASME B16.47 Series A
8.2.6. Flange Face Finishing
Machining shall be in accordance with ASME B16.5:
Concentric or Spiral serrated finish roughness Ra 3.2 to 6.3 µm (125 to 250 µin)
(conventional symbol RFC)
Ring joint (conventional symbol RTJ) conform to ASME B16.5.
8.2.7. Hardness of Flange Facing
Parts which are to receive Ring Type Joints (RTJ) shall have the following minimum
hardness values:
Carbon steel = 120 HB

Austenitic stainless steel AISI 304L, 316L = 150 HB
Austenitic stainless steel AISI 304, 316, 321, 347 = 160 HB
Low temperature carbon steel = 160 HB
Low Alloy Steels (Cr < = 5 %) = 150 HB
Alloy Steel (e.g. 625, 825) = 160 HB to 220 HB
8.2.8. Seating Surface Hardness
Hardness of seating surfaces shall be in accordance with the applicable standard

except following differential hardness between body seat ring(s) and closing seat
surface(s) which shall be:
15 HB minimum for Stainless and MONEL Trim.

When hardness differential between surfaces is required, the wedge/disc seating
surface shall be the softer material.
8.2.9. Body-Bonnet Assembly
Bolting:
Unless otherwise specified, threaded shall be in accordance with the applicable

standard. Any change is subject to COMPANY’S approval. Material shall be in

accordance with listed applicable standards.
Bonnet gasket:
Unless otherwise specified, gasket shall be in accordance with the applicable

standard and asbestos free.
Oval ring joint shall be used when ring is specified for connecting flanges.
In maintenance manual, VENDOR shall indicate the torque data for bolt-up the
body bonnet assembly.
8.2.10. Stem Packing
Packing shall be as specified in the applicable standards. Any other material is to be

agreed by COMPANY.
When specified, Graphite packing shall be pure graphite (99.8% mini) with
corrosion inhibitor.
8.2.11. Replaceable Seats
Replaceable valve seats shall provide complete tightness without requiring sealing
compound or gaskets.
8.2.12. Fabricated Valves
When the valve, or a part of the valve, is specified as fabricated, the VENDOR must,
at inquiry stage, submit detail of weld assemblies to COMPANY for approval. Any
welding is subject to a welding procedure (WPS), qualification (PQR) and welding
map.
Valves with welded on flange ends are not permitted.
All valves supplied with pipe nipples welded on ends shall have welded zone post
weld heat treated before assembly, unless otherwise stated in the order. Heat
treated procedures and welding techniques shall be as per ASME B31.3 Chapter V.
8.2.13. Bolting Site assembly
For valves up to 1½", care shall be taken to save enough space between body and
flange to allow passage of Heavy hex nuts at site assembly.
8.2.14. Bypass and Drain Connections
When specified, by pass and drain connections shall be furnished in accordance

with MSS SP 45.

Valves specified to be drilled and taped for drain connections; body cavity vents, etc.
shall be supplied with the tapped holes fitted with solid, square head pipe plugs of
the same basic materials as the valve body, in accordance with ASME B16.14.
8.2.15. Lifting Lugs
Lifting lugs shall be provided for valves above 250 Kgs & Heavier. Design and
calculation of these lifting lugs shall be submitted for approval.
8.2.16. Valves not Covered by a Standard
Valves which are not specified according to a listed code and/or standard shall
have their design and manufacture based on ASME B31.3, paragraph 307.1.2 and
ASME B 16.34.
8.2.17. Other Requirements
Valve body and bonnet shall be forged or casts as specified in the valves
datasheets. Forgings are acceptable in place of casting but not vice-versa.
Casting is not permitted for valve stem. Stem shall be single piece design.
Valve shall include a corrosion allowance as stipulated in the relevant piping class.
8.3. Valve Operation
8.3.1. Hand wheel Operated Valves
All gate and globe valves shall be capable of being locked with chains and padlocks,
in the fully open and fully closed positions.
All valve hand wheels, including those on gear operators, shall be permanently
marked “open” or “close” with an arrow indicating the direction of rotation.
8.3.2. Manual Gear Operators for Valves
Valves shall normally actuate by gear operator in the following cases:
Gates valves Class 150 with size 16” and over

Class 300 / Class 600 with size 12” and over
Class 900 with size 8” and over

Class 1500 and Class 2500 with size 6” and over

Globe valves Class 150 / Class 300 / Class 600 with size 8” and over
Class 1500 / Class 2500 with size 4” and over
 Gear to valve assembly shall conform to ISO 5210.
 Gear operators shall be gear type. It shall be suitable to rotate 90°.
 Gear operators shall be supplied complete with hand wheel and position indicator. Hand
wheel shall be parallel to the valve stem and to the flow.
 Gear operators shall be of a design and so installed that normal valve operation is not
impaired.
 Gear operators shall be totally enclosed, weather proof type, packed with a suitable
lubricant.
 Gear operators shall be fitted with easily accessible grease fitting to enable the lubricant to
be renewed while the valve is in service. The VENDOR data book shall include the name
and type of lubricant used.
8.3.3. Motorized Valves
 Actuated valve body shall be in accordance with the applicable datasheet.
 Valve body and actuator assembly shall be under valve VENDOR’S responsibility.
 Actuator to valve assembly shall conform to ISO 5210.
8.4. Special Tools
VENDOR shall furnish special tools and appurtenance necessary for the installation,
maintenance and/or operation of valves covered by the specification, if any.
9.1. Non Destructive Examination (NDE)
In any case the following shall be provided as a minimum when not specifically agreed:
 Butt welded pressure seams on welded constructions: 100% Radiographic Examination

(RX) (where applicable)
 Visual examinations shall be performed on accessible surfaces of all completed welds.

Evaluation and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with ASME B31.3. The visual
acceptance of each weld shall be recorded by Construction Contractor.
 Minor repair by welding as per ASME B 16.34 is permitted for cast body valves. Repair
shall be carried out before any heat treatment of the casting is done. Repair by welding is
not permitted for forged body valves. Repair procedure shall be available for the
Construction Contractor / Company Inspector. Major repair on casting shall not be carried
out without the approval of COMPANY.
 Hard facing by weld deposit: Liquid Penetrant (LP) examination required.
 SS & alloy steel material shall be PMI tested as per project specification.
 Butt weld end cast valves (all rating): all bevels shall be100% RX.
 Welds shall be visually checked in accordance with paragraph 344.2 of ASME B31.3 to
meet the requirements of Table 341.3.2, Normal service.
 Gasket surfaces (bonnet and end connection) shall have no scratches, pin holes, dents, or
other type of damage.
 Stems shall be free of scratches, dents, or other types of damage.
 Thread shall be free of defects or damage.
 All cast valves shall have visual examination per MSS SP 55.
 Cast valves rating 900# and above shall be controlled as follow:
Magnetic Particle (MP) as

Ferritic Alloy Steels
per MSS SP 53 Radiographic Examination
(RX) as per MSS SP 54
Liquid Penetrant (LP) as (1)
Austenitic Stainless Steels
per ASTM E165
(1) On critical areas as per ASME B16.34
Tests shall be executed on 10% of castings from the same heat and heat treatment (1
valve minimum) selected by the Construction Contractor / Company Inspector.
If a defective casting is found, all the remaining castings of the same heat shall be
examined at the VENDOR’S charge.
9.2. Material Inspection
Chemical and mechanical characteristics, diagrams of any heat treatment shall be

according to those provided in the relevant Codes, Standards and Specifications.
The Company Inspector reserves the right to carry out any check test in order to verify the
certified values in case of doubt or dispute concerning the results obtained.
Should the results not according to the specifications, test costs shall be at the VENDOR’S
charge.
9.3. Testing
Unless additional inspection is specified in the material requisition, inspection and test
shall be as a minimum, in accordance with ISO 5208 or API 598.
Prior to pressure testing, all internal valve components shall be cleaned. External surfaces
shall be unpainted and free of scale, weld spatter and other foreign matter.
Valves shall be operated (open/close) several times before to pass the required closure
tests. Seat hydrostatic testing shall be carried out as per API 598 / ISO 5208.
New gaskets shall be installed in valve bonnets and covers that were opened for any
reason during the course of testing. Ring joint gaskets may be reused, if undamaged, only
where joint did not leak during testing.
Any valve gland packing or stem seal that leaked during testing shall be replaced with new
material following thorough drying of the gland and packing cavity. Shell and seat
hydrostatic testing shall then be repeated for these valves.
The test fluid used for hydrostatic testing shall be an emulsion of water with a water
soluble oil to prevent rust. The chloride content of the test fluid shall not exceed 50 ppm
weight. The chloride content shall not exceed 30ppm for stainless steel valve but shall not
exceed 5 ppm when component to be tested is a stainless steel valve for which drying
operation cannot by properly secured.
No mechanical operation shall be carried out after test execution, unless to re-test the
valves.
Following testing, all components, especially valve body cavities, are to be thoroughly
dried prior to preparation for packing and shipping.
10. MARKING
10.1. General
Marking shall comply with requirements of the Material Requisition. As a minimum

the valve identification shall be as follow:
 Marking conform to MSS SP 25
 Additional requirements of the applicable standards (if any)

 Company’s commodity/ stock code based on the material requisitions stamped

on a rust resistant metal tag securely wired to the hand wheel or gland bolting of
the valve or to hand wheel of the gear operator, and around the body of check
valves.
 The metal tag shall not be wired to bolt holes of end flanges.
 Any part packaged separately from the valve shall have a second tag with the
same information.
10.2. Other requirements
In case of complementary information printed on the valve, paint or ink to be used

shall not contain any harmful metal, or metal salts, such as zinc, lead, Sulphur or
copper which cause corrosive attack on heating.
11. PAINTING
Painting shall be in accordance with requirements of Painting, Coating and Internal

lining Specification (GMCPF-J5177-200-MT-SP-0001)
11.1. PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT
Unless otherwise specified, the following measures to prevent corrosion and

mechanical damage during transportation, shipment and storage shall be performed.
Shipping shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements of Project

Shipping Procedure, “GMCPF-J5177-200-PQ-PP-0002”.
11.2. Packing
All valves shall be packed in the closed position. Where check valves have internal
blocks or packing to prevent the flapper from moving during shipment, this fact must
be stated on a large, bright red, warning tag, securely and prominently attached to
each valve so protected.
Valves shipped with mounted actuators shall be packaged in a manner that will
prevent damage while in transit.
Packing of materials shall in minimum abide to the Project Packing Procedure
“GMCPF-J5177-200-PQ-PP-0001”.
11.3. Rust preventive
All threaded parts shall be protected with grease.
Machined surfaces shall be coated with a removable varnish, strippable products,

or protected with grease.
Unless otherwise specified, these protections shall be suitable for not less than 12
months of outdoor storage.
11.4. End Protection
Flanged
Wood or heavy duty plastic cover using at least three bolts or wiring
through at least four bolt holes. End protectors to be used on flange
facing shall not be smaller than the flange outside diameter.
Butt-welding end Wood or heavy duty plastic cap cover belted or wired
Plain end Heavy duty plastic cap
Socket Welding end Heavy duty plastic cap
Threaded end Heavy duty plastic plug with lubricant
Protection shall be of such design that the valve cannot be installed without
complete removal of the protective device.
12. DOCUMENTATION
The Material Requisition defines the documentation to be delivered by the

VENDOR. At inquiry stage documentation will include:
Valve dimensions, layouts and details
Valve assembly drawings with key parts list

Final documentation will clearly mention VENDOR’S name, Project identification
and Material Requisition number.
Material certificates
3.1 for body and bonnet and for stem 2" and larger
3.1 for bolting of diameter 2” (M52) and large
2.2 for all other metallic parts in contact with fluid and for stem lower than 2"
2.2 for bolting of diameter lower than 2” (M52)

2.1 for all other parts.
Test certificates
3.1 pressure tests and non-destructive tests
2.1 functional tests
All other item shall be as per detailed inspection test plan which will be attached to
material requisition.
13. SPARE PARTS
Vendor shall provide spare parts for three year operation & shall furnish special
tools & appurtenances necessary for the installation maintenance & operation of
valves covered by this specification, if any.
14. WARRANTY
Notwithstanding the Valve’s design code requirements. Valve warranty requirement

shall be provided at least 3 (three) years, such warranty starting from equipment
commissioning for operation, by the VENDOR against defective material, poor
workmanship, and improper design. The VENDOR shall repair or replace, without
charge, any valve not meeting the terms of the warranty within this period of time.
15. APPENDICES
APPENDIX #01 Sample Datasheet for Gate, Globe, Check Valves - 3 Pages

APPENDIX# 01

SAMPLE DATA SHEET FOR GATE VALVES
Doc No. --------------------------- Rev: _ Page: __ of__
GATE VALVE
2 VALVE TAG NUMBER
3 PIPING MATERIAL CLASS
4 SERVICE/SERVICE CODE
5 DESIGN TEMPERATURE ˚C
DESIGN DATA
6 DESIGN PRESSURE bar g.
7 CLASS / PRESSURE RATING
8 APPLICABLE SIZES
9 END CONNECTION
10 FLANGE FACE FINISH
11 CORROSION ALLOWANCE
12 COMPONENT TYPE
13 BODY/ BONNET DESIGN

CONSTRUCTION
14 WEDGE/GATE
15 SEAT
16 MODE OF OPERATION
17 LOCKING ARRANGEMENT
18 BODY / BONNET
19 WEDGE/ DISC
20 STEM
21 BODY SEAT
MATERIALS
22 BACK SEAT
23 BACK JOINT GASKET
24 STEM PACKING
25 BONNET BOLTS / BONNET NUTS
26 HAND WHEEL
27 DESIGN STANDARD
STANDARDS

28
STANDARD
29 INSPECTION AND TESTING STANDARD
30 PRESSURE TEST (SHELL/SEAT)

CERTIFICATES
32 RADIOGRAPHY
33 NACE REQUIREMENT
34 LEAKAGE RATE
PAINTING
MARKING
COATING
35 EXTERNAL PAINTING SYSTEM

AND
38
39
40
41
42
43 NOTES
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
ELECTRONIC FILE NAME: A4 SIZE

SAMPLE DATA SHEET FOR GLOBE VALVES
Doc No. __________________________________ Rev: __ Page: __ of __
GLOBE VALVE
2 VALVE TAG NUMBER
DESIGN DATA
8 APPLICABLE SIZES
9 END CONNECTION
12 VALVE TYPE
CONSTRUCTION
13 BODY DESIGN
14 DISC
15 SEAT
16 BODY / BONNET
17 STEM
18 DISC
19 SEAT/ SEAT RING

MATERIALS
20 BACK SEAT
21 GLAND / GLAND FLANGE
22 GLAND PACKING
23 HAND WHEEL
24 BODY BOLTING / NUTS
25 BODY GASKET
26 DESIGN STANDARD
STANDARDS

27
STANDARD

CERTIFICATES
31 RADIOGRAPHY
32 NACE REQUIREMENT
33 LEAKAGE RATE
EXTERNAL PAINTING SYSTEM

PAINTING
MARKING
34
COATING
AND
37
38
39
40
41
42 NOTES
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57

SAMPLE DATA SHEET FOR CHECK VALVES
Doc No. ____________________________________ Rev: __ Page: __of __
CHECK VALVE
2 VALVE TAG NUMBER
DESIGN DATA
8 APPLICABLE SIZES (IN)
9 END CONNECTION
12 VALVE TYPE
CONSTRUCTION
13 VALVE INSTALLATION
14 BODY DESIGN
15 DISC
16 SEAT
17 BODY / BONNET
18 STEM
19 DISC/ PISTON
MATERIALS
20 DISC / PISTON SEAT
21 BODY SEAT
22 HINGE PIN
23 BODY BOLTING / NUTS
24 BODY GASKET
25 DESIGN STANDARD
STANDARDS

26
STANDARD

CERTIFICATES
30 RADIOGRAPHY
31 NACE REQUIREMENT
32 LEAKAGE RATE
PAINTING
MARKING
EXTERNAL PAINTING SYSTEM

COATING
33
AND
36
37
38
39
40
41 NOTES
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56

ATTACHMENT – 23: SPECIFICATION FOR BALL VALVES

SPECIFICATION FOR BALL VALVES
Rev: Page:
Doc. No.: GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0004
1 1 of 29
DOCUMENT DETAILS:

PROJECT TITLE
DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION : SPECIFICATION FOR BALL VALVES
REVISION DETAILS
B ISSUED FOR APPROVAL 21/11/17 PCP TKG PJ
A ISSUED FOR REVIEW 11/11/17 TKG NR PJ

Rev: Page:
1 2 of 29
REVISION RECORD
1. Para 6.0:
Document Numbers corrected.
B 2. Para 7.2.19 Issued For Approval

The statement “Chromium
plated ball and stem are not
permitted.” is removed.
1. 1. Para 5.
Empty lines are deleted
2. 2. Para 6.
0 Insulation Specification
Issued for Purchase
removed from Project
Specification and Procedures
3. 3. Para 15.
Attachment is added
1 Specification for Double Block
Issued for Purchase
& Bleed (DBB) added.
SUMMARY OF HOLDS

Rev: Page:
1 3 of 29
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................ 5
2. PURPOSE .......................................................................................................................... 5
3.1. DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................................ 5
3.2. ABBREVIATIONS ........................................................................................................... 6
7. DESIGN ............................................................................................................................ 13
7.1. MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 13
7.1.1. Carbon and Alloy Steels ............................................................................... 13
7.1.2. Austenitic Stainless Steels ............................................................................ 13
7.1.3. High Alloy Material – ALLOY 625 and ALLOY 825........................................ 14
7.1.4. Materials used in wet H2S service – NACE .................................................. 14
7.2. FABRICATION ............................................................................................................. 14
7.2.1. General......................................................................................................... 14
7.2.2. Floating / Trunnion Ball Limitations ............................................................... 15
7.2.3. Bore .............................................................................................................. 15
7.2.4. Stem ............................................................................................................. 15
7.2.5. Fire Safe Design ........................................................................................... 16
7.2.6. Anti-Static Device ......................................................................................... 16
7.2.7. Body Cavity Pressure Relief System............................................................. 16
7.2.8. Drain and Vent Connections ......................................................................... 16
7.2.9. Welding ........................................................................................................ 16
7.2.10. Face to Face and End to End ....................................................................... 17
7.2.11. End Preparation ............................................................................................ 17
7.2.12. End Flange Dimensions ................................................................................ 17
7.2.13. Flange Face Finishing .................................................................................. 17
7.2.14. Hardness of Flange Facing ........................................................................... 18
7.2.15. Butt Weld Valves .......................................................................................... 18
7.2.16. Body-Connector Bolting ................................................................................ 18
7.2.17. Non-Metallic Parts ........................................................................................ 19
7.2.18. Lifting Lugs ................................................................................................... 19

Rev: Page:
1 4 of 29
7.2.19. Other Requirements ..................................................................................... 19

7.3. VALVE OPERATION .................................................................................................... 20
7.3.1. Lever Operated Valves ................................................................................. 20
7.3.2. Manual Gear Operators for Valves ............................................................... 21
7.3.3. Motorized Valves .......................................................................................... 22
7.3.4. Special Tools ................................................................................................ 22
8. DBB VALVES (FOR INSTRUMENT CONNENTIONS HIGH PRESSURE- API 15000) .... 22
9. INSPECTION AND TESTING ........................................................................................... 22
9.1. NON DESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION (NDE) .................................................................... 22
9.2. MATERIAL INSPECTION ............................................................................................... 24
9.3. TESTING.................................................................................................................... 24
10. MARKING......................................................................................................................... 25
10.1. GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 25
10.2. OTHER REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................. 25
11. PAINTING......................................................................................................................... 25
12. PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT .................................................................................... 25
12.1. PACKING ................................................................................................................... 26
12.2. RUST PREVENTIVE ..................................................................................................... 26
12.3. END PROTECTION ...................................................................................................... 26
13. DOCUMENTATION .......................................................................................................... 27
14. SPARE PARTS ................................................................................................................ 28
15. WARRANTY ..................................................................................................................... 28
16. APPENDICES .................................................................................................................. 28
APPENDIX# 01........................................................................................................................ 29

Rev: Page:
1 5 of 29
1. INTRODUCTION
Gazprom Neft Middle East B.V (COMPANY) is currently engaged in the development of
the Garmian block, located in the Kurdistan Autonomous Region Republic of Iraq. The
previous operator of the Garmian field was “Western Zagros”. The COMPANY
(GAZPROM Neft Middle East B.V.) intends to upgrade the existing oil treatment facilities
at the Sarqala-1 processing facilities due to the future increased production.
The Sarqala-1 Facilities Upgrade Project is being undertaken by Gazprom Neft Middle
East B.V. to enable Additional oil and water handling capacity of its Sarqala-1 Oil Facility.
This is in view of the planned Production increase from its Garmian block. Based on the
field development plan, peak Production target is estimated at 35,000 bopd whereas
current capacity of the Sarqala-1 Oil Facility is 10,000 bopd with a storage capacity of
42,600 bbl. Thus this project (which represents Phase 2a Facilities scope of the field
development) will create an additional 25,000 bopd oil handling capacity (Including
upgrade of relevant utilities) at Sarqala-1 with an additional 24,000 bbl of onsite oil
Storage.
The Garmian Block which comprises the Sarqala and Hasira fields is located in the south
eastern part of Kurdistan, Northern Iraq.
In pursuit of this objective, COMPANY has appointed Fortune Engineering and Energy
Services to carry out the Engineering Services for Detail Design of CPF Upgrade of
Sarqala-1 Field in the Garmian Block located in the South Eastern part of Kurdistan,
Northern Iraq.
2. PURPOSE
This specification covers minimum technical requirements for the procurement of
manually operated Ball valves under Piping Scope for the Project- Sarqala (S-1) CPF
Upgrade, Garmian Block, Kurdistan Republic of Iraq.
This specification does not exclude consideration of the Vendor’s standards, practices or
alternative recommendations. Such deviations shall, however, be clearly stated as
“exceptions” for approval by COMPANY. If no exceptions are stated, it shall be mutually
3.1. Definitions

Rev: Page:
1 6 of 29
CONTRACTOR - Fortune Engineering & Energy Services (FEES)
Upgradation
FEED CONTRACTOR - TNT

Republic of Iraq.


to be adhered to.
3.2. Abbreviations

CS - Carbon Steel
GRP - Glass Reinforced Plastic

Rev: Page:
1 7 of 29
RF - Raised Face
NB - Nominal Bore
In the event of apparent technical conflict occurring in applying this design basis and

 Project Data sheets
 International codes and standards as mentioned in the Project specification (with
Note 1)
Note-1: For cases where requirements of project specification is superior / exceeds

requirements set forth in codes and standards, the former shall be considered as mandatory
requirement for this Project.
Exceptions to and deviations from this specification and any other referenced documents
shall not be implemented without written approval by COMPANY.
The COMPANY’s interpretation shall be final.

The following list of codes and standards referred herein shall be used for this
PROJECT. When an edition date is not indicated for a code or standard, the latest
edition in force at time of Contract award shall apply.

Rev: Page:
1 8 of 29
Pipe Threads, General Purpose, Inch

ASME B1.20.1 -
Process piping
ASME B31.3 -

ASME B16.5 -

ASME B16.10 -


-

-

-
ASME B 16.36 Steel Orifice Flanges

-

-

-

-

-

-

Rev: Page:
1 9 of 29
Ferrous Pipe Plugs, Bushings and Locknuts with Pipe

ASME B16.14
- Threads
ASME B46.1 Surface Texture

-
ASME PV Section
VIII ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII
- (Division 1) – Rules for construction of pressure vessels
(Division 1)
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX –

ASME PV Section IX Qualification Standard for Welding, Brazing and Fusing
-
Procedures, Welders, Brazers and welding Operators
American Society for Testing and Materials – ASTM
A53 Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-
Coated, Welded and Seamless
A105 Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping
Applications
A106 Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High
Temperature Service
A153 Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel
Hardware
A182 Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy and Stainless
Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings, and Valves and Parts for High
Temperature Service
A193 Standard Specification for Alloy Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for
High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special
Purpose Applications
A194 Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for
High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both
A216 Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for

Rev: Page:
1 10 of 29
A234 Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel

and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service
A312 Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold
Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes
A351 Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, for Pressure
Containing Parts
A358 Standard Specification for Electric Fusion Welded Austenitic
Chromium Nickel Stainless Steel Pipe for High Temperature Service
and General Applications
A395 Standard Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure Retaining
Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures
A403 Standard Specification for Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping

Fittings
A453 Standard Specification for High Temperature Bolting, with
Expansion Coefficients Comparable to Austenitic Stainless Steels
A494 Standard Specification for Castings, Nickel and Nickel Alloy
A536 Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings

A672 Standard Specification for Electric Fusion Welded Steel Pipe for High
Pressure Service at Moderate Temperatures
A694 Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Pipe
Flanges, Fittings, Valves, and Parts for High Pressure Transmission
Service
A860 Standard Specification for Wrought High Strength Low Alloy Steel
Butt Welding Fittings
B366 Standard Specification for Factory Made Wrought Nickel and Nickel
Alloy Fittings
B423 Standard Specification for Nickel Iron Chromium Molybdenum
Copper Alloy (UNS N08825 and N08221)* Seamless Pipe and Tube
B444 Standard Specification for Nickel Chromium Molybdenum
Columbium Alloys (UNS N06625 and UNS N06852) and Nickel
Chromium Molybdenum Silicon Alloy (UNS N06219) Pipe and Tube

Rev: Page:
1 11 of 29
B564 Standard Specification for Nickel Alloy Forgings
B18.2.1 Square & Hex Bolts & Screws (Inch)
B18.2.2 Square and Hex Nuts (inch series)
American Petroleum Institute – API
STD 598 Valve Inspection and Testing

STD 599 Steel and ductile iron plug valves
STD 607 Fire Test for Soft-Seated Quarter Turn Valves
STD 608 Ball Valves – Flanged and Butt-Welding Ends
Spec 6D Pipeline Valves
Spec 6FA Specification for Fire Test for Valves
1 API 6A Specification for Well Head & Christmas tree Equipment
Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS)
Standard Marking System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges,

MSS SP 25 -
and Unions
Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings for
MSS SP 53 - Valves, Flanges, Fittings, and Other Piping Components
- Magnetic Particle Examination Method
MSS SP 54 - Fittings, and Other Piping Components - Radiographic
Examination Method
MSS SP 55 - Fittings, and Other Piping Components - Visual Method
for Evaluation of Surface Irregularities
MSS SP 75 -
Fittings

Rev: Page:
1 12 of 29
Specification for Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle, and Check

MSS SP 80 -
Valves

MSS SP 97 -
National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE)

NACE MR0175 /
- for use in H2S Containing Environments in Oil and
ISO 15156
Gas Production.
European Standards – EN
593 - Metallic Butterfly Valve

10204 - Metallic Products – Type of Inspection Documents
10497 - Fire test for soft seated quarter-turn valves
15761 - Specification for Steel Wedge Gate, Globe and Check
Valves 50mm and smaller for the Petroleum, Petrochemical
and Allied Industries.
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION FOR STANDARDIZATION (ISO)
ISO 5208 - Industrial valves – Pressure testing of metallic valves
ISO 5210 - Industrial valves – Multi turn valve actuator assembly
ISO 5211 - Industrial valves – Part Turn actuator valve assembly
ISO 17292 - Metal ball valves for the petroleum, petrochemical and allied
industries

Rev: Page:
1 13 of 29

GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0002 Specification for Pipe and Piping components
GMCPF-J5177-200-MT-SP-0001 Painting And Coating Specification
Specification For Welding NDE Of Piping And
GMCPF-J5177-200-QA-SP-0002
Pressure Equipment
7. DESIGN
Materials for major components shall be as indicated on the Valve Datasheet.

Seat and Seal material shall be suitable for the service conditions and Piping Class
Requirement.
The following technical requirements shall be satisfied:
7.1. Materials
Use of asbestos is strongly forbidden in any part of the valves.
7.1.1. Carbon and Alloy Steels
 Materials shall conform to the referenced specifications.

 All carbon steel castings and forgings shall be furnished in the fully killed conditions.
 All carbon steel castings and forgings shall be furnished either in the normalised,
normalised and tempered or quenched and tempered condition.
 For Carbon Steel material, the Maximum Carbon Content be for Forging
C<=0.23%, Casting<=0.25%.
7.1.2. Austenitic Stainless Steels
Materials shall be furnished in the solution heat treated annealed condition and free of
subsequent cold work.

Rev: Page:
1 14 of 29
7.1.3. High Alloy Material – ALLOY 625 and ALLOY 825
 Ball valves NPS from ½” to 6“.

The bodies / casings have to be made of solid INCOLOY 625 or INCOLOY 825 material as
required per Piping Material Class.
 Ball valves NPS from 8“and more.

The body / casing and any other valve parts can be made of a basis of suitable carbon
steel and a minimum overlay of 3mm thickness of the relevant high alloy nickel based
material as specified per Piping Material Class.
7.1.4. Materials used in wet H2S service – NACE
Materials used in wet H2S services are called “SOUR SERVICE”.

All piping valve materials in SOUR SERVICE shall be in compliance with the requirements
of NACE standard MR 0175 ISO 15156.
7.2. Fabrication
7.2.1. General
Unless otherwise specified in data sheets, design of Ball valves shall be in accordance with
ISO 17292. The design of ball valves with the sizes/ratings not covered by ISO 17292
shall, as a minimum, meet ASME B16.34.
All ball valve shall be bi-directional.
Pressure temperature rating shall conform to ASME B16.34 for the complete range of
temperature. Where relative rating is not available on ASME B16.34, VENDOR shall
submit and guarantee the applicable rating curve.
Valve body and bonnet shall be forged or casted as specified in the valves datasheets.
Forgings are acceptable in place of casting but not vice-versa.
Valve body shall be designed to withstand loading induced by the connected piping without
distortion of the internal, affecting the free movement of ball and sealing performance.
Valves shall not have hole in the ball to equalize the pressure with body cavity while in the
closed condition.

Rev: Page:
1 15 of 29
7.2.2. Floating / Trunnion Ball Limitations
Unless otherwise specified, the floating and trunnion ball limitation shall be as follows:
Valve pressure class Valve pressure class Valve pressure class

Size (Note-1)
150# 300# 600# and above
½” to 1½” Floating Floating Floating
2” to 3 Floating Floating Trunnion
4” Floating Floating Trunnion
6” Floating Trunnion Trunnion
8” and above Trunnion Trunnion Trunnion
Note 1: Size of the ball in case of reduced bore ball valve.
For actuated valves, trunnion ball is required for diameter 2” and above whatever the
rating.
7.2.3. Bore
Unless otherwise specified, bore shall be standard (reduced bore). Reduced bore shall be
one nominal diameter smaller than the specified diameter. Reduced bore smaller than
specified diameter by one nominal diameter shall be submitted to COMPANY for approval.
However,
1 ½” x 1”, 3”x2”, 24”x20” are acceptable.
7.2.4. Stem
Stem shall be of blow-out-proof type. Bottom entry, shouldered stem design is required.
Stem retention shall not depend on the packing gland.
Trunnion-mounted ball valves for process service, size NPS 6 and above shall have
provisions for secondary sealant injection under full line pressure for seat and stem seals.

Rev: Page:
1 16 of 29
The injection point on the stem must be located between primary and back-up seals or
between two primary seals. All sealant injection connections shall incorporate an internal
non-return valve, a giant button head, and a cover.
7.2.5. Fire Safe Design
When specified, fire safe design shall confirm to API 607 / ISO 10497. When fire safe
design is required:
 3 pieces body type valves using external connector bolting are not permitted.
 “O–ring” body gasket cannot be used without addition of a second fire resistant gasket.
7.2.6. Anti-Static Device
Valves shall incorporate an anti-static feature that ensure electrical continuity between
stem and body of valve 2” and smaller, or between ball, stem and body of larger valves.
7.2.7. Body Cavity Pressure Relief System
All ball valves shall be designed to provide in line automatic body cavity pressure relief of
the ball to prevent over-pressurization of the valve body when it is closed. VENDOR shall
submit at inquiry stage, details of the system.
7.2.8. Drain and Vent Connections
Valves specified to be drilled and tapped for drain connections; body cavity vents, etc. shall
be supplied with the tapped holes fitted with solid, square head pipe plugs of the same
basic materials as the valve body, in accordance with ASME B16.14.
7.2.9. Welding
When the valve or a part of the valve is fabricated, the VENDOR must submit, at inquiry
stage, detail of weld assemblies to Company for approval.
Any welding is subject to a welding procedure (WPS), qualification (PQR) and welding map
complied with ASME Sec-IX.

Rev: Page:
1 17 of 29
Welded flanges are not permitted.
7.2.10. Face to Face and End to End
Dimensions of ball valves shall be in accordance with ASME B16.10.
VENDOR shall clearly state, in his quotation, the type, the face to face, or end to end
dimensions of any ball valve offered:
 Short Pattern
 Long Pattern
 Does not agree with the referenced specifications (dimensions to be stated).
7.2.11. End Preparation
Butt welding ends : ASME B16.25

Socket welding ends : ASME B16.11
Flanged ends : ASME B16.5
Flanged valves shall be supplied with flanges for through bolting with sufficient space to
insert nuts. Studded connection flanges are not acceptable.
All Valves specified as socket weld shall be supplied with factory welded 100 mm pipe
nipples minimum thickness of schedule 80 for carbon steel and schedule 40S for stainless
steel.
7.2.12. End Flange Dimensions
24” and smaller : ASME B16.5

26” and larger : ASME B16.47 Series A
7.2.13. Flange Face Finishing
Machining shall be in accordance with ASME B16.5

Rev: Page:
1 18 of 29
Raised Face (RFC) - Concentric or Spiral serrated finish roughness:
Ra 3.2 to 6.3 µm (125 to 250 in)
Ring joint (conventional symbol RTJ) conform to ASME B16.5.
Flat Face (FF) - Concentric or Spiral serrated finish roughness:
Ra 6.3 to 12.5 µm (250 to 500 in)
If applicable, Groove designation for RTJ Shall be as per Piping Material Specifications.
7.2.14. Hardness of Flange Facing
Parts which are to receive Ring Type Joints (RTJ) shall have the following minimum
hardness values:
 Carbon steel = 120 HB
 Austenitic stainless steel AISI 304L, 316L = 150 HB
 Austenitic stainless steel AISI 304, 316, 321, 347 = 160 HB
 Low temperature carbon steel (down to -46°C) = 160 HB
 Low Alloy Steels (Cr < = 5 %) = 150 HB
 Alloy Steel (e.g. 625, 825) = 160 HB to 220 HB
7.2.15. Butt Weld Valves
Butt-weld End valves design shall permit field welding and subsequent PWHT, if any,
without seat distortion or damage. VENDOR shall confirm this statement and/or give
advises and instructions for field operations.
7.2.16. Body-Connector Bolting
Unless otherwise specified, thread shall be in accordance with the applicable standard.
Any change is subject to Company’s approval.

Rev: Page:
1 19 of 29
7.2.17. Non-Metallic Parts
Non-metallic parts and elements which usually include such items as packing, injection
sealant material and lubricants shall be suitable for the service and as agreed upon
between the VENDOR and Company.
PTFE or reinforced PTFE seats shall be designed for use at temperature up to 200°C. If a
higher temperature is specified, the VENDOR shall demonstrate that the seats are suitable
for these design conditions.
When specified, graphite packing shall be pure graphite (99.5% mini) with corrosion
inhibitor.
All soft seat and seal material in class 600 and above in hydrocarbon gas service shall be
resistant to explosive decompression.
PTFE or PFA are accepted.
FEP is prohibited.
7.2.18. Lifting Lugs
Lifting lugs shall be provided for valves 10” and above. Design and calculation of these
lifting lugs shall be submitted for approval.
Material certificates shall be at least the Type 3.1 as per BS EN 10204.
7.2.19. Other Requirements
Design
Hollow type ball is not permitted. Sealed cavity ball type has to be clearly stated at inquiry
stage and has to be submitted to Company for prior approval.
Ball shall not protrude outside the end flanges of valve. Casting is not permitted for valve
stem.
Valve shall include a corrosion allowance as stipulated in the relevant piping class.

Rev: Page:
1 20 of 29
Trunnion-mounted ball valves shall have a double block and bleed feature, in both the
open and closed position, to facilitate complete flushing, draining and venting of the valve
body cavity and to check the integrity of the seal.
Valve design shall provide for the repair of gland packing under full line pressure.
Stem extension
When specified, stem extension is provided to get lever out of the insulation. Basic design
of the packing is standard.
Extended bonnet
When specified, the extended bonnet is to provide packing outside of the insulation.
Packing design is consequently modified.
7.3. Valve Operation
7.3.1. Lever Operated Valves
Lever operated ball valves are to be supplied complete with suitable levers. At maximum
differential pressure the maximum effort (F) to operate the valve shall not be higher than
the following:
 Lever length up to 150 mm included F = 250 N max
 Lever length above 150 mm to 350 mm included F = 350 N max
 Lever length above 350 mm F = 400 N max
Lever maximum length shall be 800 mm.
Lever operated valves shall be capable of being locked with padlocks in the full open and
full closed positions.

Rev: Page:
1 21 of 29
Lever operated valves stem heads shall be circular with a key way for attaching the lever in
the proper position. Circular stem heads with one or two flats are acceptable; square stem
heads are not permitted.
Valves shall have "open" position indicator.
Lever operated valves are to be fitted with stops at the full open and full closed positions to
prevent the ball from moving through more than 90 degrees. These stops shall be in the
form of raised bosses, integrally cast or forged with the valve, or welded to the valve body.
Removable stops and/or spring loaded pins which drop into holes at the open or closed
positions are not permitted.
For valves 2” and over, the plate which strikes these stops is to be permanently affixed to
the valve stem and not a feature of the lever operator, to prevent the valve being
misoperated when the lever is removed.
7.3.2. Manual Gear Operators for Valves
Valves shall normally actuate by gear operator in the following cases:
 Class 150 and Class 300 with size 10” and over
Gear operators shall be designed to operate the valve at full rating pressure drop.
Gear operators shall be bevel gear type. It shall be suitable to rotate 90°.
Gear operators shall be supplied complete with hand wheel and position indicator.
Hand wheel shall be parallel to the valve stem and to the flow. Hand wheel should not have
protruding spokes.
Gear operators shall be totally enclosed, weather proof type, packed with a suitable
lubricant.
Gear operators shall be fitted with easily accessible grease fitting to enable the lubricant to
be renewed while the valve is in service. The VENDOR’s data book shall include the name
and type of lubricant used.

Rev: Page:
1 22 of 29
Gear operators shall be of a design and so installed that normal valve operation is not
impaired and there is no possibility of turning the ball, past the 90 degrees full open or full
closed position.
Gear to valve assembly shall conform to ISO 5211.
Number of turns to operate the valve shall not exceed 500. If necessary a dual stage
reduction gear shall be used.
7.3.3. Motorized Valves
Actuated valve body shall be in accordance with the applicable datasheet.

Valve body and actuator assembly shall be under valve VENDOR’s responsibility.
Actuator to valve assembly shall conform to ISO 5211.
7.3.4. Special Tools
VENDOR shall furnish special tools and appurtenance necessary for the installation,
maintenance and/or operation of valves covered by the specification, if any.
8. DBB VALVES (FOR INSTRUMENT CONNENTIONS HIGH PRESSURE- API 15000)
Double Block & Bleed valves shall be used for isolation of instruments (such as PG & PT)
1
for High Pressure class ratings (API 15000) as per project P&IDs.
The Double Block and Bleed valve shall be of integral design as single piece with two ball
valves (full bore) for isolation & one needle valve for bleed.
DBB design shall be in accordance with API 6A.
9.1. Non Destructive Examination (NDE)
 In any case the following shall be provided as a minimum when not specifically agreed:

Rev: Page:
1 23 of 29
 Butt welded pressure seams on welded constructions: 100% Radiographic Examination

(RX) (where applicable).
 Visual examinations shall be performed on accessible surfaces of all completed welds.

Evaluation and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with ASME B31.3. The visual
acceptance of each weld shall be recorded by Construction Contractor.
 Repair by welding as per ASME B 16.34 is permitted for cast body valves. Repair shall
be carried out before any heat treatment of the casting is done. Repair by welding is not
permitted for forged body valves. Repair procedure shall be available for the Company
Inspector.
 Gasket surfaces (body and end connection) shall have no scratches, pin holes, dents, or
other type of damage.
 All cast valves shall have visual examination per MSS-SP 55.
 Cast valves rating 900# and above shall be controlled as follow:
Carbon Steels and Ferritic Magnetic Particle (MP) Radiographic Examination

Alloy Steels as per MSS SP 53 (RX) as per MSS SP 54 (*)
Austenitic Stainless Steels Liquid Penetrant (LP) as

-
and Nickel Allots per ASTM E165
(*) on critical areas as per ASME B16.34
Tests shall be executed on 10% of castings from the same heat and heat treatment (1 valve
minimum) selected by the Company Inspector.
If a defective casting is found, all the remaining castings of the same heat shall be examined at
the VENDOR’s charge.

Rev: Page:
1 24 of 29
9.2. Material Inspection
Chemical and mechanical characteristics, diagrams of any heat treatment shall be according to
those provided in the relevant Codes, Standards and Specifications.
TOR Inspector reserves the right to carry out any check test in order to verify the certified
values in case of doubt or dispute concerning the results obtained.
Should the results not according to the specifications, test costs shall be at the VENDOR’s
charge.
9.3. Testing
Unless additional inspection is specified in the material requisition, inspection and test shall be
as a minimum, in accordance with ISO 5208 or API 598.
Prior to pressure testing, all internal valve components shall be cleaned. External surfaces
shall be unpainted and free of scale, weld spatter and other foreign matter.
Valves shall be operated (open/close) several times before to pass the required closure tests.
New gaskets shall be installed in valve body parts that were opened for any reason during the
course of testing. Ring joint gaskets may be reused, if undamaged, only where joint did not
leak during testing.
Any valve gland packing or stem seal that leaked during testing shall be replaced with new
material following thorough drying of the gland and packing cavity. Shell and seat hydrostatic
testing shall then be repeated for these valves.
The test fluid used for hydrostatic testing shall be an emulsion of water with a water soluble oil
to prevent rust. The chloride content of the test fluid shall not exceed 50 ppm weight. The
chloride content shall not exceed 30 ppm for stainless steel valve or valves fitted with SS trim
but shall not exceed 5 ppm when component to be tested is a stainless steel valve for which
drying operation cannot by properly secured.

Rev: Page:
1 25 of 29
No mechanical operation shall be carried out after test execution, unless to re-test the valves.
Following testing, all components, especially valve body cavities, are to be thoroughly dried
prior to preparation for packing and shipping.
10. MARKING
10.1. General
 Marking shall comply with requirements of the Material Requisition.

 As a minimum the valve identification shall be as follow:
 Marking conform to MSS SP 25
 Additional requirements of the applicable standards (if any)
 Company’s commodity/ stock code based on the material requisitions stamped on a rust
resistant metal tag securely wired to the hand wheel or gland bolting of the valve or to
hand wheel of the gear operator, and around the body of check valves.
 The metal tag shall not be wired to bolt holes of end flanges.
 Any part packaged separately from the valve shall have a second tag with the same
information.
10.2. Other Requirements
In case of complementary information printed on the valve, paint or ink to be used shall not
contain any harmful metal, or metal salts, such as zinc, lead, Sulphur or copper which cause
corrosive attack on heating.
11. PAINTING
Paint shall be in accordance with requirements specified in Painting, coating and internal lining
specification (GMCPF-J5177-000-MT-SP-0001).
12. PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT

Rev: Page:
1 26 of 29
Unless otherwise specified, the following measures to prevent corrosion and mechanical
damage during transportation, shipment and storage shall be performed:
12.1. Packing
All valves shall be packed in the full open position.

Valves shipped with mounted actuators shall be packaged in a manner that will prevent
damage while in transit.
12.2. Rust preventive
All threaded parts shall be protected with grease.

Machined surfaces shall be coated with a removable varnish, strippable products, or protected
with grease.
Unless otherwise specified, these protections shall be suitable for not less than 12 months of
outdoor storage.
12.3. End Protection
Flanged Wood or heavy duty plastic cover using at least three bolts or
wiring through at least four bolt holes. End protectors to be used
on flange facing shall not be smaller than the flange outside
diameter
Butt-welding end Wood or heavy duty plastic cap cover belted or wired
Plain end Heavy duty plastic cap
Socket Welding end Heavy duty plastic cap
Threaded end Heavy duty plastic plug with lubricant

Rev: Page:
1 27 of 29
Protection shall be of such design that the valve cannot be installed without complete removal
of the protective device.
13. DOCUMENTATION
The Material Requisition defines the documentation to be delivered by the VENDOR. At inquiry
stage documentation will include:
 Detail of weld assemblies (if any)

 Drawings and detailed description of possible maintenance tool.
Final documentation will clearly mention VENDOR’s name, Project identification and Material
Requisition number.
 Material certificates
Type 3.1 for body and bonnet and for stem 2" and larger
Type 3.1 for bolting of diameter 2” (M52) and large
Type 2.2 for all other metallic parts in contact with fluid and for stem lower than 2"
Type 2.2 for bolting of diameter lower than 2” (M52)
Type 1.1 For all other parts.
 Test certificates
Type 3.1 Pressure tests and non-destructive tests
Type 2.1 Functional Tests

Rev: Page:
1 28 of 29
All other item shall be as per detailed inspection test plan which will be attached to material
requisition.
14. SPARE PARTS
Vendor shall provide spare parts for three year operation & shall furnish special tools &
appurtenances necessary for the installation, maintenance & operation of valves covered by
this specification, if any.
15. WARRANTY
Notwithstanding the Valve’s design code requirements. Valve warranty requirement shall be
provided at least 3 (three) years, such warranty starting from equipment commissioning for
operation, by the VENDOR against defective material, poor workmanship, and improper
design. The VENDOR shall repair or replace, without charge, any valve not meeting the terms
of the warranty within this period of time.
16. APPENDICES
APPENDIX #01 Sample Datasheet for Ball & DBB Valves - 1 Page

Rev: Page:
1 29 of 29
APPENDIX# 01

DATA SHEET FOR BALL/DBB VALVES
DOCUMENT NO.________________ Rev: Page: __ of __
2 VALVE TAG NUMBER
DESIGN DATA
8 APPLICABLE SIZES
9 END CONNECTION
11 CONSTRUCTION BODY
12 BALL MOUNTING
13 OPENING
CONSTRUCTION
14 PATTERN
15 STEM
16 STEM/SEAT SEALING INJECTION WITH NRV
17 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS, IF ANY

18 LOCKING ARRANGEMENT
19 MODE OF OPERATION
20 SEAT
21 BODY / BONNET
22 BALL
23 STEM
24 BODY JOINT GASKET
25 SOFT SEAT / SEAT INSERTS

MATERIALS
26 SEAT RING
27 PRIMARY BODY SEAL
28 SECONDARY BODY SEAL
29 PRIMARY STEM SEAL
30 SECONDARY STEM SEAL
31 BONNET BOLTS / BONNET NUTS
32 SPRING / ANTISTATIC DEVICE

STANDARDS
33 DESIGN STANDARD
34
DIMENSION STANDARD

CERTIFICATES
38 RADIOGRAPHY
39 NACE REQUIREMENT
MATERIAL TEST
40 LEAKAGE RATE
PAINTING
MARKING
COATING
41 EXTERNAL PAINTING SYSTEM

AND
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52 NOTES
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61 HOLDS
62
63
64
ATTACHMENT – 24: SPECIFICATION FOR INSULATION

INSIDabcdef_:MS_0001MS_0001

EPC
C CPF PHASE
P 2
AT BAD
DRA OILFFIELD, IR
RAQ

DOCUM
MENT DE
ETAILS
EMPLOY
YER CONT
TRACT NO
O. 90-13-BD-205-00
: 09
PROJEC
CT : EP
PC CPF PHASE
P 2 AT
A BADRA
A OILFIELD
D, IRAQ
EMPLOY
YER : G azprom Neft
N Badra B.V.
EMPLOY
YER JOB NO.
N : G B090
CONTRA
ACTOR : Sa
amsung Engineerin
E ng Co. Ltd
d
n
: SG
G-2614
io
CONTRA
ACTOR JO
OB NO.
DOCUME
ENT NO. : G B090-2614
4-250-MT--SP-0003
REVISIO
ON NO. : at
3 No. of pages (iincl. sheet) : 69
m
DOCUME
ENT DESC
CRIPTION : IN
NSULATIO
ON SPECIF
FICATION
or
nf
AB Issued fo
or As-Built 30//12/2017 Y.H.Won S.S.Kim Y.H.Kim DHJ/JS
SK
rI
3 Re-Issued
d for Design 20//05/2016 Y.H.Won S.S.Kim Y.H.Kim DHJ/JS
SK
2 Re-Issued
d for Design 10//12/2014 S.G.Hong
S S.S.Kim Y.H.Kim JSK/TG
GK
Fo
1 Re-Issued
d for Design 07//11/2013 S.G.Hong
S S.S.Kim B.Y.Yoo JSK/KH
HS
0 Issued for
f Design 16//10/2013 S.G.Hong
HS
F Re-Issued for Approval 02//10/2013 S.G.Hong

HS
E Re-Issued for Approval 28//08/2013 S.G.Hong

HS
D Re-Issued for Approval 26//07/2013 S.G.Hong

HS
C Issued fo
or Approval 10//07/2013 S.G.Hong
HS
B Re-Issued
d for Review 11/0
06/2013 S.G.Hong
HS
A Issued for
f Review 10//04/2013 S.G.Hong
HS
Rev Desccription Date Prepared Checked Approved

d EM/PD
D
Electronic Filen
name : GB090-2614-250-MT-S
SP-0003_AB.do cx Doc Size : A4
4
EPC CPF PHASE

E 2 AT BADRA OILFIELD, IRAQ

INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B
Rev. : AB Page : 2 of 69
SUMMA
ARY OF DOCUM
MENT REV
VISIONS
S
G
Date
Rev. ction Revis
Sec sed Revision
R Deescription
Revised
A 10/04/20
013 Issu
ued for Revview Issu
ued for Empployer Revie
ew
Re-Issued
R fo
or Incorpo
orate Emplooyer's comm
ments
B 11/06/2013
Review via GB0
090-2614-2250-PI-SP
P-0006
C 10/07/20
013 Issued for Apprroval Incorpo
ments
Re-Issued
R fo
or
D 26/07/20
013 Incorpo
ments
Approval
Re-Issued
R fo
or
n
E 28/08/20
013 Incorpo
ments
Approval
io
Re-Issued
R fo
or
F 02/10/20
013 Incorpo
ments
Approval
0
1
16/10/20
013
07/11/2013
Issu
ued for Dessign
Re-Issued
R fo
or
at Incorpo
Incorpo
ments

ments
m
Design
Re-Issued
R fo
or
2 10/12/20
014 Anti-sweatt and Acousstic Insulatio
on added
Design
or
Re-Issued
R fo
or
3 20/05/20
016 Sec. 7.2.66 added
Design
nf
HOLD
rI
Fo

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B
TABLE
E OF CON
NTENTS
1 SCO URPOSEśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
OPE AND PU
2 EXCLUSIONśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

3 DEFINITIONSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

3.1 Sśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
DEFINITIONS
3.2 SP EFINITIONSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
PECIFIC DE
n
3.3 CEśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
ORDER OF PRECEDENC
P
io
4 REFERENCESśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

4.1 PR
ROJECT SP
PECIFICATIO
ONS AND PR
ROCEDURE
at
ESśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

m
4.2 AMERICAN SOCIETY
S FO
OR TESTING
G AND MATE STMśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
ERIALS – AS
or
4.3 BRITISH STA STITUTION – BSIśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
ANDARD INS
4.4 IN DARD –ISOśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

NTERNATIONAL STAND
nf
5 NDLlNGśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
HAN
rI
5.1 PA
ACKING AN Gśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
ND SHIPPING
Fo
5.2 PR TORAGEśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
RESERVATION AND ST
6 NERAL DESIIGNśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
GEN
6.1 NSULATION CODESśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

IN
6.2 Sśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
NSULATION TYPE AND THICKNESS
IN
6.3 Sśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
NSULATION SUPPORTS
IN
7 INSU
ULATION AN
ND ACCESS ERIALSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
SORY MATE
7.1 GENERALśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

7.1.1 Sśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
SERVICE CONDITIONS
C

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

7.2 NSULATION MATERIALSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
IN
7.2.1 śśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
MINERAL FIBREśśśśśśśśśś
F
7.2.1.1 KETSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
ROCK WOOL BLANK
7.2.1.2 ROCK WOOL PREFO E SECTIONSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

ORMED PIPE
7.2.1.3 ROCK WOOL PREFO

ORMED BOA ABSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
ARDS / SLA
7.2.1.4 GLASS WOOL

W NKETSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
BLAN
7.2.1.5 GLASS WOOL

W PREF
FORMED PIP NSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
PE SECTION
n
io
7.2.1.6 GLASS WOOL
W PREF
FORMED BO ABSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
OARDS / SLA
ECTIONSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

at
7.2.2 CALCIUM SILICATE
S PR
REFORMED
D BLOCKS AND
A PIPE SE
7.2.3 SPRAYED RIGID POLY

YURETHANE UF)śśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
E FOAM (PU
m
7.2.4 PREFORME
ED RIGID CE
ELLULAR P ANURATE (PIR)śśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
POLYISOCYA
or
7.2.5 CERAMIC FIBRE

F NKETSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
BLAN
nf
7.3 FA Sśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
ASTENING MATERIALS
M
rI
7.3.1 śśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
BINDING WIREśśśśśśśśśśśśś
W
BANDśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

Fo
7.3.2
7.3.3 SELF-TAPP WSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

PING SCREW
7.3.4 RIVETSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

7.3.5 CLIPS AND GGLESśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

D QUICK-RELEASE TOG
7.3.6 R SPRINGSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
EXPANDER ś śśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

7.3.7 R SPRINGSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
BREATHER ś śśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

7.3.8 SUPPORT RINGSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

7.4 ACKETINGśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
METALLIC JA ś śśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

7.4.1 Gśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
METALLIC JACKETING
7.4.2 THICKNESS TSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

S OF SHEET
7.4.3 PROFILES OF SHEETS

S FOR VESS D PIPINGśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
SELS, EQUIPMENT AND
7.5 IN ORSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
NSULATION BOXES FOR OUTDOO
7.6 REMOVABLE
E INSULATIO Sśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
ON COVERS
7.6.1 ENTSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
MINIMUM REQUIREME
R
7.6.2 INSULATIN ALśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

NG MATERIA
n
io
7.6.3 FABRICATIONśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

RIERSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

at
7.7 VA
APOR BARR
8 GEN
NERAL APPL ENTSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
LICATION REQUIREME
R
m

or
8.2 CESśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
UN-INSULATED SURFAC
nf
8.3 ST
TAINLESS STEEL
S SURFACESśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

rI
8.4 PR
RESSURE TESTING
T CO TIONSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
ONSIDERAT
D FLANGESśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

Fo
8.5 VA
ALVES AND
9 INSU F PIPINGśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
ULATION OF
9.1 NSULATION APPLICATIIONśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

IN
9.2 NSULATION EXPANSION JOINTS (S

IN SINGLE LAY
YER CALCIU TE)śśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
UM SILlCAT
9.3 PIIPE SUPPOR ESśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

RT CRADLE
9.4 PIIPE EXPANS TSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

SION JOINT
9.5 W
WEATHERPR
ROOFING AP Nśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
PPLlCATION
10 INSU
ULATION OF PMENTśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
F VESSELS AND EQUIP

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

10.1 NSULATION APPLlCATIIONśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
IN
10.2 W
WEATHERPR
ROOFING AP Nśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
PPLICATION
11 INSU F TANKSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

ULATION OF
11.1 TA Lśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
ANK SHELL
11.1.1 INSULATIO
ON TYPE AN ESSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
ND THICKNE
11.1.2 ON SECUREMENTśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
INSULATIO
11.1.3 CKETINGśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
METAL JAC
n
io
11.1.4 NTśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
METAL JOIINT SEALAN
MENTśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

at
11.1.5 JACKETING
G SECUREM
11.1.6 ONSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
PROJECTIO
m
11.2 ANK ROOFśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
TA
or
11.2.1 ON SECUREMENTSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
INSULATIO
nf
11.2.2 CKETINGśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
METAL JAC
rI
11.2.3 NTśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
METAL JOIINT SEALAN
G SECUREMENTśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

Fo
11.2.4 CLADDING
11.3 PR NSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
ROJECTION
11.4 ASEśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
BA
12 MOIS OTECTIONśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

STURE PRO
PECTIONśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
13 INSP
13.1 IN Eśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
NSPECTION SCHEDULE
13.2 MATERIALS CHECKING

C śśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

13.3 NSPECTION PRIOR TO INSULATIO Nśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

IN

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

13.4 NSPECTION DURING INSULATION śśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
IN
13.5 OTHER INSPECTIONSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

14 SAFETY AND HEALTH CON ONSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

NSIDERATIO
NERAL ACOUSTICśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
15 GEN
16 NOIS TION ENGINEERINGśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

SE REDUCT
16.1 ONśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
REQUIRED ATTENUATIO
A
16.1.1 SIGN PHASEśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

PLANT DES
n
io
16.1.2 EA NOISEśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
WORK ARE
T SPACEśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

at
16.1.3 ENVIRONM
MENTAL NOISE OR REV
VERBERANT
16.1.4 Nśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
PLANT IN OPERATION
O
m
16.2 CHOICE OF ACOUSTIC
A N CLASSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
INSULATION
or
16.3 IM
MPLICATION Nśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
NS FOR PIPIING DESIGN
nf
17 CLA
ASSES OF ACOUSTIC IN Nśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
NSULATION
rI
17.1 DEFINITION OF ESśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

O CLASSE
CATIONśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

Fo
17.2 RESTRICTlON
N IN APPLIC
ENSIONS OF ACOUSTIC INSULAT IONśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

18 DIME
MPONENTS AND MATERIALSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

19 COM
19.1 PO YERśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
OROUS LAY
19.2 CLADDINGśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

19.3 ANTI-VIBRAT Sśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

TION SEALS
19.4 SU
UPPORT OF DDINGśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
F THE CLAD
19.5 CO
OMBINED THERMAL
T AND
A ACOUS ATIONśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
STIC INSULA

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

19.5.1 HOT SERVICESśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

TALLATIONśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
20 INST

20.2 EX Nśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
XTENT OF INSULATION
20.3 ANTI-VIBRAT Sśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

TION SEALS
20.4 ND CAPSśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
EN
20.5 AC ESśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
COUSTIC ENCLOSURE
n
io
20.6 PR
REVENTION ANICAL DA MAGEśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś
N OF MECHA
NEXśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

at
21 ANN
22 APPENDIXśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśśś

m

or
nf
rI
Fo

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

1 S
SCOPE AND
A PUR
RPOSE

This specificcation definnes the pro ocedures and requirem ments for tthe design,, materials,,
appplication, inspection
i and
a testing of external thermal in nsulation reqquired to provide heatt
coonservationn and prote ection of p personnel from
f hot surfaces of abovegrou und piping,,
eqquipment, and
a instrumentation.
In
nsulation iss required to conservve heat of piping, equ uipment annd instrume entation, to
o
coontrol proceess tempera atures (avo id condensation, solidification, or excessive viscosity off
flu
uids and ma aterials) and
d to providee personnell protection..
This Specificcation defines also req quirements anda gives recommend ations for th he acousticc
nsulation of pipes, valve
in es and flang ges to redu
uce the noise emitted bby these item ms.
This Specificcation deall with acou ustic aspeccts and are e intended for the no oise controll
enngineer ressponsible foor the acou stic design of the plan nt. Four claasses of ins
sulation are
e
in
ncluded in terms of th heir requireed acousticc performan nce and thee choice of class willl
n
deepend on th he expected d or measu red noise ra adiated from m the pipe aand the reqquired noise
e
re
eduction. A general de escription iss given of how
h this sh
hould be deerived from equipmentt
io
daata or from measurements in ope rating units.
This Specificcation speciifies also mmaterials and d installation aspects aand is intennded for the
e
at
in
nsulation Coontractor soo that he can n achieve thhe required noise reduuction
The Subconttractor shall take appro opriate prev
ventive mea asures and precautions to reduce e
peersonnel exxposure to mineral fibe er and crysstalline silica
a dust. Theese measurres shall be e
m
appproved by the Contractor.
2 E
EXCLUSION
or

This specificcation does not cove er the insu ulation of undergrounnd piping and a buried
d
nf
eqquipment. Insulation for

f fire prottection is specifically
s excluded frrom this sp pecification,,
accoustic insulation of equipment, such as large vesse els and maachinery an nd aspectss
co
ommon to thermal ins sulation, su ch as cladding, fasten ning, sealinng, surface protection,,
rI
sa
afety regula
ations and compatibility
c y of the poro
ous layer materials
m witth the enviro
onment.
3 D
DEFINITIO
ONS
Fo

3.1 D
DEFINITION
NS

Throughout this
t Document the follo
owing definiitions shall apply
Employer: Means G
GAZPROM NEFT
N Badra
a B.V..
C
Contractor: Means S amsung En
ngineering Co.
C Ltd.
Subcontracto
or: Means aany compan ny or perso
on to whom
m CONTRA
ACTOR hass
acted any part
subcontra p of the WORK.
W
Supplier: Means a any person, firm or company,

c w
which manuufacture orr
supply eq
quipment orr services fo
or the perfoormance of any item off
the WORRK.
P
Project: Means E PC CPF PH
HASE 2 AT BADRA OIILFIELD, IR
RAQ.

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

W
Work: Means thhe works annd/or servic
ces entrusteed by CON
NTRACTOR
R
under the
e Contract with
w EMPLO OYER.
3.2 S ONS
SPECIFIC DEFINITIO
D
P
Pipe: Unless tthe contextt indicates otherwise,, the word pipe also o
includes other pipin
ng compone ents such aas valves, fittings and
d
flanges.
A
Acoustic Insu
ulation: Acoustic insulation consists of one or moore layers of o a sound--
absorbingg material (the ’poro ous layer(s))’) and one or more e
impermea able layers (the ’cladd
ding'). It is applied to reduce the
e
noise rad
diated from the pipe.
Flow Resistivvity: The flow w resistivity

y of a poro ous materiial is defin ned as the e
n
pressure drop per unit thicknes ss of the maaterial for an
n air flow off
unit veloccity through the materia
al.
io
e expressed
It may be d as:
sample)
The dime at
Flow ressistivity = pressure
p drop / (air vvelocity * th
hickness off
ension of flow resistivity is Ns//m4 = Pa.s/m2 (also o

m
referred tto as Rayl/m
m)
NOTE: P Procedures s for deterrmining thee flow res sistivity are
e
described d in ISO 90553
or
In
nsertion Losss: Insertion loss (IL) is the differen
nce in the soound press sure level att
a given fixed pointt anywhere outside thhe influence range off
nf
noise so ources othe er than the pipe, bbefore and d after the e
acoustic insulatio
on has been fitted. It is not app propriate too
rI
express insertion loss as a single num mber such as dB(A))

because it varies with frequenc cy. It shall thherefore be
e quoted ass
decibels in octave ba ands (minim mum range 125 Hz to 8 KHz).
Fo
3.3 O
ORDER OF
F PRECED
DENCE

In
n the eventt of appare
ent technica
al conflict occurring
o n applying this specification and
in d
re
eference do
ocuments, th
he following
g order of prrecedence shall apply::
G Nationall Laws and Regulationss
G Purchasse Requisitio
on of Contra
actor(Note1
1)
G Data she
eets and Drrawings
G International codes and standa
ards as men
ntioned in th
his specificaation(Note2
2)
G Other Sp
pecification and standa
ards referen
nced in this specificatioon
ations from this specifiication and any other rreferenced documentss

Exceptions to and devia
hall not be implemente
sh i ed without w
written approoval by Conntractor.
N
Note1
N
No technical specification which cconflicts the
e contracto
or’s project specificatio
on shall be
e
de
efined here
ein.

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

N
Note2
For cases where req quirements of contra actor project specificcation is superior
s to
o
re
equirementss set forth in the cod es and sta
andards, the
e former shhall be con
nsidered ass
m
mandatory reequirement for the projject.
4 R
REFEREN
NCES

4.1 P
PROJECT SPECIFIC
S CATIONS A
AND PROC
CEDURES
G
GB090-2614
4-250-PI-SP
P-0002 – Piping Maaterial Speciification
G
GB090-2614
4-250-PI-SP
P-0001 – Piping Layyout and De esign Speci fication
G
GB090-2614
4-250-MT-SP-0002 – Internal Lining, Painting &Coatinng Specificaation
and Color Shades
S
G
GB090-2614
4-250-PI-RP
P-0002 – Noise Study
n
N
NACE RP 01
198 – The controol of corrosiion under thhermal insulation
and fireprooofing materials
io
4.2 A
AMERICAN
N SOCIETY
Y FOR TES
STING AN
ND MATER
RIALS – AS
STM
A
ASTM A167
and strip at
Stainlesss and heat-resisting ch
hromium-nicckel steel plate,
p sheett
m
A
ASTM A313M
M Stainlesss steel spring wire
or
A
ASTM A463 Steel She
eet, Cold Ro
olled, Aluminum-Coateed
A
ASTM A480M
M Flat-rolled
d stainless steel and heat resist ing steel plate, sheet,,
nf
and strip
A
ASTM A525 General Requireme ents for th
he Steel S
Sheets, Zinc Coated
d
rI
(Galvanizzed) by the Hot Deep Process

P
Fo
A
ASTM A580M
M Stainlesss Steel Wire
e
A
ASTM A653M
M Steel she
eet, Zinc-Cooated (galva
anized) or Z
Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated
d
(Galvaneealed) by the
e Hot-Dip Process
P
A
ASTM A924M
M General Requirements for Steel Sheet, M
Metallic Coa
ated by the
e
Hot Dip P
Process
A
ASTM B209 Aluminium
m - Alloy Sh
heet and Plate
A
ASTM C165 Measurin ssive Properties of Theermal Insula
ng Compres ations
A
ASTM C167 Fiberglass Material Density
D
A
ASTM C177 Steady-S
State Therm
mal Transmission Propeerties by Means of the
e
Guarded Hot Plate
A
ASTM C195 Mineral F
Fibre Therm
mal Insulating Cement

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

A
ASTM C240 Foam Gla
ass Density
y
A
ASTM C303 Density o
of Preformed Block Typ
pe Thermal Insulation
A
ASTM C411 hod for Hott -Surface Performance
Test meth P e of High Te
emperature
e
Thermal lnsulation
A
ASTM C449 Mineral F
Fiber Hydraulic-Setting Thermal Innsulating an
nd Finishing
g
Cement
A
ASTM C540 Prefabriccation and field fabrica
ation of theermal insulating fitting
g
covers ffor NPS piping,
p ves
ssel- lagginng, and dished-head d
segmentss
A
ASTM C533 Calcium S
Silicate 810
0ck and Pipe Thermal IInsulation
n
A
ASTM C547 Mineral F
Fibre Preforrmed Pipe In
nsulation
io
A
ASTM C552 Cellular G
Glass Block
k and Pipe Thermal
T Inssulation
A
ASTM C585 Inner an
at
nd Outer Diameters
D
Nominal Sizes of Pip
of
o Rigid TThermal Ins
pe and Tubing (NPS S
System)
sulation forr
m
A
ASTM C592 Mineral Fibre Blan nket Insula
ation and Blanket TypeT Pipe
e
n (Metal-Me
Insulation esh Covered
d) (Industriaal Type)
or
A
ASTM C610 Molded E
Expanded Perlite
P Block
k and Pipe T
Thermal Ins
sulation
nf
A
ASTM C612 Specifica
ation for Fibre Block 2 and
a Board ffor Thermal lnsulation
A
ASTM C680 Determinnation of Heat Gain n or Losss and the Surface e
rI
Tempera ature of Insu

ulated Pipe and Equippment Syste
ems by the
e
Use of a Computer program
p
Fo
A
ASTM C692 Evaluatinng the Influe
ence of Wicking Type T
Thermal Ins
sulations on
n
External Stress Co orrosion Crracking Teendency of Austeniticc
Stainlesss Steel
A
ASTM C795 Thermal lnsulation for
f Use in Contact
C Witth Austenitic Stainlesss
Steel
A
ASTM C871 Chemica l Analysis of Therma al lnsulationn Materials for Leach
h
Able Chlo
oride, Fluorride, Silicate
e, and Sodiuum lons
A
ASTM C892 High-Tem
mperature Fibre
F Blanke
et Thermal
A
ASTM C929 Handling , Transporrting, Shipping, Storaage, Rece eiving, and
d
on of Therm
Applicatio mal Insulation Materiaals for Use in Contactt
With Ausstenitic Stain
nless Steel
A
ASTM C1029
9 pplied Rigid Cellular Po
Spray-Ap olyurethanee Thermal In
nsulation

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

A
ASTM C591 Prefoame
ed Rigid Ce
ellular Polyis
socyanuratee(PIR), Gr 2,
2 Type IV
A
ASTM C1086
6 Glass Fib
bre Felt The
ermal Insula
ation
A
ASTM E84 Surface B
Burning Cha
aracteristics
s of Buildingg Materials
A
ASTM E162 Surface F
Flammability of Materia
als Using a Radiant He
eat Energy
Source
4.3 B
BRITISH ST
TANDARD
D INSTITUT SI
TION – BS
BS 476 PAR
RT 4 Non - Co
ombustibility
y Test for Materials.
M
BS 5970 o Pipework and Equipm

Thermal lnsulation of ment
n
4.4 IN
NTERNATIONAL ST
TANDARD –ISO
io
IS
SO 9053 Acousticcs; materialss for acousttical applicaations;
determinnation of airrflow resista
ance
5 H
HANDLlN

NG
at
m
5.1 P
PACKING AND
A SHIPPING

or
The Subcon ntractor shaall be solelyy responsibble for the adequacy oof the prep paration forr
hipment pro
sh ovisions witth respect tto materials
s and appliccation, and to provide equipmentt
nf
att the destina

ation in ex.w
works cond dition when handled by commerciaal carriers.
A
Adequate prrotection sh hall be proovided to prevent
p phy
ysical damaage and atmospheric
a c
daamage to insulation or weathe er proofingg materials in transitt and at the t jobsite..
rI
Preparation for shipment and paccking will be

P e subject to
o inspectionn and rejec
ction by thee
Employer’s / Contractor’s inspecto ors. AII cos
sts occasionned by suchh rejection shall be too
he account of
th o the Subc contractor.
Fo
5.2 P
PRESERVA
ATION AND
D STORAG
GE

In
nsulation ma aterials sha
all be proteccted to with hstand marittime transpportation and extended d
peeriods of sttorage at thhe jobsite fo for a minimum period of 18 montths. Materia als shall be
e
prrotected to safeguard against
a all aadverse env vironments such as: huumidity, mooisture, rain,,
duust, dirt, sand, mud, saalt air, salt sspray, and seawater.
s

6 G
GENERAL DESIG
GN

6.1 IN
NSULATIO
ON CODES
S

In
nsulation req
quirements shall be ide
entified usin
ng the follow
wing codes::
G HC = Heat Cons
servation
G AW = Heat Cons
servation to
o prevent flo
occulation of
o Wax
G PP = Personnel Protection
n

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

G CC = Cold Cons
servation
G AI = Acoustic Insulation
G AS = Anti Swea
at
n addition to
In o the insula
ation type, the insulattion thickness shall bee specified acc. to the
e
re
elevant table
es attached
d as Annex 2, below, e.g.:
G PP30 = Personn
nel Protectio
on Insulatio
on, 30 mm th
hickness
6.2 IN
NSULATIO
ON TYPE AND
A THICK
KNESS

The type an nd extent ofo insulationn requireme ents shall be
b as speccified on thhe P&ID(s),,
prrocess piping line an nd equipme ent list, eq
quipment drawings,
d ppiping isom
metrics and
d
in
nstrument list. Insulatio
on thicknesss charts haave been inncluded in the annex taking into
o
n
acccount the following
f emperaturess:
te
G Heat exchangers: Shell
S or tub
be side Maximum ope
erating tempperature, whichever
w iss
io
higher.
G Pipe and
d equipmen
nt: It’s Maxim
mum operatting temperrature (Max.. O.T.).
H
Heat tracer and
in
a
nsulation thickness. at
steam--out temperratures sha all not be us
sed to deteermine the appropriate
a e
m
P
Personnel protection
p shall
s be insstalled only
y in accesssible areas where the e Maximum m
perating tem
op mperature of
o piping wi ll exceed 60Ȕ and ab bove, will prresent a safety hazardd
or
be
ecause of location. Peersonnel pro
otection insulation shall extend upp to 2 meters verticallyy
nd 1 meterr away horiizontally fro
an om accessib ble areas. In general, vessels, exchangers,
e ,
pu
umps, misccellaneous equipment,, valves, flaanges and unions shaall not be in nsulated forr
nf
pe
ersonnel prrotection.
6.3 IN
NSULATIO
ON SUPPO
ORTS
rI

The maximu um width ofo the supp port shall be equal to the thicknness of the insulation..
Fo
In
nsulation su
upports for vertical
v ng shall be installed at the followinng locations
pipin s:
G 300 mm above the uppermost weld of an elbow or te
ee in a verticcal run of piping
G Bolt leng
gth plus 25 mm above vertical orie
ented flange
es
G Every 3 meters max
ximum of ve
ertical steel pipe elevation.
A
AII equipmen
nt insulation
n supports sshall be insttalled by the
e equipmennt Manufacturer.
7 IN
NSULATION AND
D ACCES
SSORY MATERIA
M ALS

7.1 G
GENERAL

- Materials for
f insulatioon, fastenin gs and jac
cketing shall be selectted from the materialss
deescribed be
elow, unless
s otherwise agreed by the principa
al.
- The amoun nt of leacha

able chloride sulation matterial (exceept for calciu
e in the ins um silicate))
beefore appliccation shall not exceed
d 10 mg/kg g. The pH of
o all insulattion materia als shall be
e

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

beetween 6 and
a 9 in the
e wet cond ition. For thhe chemicaal analysis oof insulation materialss
seee ASTM C 871. No flammable
f m
materials shall be atta
ached to thee insulation. Insulationn
m
materials sha all be free from
f asbesttos. AII insu
ulation mate
erials shall be stored in moisture--
prroof contain
ners. If the insulation
i b
becomes da amp, moist, or wet it shhall not be applied
a untill
in
nspected annd approved d by the Conntractor.
- Sheets of metal
m jacke
et shall be kkept dry to prevent sta aining. Masstics shall be
b stored inn
acccordance with
w the Ma anufacturer’ s recomme ended tempe erature andd conditions.
A
AII material shall comply with the relevant BS S or ASTM standards “Write Up / Sketchess
ettc.” pertaining to "Insullation for El ectrically Traced Liness / Equipmeents". The tootal contentt
off sulphur coompound in insulation m material sha all not exceed 1.59 %.
7.1.1 SERVICE CO
S ONDITIONS
S

n
Innsulation shhall be suiitable for d
desert loca ation under high ambbient tempe erature andd
hu umidity. The atmospheere at the fa
acility is gen
nerally dustty and corroosive and may
m contain n
io
trraces of hyd
drogen sulphide.
Thermal insulation sha all in all resspects to beb suitable for continuuous opera ation in the
e
/sservice condditions
7.2 IN
NSULATIO
ON MATER
RIALS
at
m

7.2.1 M
MINERAL FIIBRE

or
M
Mineral fibree shall be manufacturred from mineral
m sub
bstances suuch as rock or glass,,
prrocessed frrom a molten state into
o fibrous form
m.
nf
7.2.1.1 R
ROCK WOO
OL BLANKE
ETS

rI
The insulatio
on shall be
e in accord
dance with ASTM C 592,
5 type 111, with the following
g
am
mendmentss:
G The insu
Fo
ulation shall be made out binder. The minimum densityy

e of molten rock witho
shall be 70 kg/ี
G The insu
ulation shall be suitable
e for use up
p to 600Ȕ.
G The therrmal conduc
ctivity shall be maximu Ȕ (mean te
um 0.065W//mK at 200Ȕ emperature
e)
G The insuulation shall have one side stitched with gallvanized wi re or glass yarn on to o
0.3~0.9 mm galva anized wire mesh of 15, 20 or 25 mm heexagonal pattern. p Onn
stainlesss steel pipin
ng and equ uipment, aluuminized stteel or stainnless steel wire mesh h
e. But if staiinless steel wire mesh is used on
shall be applied usiing stainlesss steel wire n
both sidee, then alum
minized stee el cannot be
e used as option.
o
G Insulatio
on for vesse
els and equ
uipment shall be supp
plied in insuulation Man
nufacturer’ss
standardd dimensionns.
G The mineral wool mattress
m sha
all be faced with stainle
ess steel wi re mesh on
n both sidess.
7.2.1.2 R
ROCK WOO
OL PREFOR
RMED PIPE
E SECTION
NS

The insulatio
on shall be
e in accorda
ance with ASTM
A C 54
47, Type 1 11, with th
he following
g

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

am
mendment.
G The insu
ulation shall consist o
of rock woo
ol and shall be made rigid with an organicc
binder. The
T minimum density sshall be 100
0 kg/ี.
G The insu
e for use up
p to 600Ȕ.
G The theermal cond
ductivity s hall be maximum
m 0.065
0 W/m
mK at 200
0Ȕ (mean
n
tempera
ature).
G The leng
gth of the insulation ssections shall be supp
plied in insuulation Man
nufacturer'ss
standard
d dimension
ns
7.2.1.3 R
ROCK WOO
OL PREFOR
RMED BOA
ARDS / SLA
ABS

The insulatio
on shall be dance with ASTM C 612,
e in accord 6 Type IV, with the following
g
n
mendmentss:
am
G The insu
ulation shall consist o ol and shall be made rigid with an organicc
of rock woo
io
binder. The
T minimum density sshall be 100
0 kg/ี.
G The insu
at
e for use up
p to 600Ȕ
G The theermal cond
m 0.068
0 W/m
mK at 200
0Ȕ (mean
n
m
tempera
ature).
G Insulatio
on for vesse
els and eq uipment sh
hall be supplied in Maanufacturer's standard
d
dimensioons.
or

7.2.1.4 G
GLASS WOO
OL BLANK
KETS
nf

The insulatio
on shall be dance with ASTM C 592, Type 1, with the following
e in accord g
mendmentss:
am
rI
G The insu

ulation shalll be made of molten glass witho
out binder. The minimum densityy
shall be 50 kg/ี
Fo
G The insu

e for use up
p to 500Ȕ,
G The theermal cond
m 0.062
0 W/m
mK at 200
0Ȕ (mean
n
tempera
ature),
G The insuulation shall have one side stitched with gallvanized wi re or glass yarn on to o
0.3-0.9 mm galvan nized wire mesh of 15, 20 or 25 mm heexagonal pattern. p On
n
stainlesss steel pipin
ng and equuipment, alu uminized stteel or stainnless steel wire mesh
h
shall be applied using stainlesss steel wire
e.
G Insulatio
on for vesse
els and eq uipment sh
hall be supplied in Maanufacturer's standard
d
dimensioons
7.2.1.5 G
GLASS WOO
OL PREFO
ORMED PIP
PE SECTION
NS

The insulatio
on shall be
e in accorda
ance with ASTM
A C 54
47, Type 1 11, with th
he following
g
mendmentss:
am
G The insu of glass wool and shall be madee rigid with an organicc
T minimum density sshall be 50 kg/ี.
binder. The

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

G The insu
e for use up
p to 450Ȕ.
G The the
ermal cond
ductivity sh
hall be ma
aximum 0..065 W/mK Ȕ
K at 200Ȕ (mean
n
tempera
ature).
G The leng
gth of insula
ation s-ectio
ons shall be
e 1 m.
7.2.1.6 G
GLASS WOO
OL PREFO
ORMED BOA
ARDS / SL
LABS

The insulatio
on shall be dance with ASTM C 612,
e in accord 6 Type 11, with the following
g
mendmentss:
am
G The insu
of glass wool and shall be madee rigid with an organicc
T minimum density sshall be 60 kg/ี
binder. The
G The insu
e for use up
p to 450Ȕ.
n
G The theermal cond
ductivity sh
hall be maximum
m 0.065
0 W/m
mK at 200
0Ȕ. (mean
n
io
tempera
ature).
G The inssulation forr vessels a
and equipm
ment shall be suppli ed in Man
nufacturer'ss
7.2.2 C
standard
d dimension
CALCIUM SILICATE PR
ns
REFORME D BLOCKS
S AND PIPE at
E SECTION
NS
m

For calcium silicate insu ulation, the chloride co
ontent and the
t inhibitinng compoun nds used to
o
or
nhibit stresss corrosion cracking sshall be in accordance
in a e with ASTM M C 795. However,
H itt
shhould be no oted that un
nder adversse environm mental conditions thesee inhibiting compounds
c s
m
may be leacched from th on material with time and
he insulatio a permannent protecttion againstt
nf
coorrosion ma ay not be affforded.

The insulatio on shall bee in accord dance with ASTM C 533,5 Type 11, with the following g
ammendmentss:
rI
G The insulation sha

all be suita
able for use
e up to 65
50Ȕ. The ddensity sha
all average
e
200kg/m
m3 with a miinimum of 1
175 kg/ี
Fo
G The theermal conductivity sshall be maximum

m K at 200Ȕ. (mean
0.079W/m.K n
tempera
ature).
G Blocks for
f vessels
s and equi pment sha
all be supp
plied in Maanufacturer's standard
d
dimensio
ons.
G Insulatio
on for piping
g shall be ssupplied in two-piece
t sectional or multi-piece
e segmentall
form. Thhe number of segmen nts shall be kept to a minimum m. The leng gth of each
h
insulatio or piping sh all be 1 m.
on section fo
7.2.3 SPRAYED RIGID

S R POLY
YURETHAN
NE FOAM (PUF)

The compon nents of the
e foam shaall produce a complete
e fire-retarddant system
m. The fire--
etardant age
re ents shall be
b of non-miigrating type.
The insulatio
on materiall shall be in accordance with ASTM
A C 10029, Type 3, with the e
ollowing amendments:
fo
G The insu
e for use up
p to 90Ȕ.
G The min
nimum dens
sity shall b ี with a minimum com
be 50 kg/ี mpressive strength off

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

2 kg/ะ (200 kpa).
ctivity shall be maximu Ȕ.
um 0.023 W/mK at 200Ȕ
G The pH shall
s be bettween 6 and
d 9 in wet condition.
c
G The ave
erage closed
d cell conte
ent shall be 80% by vo olume with a minimum of 80% byy
volume of any sam
mple. The ceell structure
e shall be uniform and free from major
m voidss
and bubbles.
7.2.4 PREFORME
P ED RIGID CELLULAR POLYISOC
CYANURAT
TE (PIR)
The insulatio
on shall be
e in accord
dance with ASTM C 591,
5 Type IV, with the following
g
mendmentss:
am
G The insu
e for use up
p to 150Ȕ.
n
G The min
nimum dens
sity shall b ี with a minimum com
be 32 kg/ี mpressive strength off
io
150kPa
ctivity shall be maximu Ȕ
um 0.027 W/mK at 10Ȕ
7.2.5 C
CERAMIC FIBRE BLAN

NKETS
at
m
The ceramicc fibre shall be refracttory oxides g primarily oof alumina and silica,,
s consisting
prrocessed frrom a molten state into
o fibrous form
m without binder.
b
or
The insulatio on materiall shall be in accordance with ASTM
A C 8992, Grade 6, with the e
fo
ollowing amendments:
G The insu
e for use up
p to 1150Ȕ.
nf
G The min

nimum density shall b ี with a th
be 96 kg/ี hermal connductivity off maximum
m
Ȕ. (mean te
rI
0.09 W/m
mK at 450Ȕ emperature))
7.2.6 E-GLASS FIIBER

Fo

The material shall cons sist of 100 % glass fib
ber needled
d into insullation felts. Propertiess
hall be in acccordance with
sh w followin ng amendmments:
G Chlorine
e content of E-Glass fib
ber shall be below 50 ppm.
p
G The minimum density of E-Gla all be 180 kg/m3.
ass fiber sha
G The therrmal conduc Ȕ
um 0.042W/m.K at 70Ȕ
ctivity shall be maximu
W
When it is used
u as ins
sulation ma
aterial for pre-insulate
p ed tube. PV
VC Jacket shall be in
n
acccordance with
w followinng amendm ments:
G Physicall property must
m meet A
ASTM D104 d specificat ion for PVC
47 Standard C Jacket forr
Wire and
d Cable.
G PVC jaccket shall ha
ave flame-re
esistance and heat-sho
ock resistannce.
7.3 FA G MATERIALS
ASTENING

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

G
Galvanized steel
s materrials shall n ever be used for faste
ening insulaation to stainless steell
piiping and eq
quipment

7.3.1 BINDING WIRE
B

W
Wire shall be
e of 1 mm diameter
d ausstenitic stainless steel (AISI 304).
7.3.2 B
BAND

The band maaterial for strapping ba stance ring bands sha ll be a minimum of 0.5
ands and dis 5
m
mm thick and
d be of 10 mmm to 20 m mm wide stainless steel (AISI 304) .

7.3.3 S
SELF-TAPPING SCREW
WS
n

Sell-tapping screws shaall be 4.8 mm ong monel, stainless stteel or hard
m diameterr x 12 mm lo d
io
alluminum with slotted pan
p head or round head d.
at
7.3.4 R
RIVETS

R
Rivets shall be
b stainless
s steel, mon
nel or hard aluminum and
a of the eexpanding ty
ype, having
g
m
a minimum diameter
d of 5 mm.

or

7.3.5 CLIPS AND QUICK-RE
C ELEASE TO
OGGLES

nf
C
Clips and quuick-release
e toggles sshall be of stainless stteel or alumminium. Quuick-releasee
to
oggle fasten
ners for sec
curement off removable e boxes sha all be of sppring shackle lock type
e
rI
annd shall be
e sized commmensurate e with the weight
w of th
he box conccerned. They shall be e
sp
pot-welded to the stain
nless steel b
bands whichh are to be incorporateed in the box
x design
Fo
7.3.6 EXPANDER SPRINGS

Expander tyype bands shall be off a stainles
ss steel typ
pe, and cappable of re
emaining in
n
ension durin
te ng heating and
a cooling cycles experienced in normal opeeration.

7.3.7 B
BREATHER SPRINGS

Breather sprrings for ba
ands shall b
be of a sta
ainless stee
el type and capable off remaining
g
un
nder tension during the
e heating an
nd cooling cycles
c expe
erienced in nnormal operation

7.3.8 S
SUPPORT RINGS
R

Support ringss for metal sheeting sh
hall be made of:
G 1.5 x 25 mm carbon
n steel strip
p for an outs
side diamete
er of insulattion up to 125 mm.
G 3 x 25 mm
m carbon steel strip ffor an outsiide diamete
er of insulattion above 125
1 mm up
p
to 760 mm
m

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

G 5 x 30 mm
m carbon steel
s strip fo
or an outsid
de diameter of insulatioon above 76
60 mm
7.4 M
METALLIC JACKETING

N
No flammablle materialss are allowe
ed for the metal jacketin
ng.
In
n areas with f hazard,, only aluminized steel or stainlesss steel she
h potential fire eeting shalll
bee used.
A
Aluminium can be used d over insul ation of pip
ping and equipment witth a surface
e (process))
te
emperature up to 650Ȕ Ȕ. Above 6 650Ȕ, alum minized steeel or stainlesss steel cla
adding shalll
bee used.
G
Galvanized anda aluminium sheetin g shall not be used over insulationn on or nea ar austeniticc
sttainless steeel and/or austenitic nickel stee el alloy pip
ping and eqquipment. Galvanized d
shheeting is vulnerable
v to
o corrosion in coastal and
a arid areeas; attentioon shall alsoo be turnedd
n
to
o the flare in
n case of co
orrosive exhhaust fumes s.
io
7.4.1 M
METALLIC JACKETING
J G

at
M
Metallic jacke
eting materrials shall be
e one of the
e following:
G Aluminiu
um:
Aluminiu
um jacketing shall be half hard quality meetting ASTM B209M, alloy 3003 orr
m
3105, temper H 14 or H 24 wit h factory bo
onded moisture barrierr.
G Aluminizzed Steel:
or
The ma aterial shalll be Alumiinized Stee
el Type 2, coating ddesignation T2-100 in
n
accordance with AS STM A463.
G Stainless Steel:
nf
The sheet shall be in accordan

nce with AS
STM A167, Type
T 304 orr 316.
G Galvanizzed Steel:
rI
The sheet shall be in accordan

nce with AS
STM A924; hot-dip
h galvvanized to ASTM
A A653
3
coating designation
d n Z350
Fo
7.4.2 S OF SHEETS
THICKNESS

The thicknesss of the she
eets shall b
be as follows
s:
Nominal pipe diamete

er Thick
kness of she
eets in mm
NPD)
(N Aluminized
A steel
s
Alumi nium Staainless stee
el
Galvanized
G steel
s
Up to 150 mm
m (6'’) 0. 6 0.55 0.4
Over 150 to
o 750 mm 0. 8 0.75 0.5
Over 750 mm
m 1. 0 1.0 0.6
7.4.3 PROFILES OF
P O SHEETS
S FOR VES
SSELS, EQ
QUIPMENT AND
A PIPIN
NG

V
Vertical equipment/vess
sels over 10
000 mm dia
ameter shall use corruggated sheetts with 16.0
0
mm. 3 mm
m o 64 mm 3 mm.
m. deep corrrugations wiith a pitch of
V
Vertical equiipment/vess
sels over 1 000 mm diameter with h stiffener rrings shall use sheetss
ass above but with lengths modified
d to minimiz ze cutting, subject
s to thhe specified
d length nott

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

exxceeding 3..0 m.
V
Vertical equipment/vess sels up to 1 000 mm diameter and d all horizonntal equipment/vesselss
sh
hall use flatt sheets.
D
Dished top heads
h of ve pment/vessels, dished bottom heaads of skirtt supported
ertical equip d
ve
essels and dished end heads of h horizontal eq
quipment/ve essels shalll use flat sh
heets.
For protectivve removab ble covers, where req quired for a specific aapplication, flat sheetss
hall be used
sh d.
Flat sheets shall
s be useed on piping
g.
acket shall be applied with minimu
Ja um circumfeerential lap of 50mm.
7.5 IN
NSULATIO
ON BOXES
S FOR OUT
TDOORS

In
nsulation bo oxes fabricaated of shee n installed i nside the box
et metal witth insulation b shall be e
cu
ustom fabrricated for use over flanges, fla anged valv ves, pumpss, and othe er irregularr
n
su
urfaces in cases whe ere remova ability is re
equired and d removablle covers will w not be e
su
uitable.
io
The Subcon ntractor sha all submit th he construc ction detailss to the Coontractor foor approvall
beefore initiattion of fabrrication. Inssulation boxxes shall co omply with the flowing g minimumm
re
equirementss:
G The boxx shall hav ve an integ
adjacentt pipe insula
ation. at
gral metal flashing
f extending at least 50 mm
m on the
e
m
G The jointts of the me
etal box secctions shall be similar to a Pittsburrgh type sea
am c.
G The boxxes for valve
es shall covver the bonn
net flange.
or
G The boxxes shall be e constructe
ed with 1.0 mm thick metal sheeet. The box shall have
e
stainlesss steel latch
hes and a m
metal identification tag.
G The insulation sha
nf
all be of thhe same type and thickness as the adjace ent pipe orr
equipme ent insulatio
on. Insulatio
on shall be installed
i in such a wayy so that no
o gaps existt
at the jo
oints when the
t box is cclosed. The e insulation in the boxx shall be fa
aced with a
rI
0.15 mmm thick alumminium foil aand securedd with pins spaced
s on 2230 mm cen ntres
7.6 R
REMOVABLE INSUL
LATION CO
OVERS
Fo

R
Removable insulation covers sha all be insttalled on fllanges, flannged valve
es, pumps,,
in
nstrumentation, impulse
e tube / pip
pe or similarr equipmentt and when so stated on
o pertinentt
drrawings.
7.6.1 M
MINIMUM REQUIREME
ENTS

R
Removable covers
c shall be fabrica ted to confo
orm to the following mi nimum requ
uirements.
G Maximum m operatingg temperatu ure up to 2550Ȕ
Remova able covers shall be m manufacture ed using a quilted connstruction ofo a 50 mm m
thick of insulation
i positioned beetween two o layers of Teflon
T coateed fibreglass
s cloth.
The matterials of construction sstarting from
m the hot lacce surface sshall be:
0.33 mm m Thick Tefflon coated fibreglass cloth. Thermal insulattion, 50 mm m thick 0.33
3
mm thickk Teflon coa ated fibregla
ass cloth.
G Maximum m operating
g temperatu
ure above 250Ȕ
Remova able covers shall be m
manufacture ed using a quilted
q con struction off a 75 mm..
thicknesss of insula
ation posit ioned betw
ween two layers of ccoated fibrreglass the e

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

materialss of construuction startinng from thee hot surface
e shall be:
Fibre glaass cloth designed
d fo
or high temperature re esistance Thhermotex 6006 type orr
approved equivalen nt.
er of insulattion shall be
First laye e a mechan nically bound glass libree to 25 mm thick.
Second layer of1 insulation sha all be rock or
o glass fibrre to 50 mmm thick.
0.33 mm m thick Tefloon coated fi breglass clo oth.
7.6.2 IN
NSULATING
G MATERIA
AL

G The high ure insulati on material shall be a mechaniccally bound glass fibre
h temperatu e
comprise
ed of 100 percent Ty pe E glass s, fabricated
d in needleed mat form
m, having a
density of ี and opera
o 120 kg/ี ational at te
emperatures
s of up to 5338Ȕ.
G Silicone impregnate
ed fibreglasss cloth sha
all have a weight
w of 0.554kg/ั and contain a
n
minimumm of 25 perc
cent silicone
e by weightt.
G AII mate
erials shall be
b quilted to
ogether on a maximumm of 230mmm centres with stainlesss
io
steel quit anchors. Outer seam ms shall be
e fastened together
t witth hog rings or Velcro
o
aced on 25 mm centress.
type spa
at

7.6.3 FA
ABRICATIO
ON

m
A removable e cover ins sulation sysstem shall be
b made of o a minimuum numberr of pieces..
Jo
oints shall be
b arranged d to elimina
ate any wate er penetration into the insulation. The weightt
or
off any single
e piece of th
he cover shaall not exceed 23 kilograms.
G Insulatio
on covers shhall be con structed so
o that their natural
n m is positio
seam oned on the
e
gravitatio
onal bottom
m of the fittin
ng.
nf
G The various parts of

o covers sh all be assembled using
g Teflon coaated yarn.
G Insulatio
on covers shall
s fit tigh
htly over fitttings and protrusions
p and shall be held in
n
rI
place with
w Velcro Glassfabricc straps and stainles ss steel buuckles. The
e insulation
n
covers shall
s be of a sufficiennt width to overlap the e adjacent weatherpro oofing by a
minimum m of 125 mmm on each sside of the fitting.
f
Fo
G Each pieece of a reemovable ccover shall have an embossed m metal tag permanently
p y
attachedd with appliicable inforrmation suc
ch as equip
pment or piipe line number, size,,
rating, and fitting type.
t
G Remova
able covers for valves sshall cover the
t body, bonnet, and flanges as applicable.
G Remova
able covers shall be De
ecamat type
e or approve
ed equivaleent.
7.7 V
VAPOR BA
ARRIERS

In
nsulation syystems tha at operate below the ambient dew d point temperaturre shall be e
prrotected froom the inwa ard permea ation of mo oisture. As a measure of resistan nce againstt
m
moisture pen netration, an
a additiona al vapor ba arrier is add
ded betweeen insulating materialss
annd metal jaacket. The vapor
v barrieer can be sheet
s materrial or vaporr barrier ma
astic that iss
appplied to the
e outside suurface of th e insulation
n.
V
Vapor barrier shall have
e a water vaapor transm
mission ratin
ng less thann 1.6 metric
c perms perr
A
ASTM E96 when
w testedd at 23°C. F
Fabric reinfo
orcement off elastomeriic coatings is required..
A metal jacke
et does not qualify as a vapor barrrier.

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

N
Non setting joint
j sealerr is used to
o seal the jo
oints of sing
gle-layer inssulation and the outerr
la
ayer of multilayer systems.
8 G
GENERAL APPLIC
CATION REQUIR
REMENTS
S

8.1 G
GENERAL

In
nsulation materials shaall not be aapplied if th
he moisture content is more than n the stated
d
ammount given in the Manufacturer’ss application data.
Surfaces to be
b insulated d shall be cclean, free of
o oil, grease
e, dirt, and moisture. AII
A specified d
cooatings sha
all be applie
ed and allo owed to curre before proceeding w with the ap
pplication off
in
nsulation ma
aterials.
8.2 U
UN-INSULA
ATED SUR
RFACES
n

io
The following items sh
hall not be insulated unless
u othe
erwise noteed on the drawings
d orr
erein:
he
G Code insspection pla
at
ates
G Drains
G Dummy supports
m
G Flanges and flanged valves in hydrogen service
s (see
e note)
G Internallyy insulated piping and vessel com
mponents
or
G Name pllates

G Stampin
ngs
nf
G Steam trraps

G Unions (except
( insttrument line
e unions)
rI
G Weep ho
oles
G Vents
Fo
G Strainerss
G Gauges
G Low presssure condensate pipin
ng
N
Note: For all services re
eleasing hyydrogen (e.g
g. H2S serv vice) insulattion will not be applied
d
on
n flanges and
a flanged
d valves, if stipulated in the “Piping Materiaal Specificattion" or thee
“P
Piping Classs Summary y".
8.3 S
STAINLESS
S STEEL SURFACE
S ES

Stainless Steeel surfacess shall be prrepared for insulation as
a follows:
Ite
ems that have
h been exposed o of a salty atmosphere
a e during traansit storag
ge or afterr
errection shaall be thorooughly wasshed with potable wa ater containning less than
t 2ppmm
chhlorides. Th
he surfaces shall be thooroughly drried.
In
nsulation shhall be stopp
ped short off un-insulate
ed flange coonnections.. The distannce shall be
e
th
he length off the flangee bolt plus 2
25 mm to allow
a removval of the b olts withoutt damagingg
th
he adjacent insulation.

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

AAlso austen
nitic Stainless steel sha
all be painted as per NACE
N RP01198 and GBB090-2614--
2550-MT-SP-00002 INTE ERNAL LIN NING, PAIN NTING &CO OATING S SPECIFICAT TION AND D
C
COLOR SHA ADES. The Stainless steel can suffer
s from ESCC(Exteernal Stress
s Corrosion
n
C
Cracking). Protective
P co
oating and system sha all be used to prevent ESCC fromm Stainlesss
stteel.
8.4 P
PRESSURE
E TESTING
G CONSID
DERATION
NS

V
Vertical surfa
aces shall be
b insulated d only after pressure
p testing.
H
Horizontal surfaces sho ould be inssulated afte er pressure testing. H owever, they may be e
in
nsulated beefore pressuure testing upon Conttractor’s approval provvided the in nsulation iss
te
emporarily held
h back a minimum distance off 150 mm on o either sidde of welds s, threaded,,
orr bolted con
nnections. After
A compl etion of preessure testing, all misssing insulation shall be
e
in
nstalled andd appropriately weatherrproofed.
n
In
nsulation thiickness sha
all be as speecified in the annex below.
io
8.5 V
VALVES AN
ND FLANG
GES

V
Valves and flanges
f ope
prroduct mayy solidify, sh
at
erating abovve 70Ȕ, orr in a servic
hall be proviided with re
ce, at any teemperature
emovable in
e where the
nsulation coovers or box
e
xes. Flange
e
m
m
mating facess shall be protected w with a remo ovable flange protectioon made ofo AISI 3166
sttainless ste
eel. Up to 250Ȕ, tigh htness may y be reinforrced with a double Teflon
T band
d
appplied on the
t inner la
ace of remo
ovable flangge protectio
on. Drainagge outlets shall
s be an
n
or
in
ntegral partt of the rem movable co
over designn so that leaks may be visually y detected..
Flanges in services ope erating abovve 70Ȕ tha at are not in
nsulated in insulated piping,
p shalll
nf
allso be provided with a weather prootection cov

ver of stainlless steel shheet metal.
9 IN
NSULATION OF PIPING
P
rI

9.1 IN
NSULATIO
ON APPLIC
CATION

Fo
Single layerr pipe insulation sha all be app plied in a staggered circumferrential jointt
arrrangementt. Multiple la
ayer pipe in
nsulation shhall be appllied with alll joints stag
ggered. The
e
fo
ollowing cha
art details when
w single or multiple layer insula
ation shall bbe used.
NPS Maaximum opeerating Number of insulation Position of longitudiinal joints

tem
mperature range layers (clock poositions)
260Ȕ
Ȕ 1 3 and 9
8”
Inside laayer: 4 and 10
260Ȕ
Ȕ 2
outside llaver: 3 and
d9
10” 538Ȕ
Ȕ 2
AII Hot laye r: 5 and 11

5 3
sizes Middle laayer: 4 and 10

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

Outside layer:3 and
d9
The circumfe erential joints of multip

ple layer inssulation systems shall be staggereed 150 mmm
frrom the circumferential joints of anny adjacent preceding or succeed ing layer.
Innsulation sh
hall be secured with w wire or ban nds (15 mm m wide) upp to 8" NPS S, and with
h
ba ands (20 mm
m wide) fo or sizes 10"" NPS and above. Wirre and bandds shall be spaced on n
30 00 mm ma aximum centres. Sec urement off fittings sh hall be as required tot hold thee
in
nsulation seegments tog gether tightlyy, but as a minimum
m ea
ach extremee shall be secured.
s
9.2 IN
NSULATIO
ON EXPAN
NSION JOINTS (SING
GLE LAYE
ER CALCIU
UM SILlCA
ATE)

nsulation exxpansion jo
In oints shall b be installed in single layer calciuum silicate systems to o
coompensate for pipe ex xpansion. E Expansion jo oints shall be
b 25 mm w wide (after installation))
n
annd consist of
o a 50mm wide piece of mineral fibre, circumferentiallyy applied ov ver the pipe e
seeparating two
t adjaceent section ns of calcium silicate. The m ineral fibre e shall be e
io
coompressed to 50 perce ent of its orriginal width
h. The outerr surface off the minera
al fibre shalll
bee flush with
h the calcium
m silicate innsulation. In
n the Maximmum operatiing tempera ature range e
off 100Ȕ to 260Ȕ, a minimum
in
w
m
ntervals for straight run
n carbon ste
at
off one expansion joint shall be innstalled at 3.65 meterr
eel and at 2.75
2 meter intervals
when single layer calcium silicate insulation is specified
i forr stainless steel
d. Also in thhis same te
s piping
emperature
g
e
m
ra
ange an expansion joint shall be installed on each side e of a pipe elbow, tee e, or stub-in
n
w
when the piping chang ges directio
on and will continue on
o for a m minimum dis stance of 5
or
m
meters.
9.3 P
PIPE SUPP
PORT CRA
ADLES
nf

The bottom portion of cradle insu ulation shall be a load bearing tyype insulatio on such ass
rI
hiigh density calcium silicate.

Expansion jo oints for single layer innsulation sysstems shall be installeed on both sides
s of the
e
crradle.
Fo
M
Multiple laye
er insulationn systems: C Circumferenntial joints of
o cradle annd pipe insu
ulation shalll
bee staggeredd by a minimmum of two o times the total
t insulation thicknesss on both sides
s of the
e
crradle. The circumferen
c ntial joint in the outer layer shall be
b at a disttance of 1550 mm from m
th
he cradle.
9.4 P
PIPE EXPA
ANSION JO
OINTS

Bellows type e pipe expansion jointss shall be in nsulated witth mineral ffibre blankeet insulation
n
suupplied with
h stainless steel
s wire m
mesh on eac ch side of th
he insulationn.
P
Pipe insulation shall te erminate 1 50 mm be efore the expansion
e bbellows. Mineral fibre e
nsulation sh
in hall be insta
alled over tthe bellow’s s protective
e cover andd overlap th he adjacentt
piipe insulation by a minimum
m of 225 mm on o both sid des. The m mineral fibree insulationn
hickness shall be the same as the
th e adjacent pipe
p insulation. The lonngitudinal jo
oint shall be
e
la
aced tightly with stainle
ess steel wirre so that no gaps exisst. The insullation shall be secured d
in
n place with stainless steel
s bands positioned on either en nd of the inssulated belllows.
W
Weatherproo ofing shall be
b applied o over the inssulated exppansion joinnt bellows and shall be e
m
marked as fo ollows:

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

ęD
DO NOT STE
EP ON - IN SULATED PIPE EXPA
ANSION JO
OINT"
9.5 W
WEATHERPROOFING APPLlC
CATION

Ja acket sectio on shall be overlapped d a minimum of 50 mm m width, arrranged to shed
s water,,
an nd located over the pipe
p side. O
Overlaps sh hall be staggered Pipee jacketing on calcium m
siilicate insullation shall be secure ed with ban nds spaced on 300 m mm maximu um centres,,
ea ach overlap p shall be baanded.
P
Pipe jacketin ng on minerral wool inssulation sha all be securred with scrrews or ban nds spaced d
on n 150 mm maximum
m centres.
M
Metal jacketiing over vertical pipe o on calcium silicate insu ulation shal l be supporrted on 100 0
m
mm long S-cclips. The minimum
m nuumber of S-clips
S shall be two forr pipe sizess up to and d
in
ncluding 6" NPS,
N and four for pippe sizes oveer 6" NPS.
The pipe fittiing covers shall
s be tig htly fastene
ed with scre ews spacedd on 75 mm m maximum m
n
ce entres. Ove erlaps shall be 50 m mm wide and a arranged to shedd water. WhereW it iss
im
mpractical to t maintainn the 50 m mm overlap, the overlapped jackkets shall be b secured d
io
toogether with h screws sppaced on 75 5 mm centre es.
A
AII pipe fitting covers on n calcium siilicate insulaation shall be
b banded oon each exttreme.
A watertight metal term
In
w
nsulation att each termination sha
with one cllip at the overlap. T at
mination covver shall be
all be “squa
Termination
e installed where
are cut." Ba
w pipe insulation terminates..
and clips shhall be equa
n covers shall
s be w
ally spaced
with a band at each
d
h
m
ciircumferential overlap anda sheet m metal screw ws spaced ono 75 mm ceentres.
Flashing com mpound sha all be applieed at all pos
ssible sources of moistuure penetra ation.
Irrregularly sh haped surfa
aces, which cannot be suitably weatherproofeed with metal jacketing g,
or
sh hall be finisshed with a 15 mm tthick layer of finishing g cement. A 4 mm th hick coat off
w
weatherproo ofing masticc with reinfo orcing fabriic shall be applied ovver the cure ed cement..
This finish shall extend d at least 50 0 mm unde er the adjac cent metal jjacketing. No
N porosityy
nf
sh hall exist in the weatheerproofing m mastic when n dry.

Sheet metall screws fo or fastening g the meta al weatherp proofing shhall have a neoprene e
rI
w
washer unde er its head.
10 IN
NSULATION OF VESSELS
V S AND EQUIPME
E ENT
Fo

10.1 IN
NSULATIO
ON APPLlC
CATION

In
nsulation on vessels and tubula ar equipme ent shall be
b applied in a staggered jointt
arrrangementt and to fit the contou
ur so that no gaps aree evident. T
The insulatio
on shall be
e
ecured in place with ba
se ands space d on 450 mm
m centres.
Banding of insulation over

o ads of horizontal equiipment andd top heads
the hea s of verticall
quipment shall be as fo
eq ollows:
G A floatin
ng ring, large enough tto clear the centre noz
zzle flange, if one exis
sts, shall be
e
made froom 6 mm diiameter sta inless steel rod.
G The ring
g shall be placed in the centre of th
he head.
G A girth ring, made from
f two baands shall be
b installed on the shel l at approxiimately 150
0
mm belo ow the tangent line of t he head.
G Bands shall be run radially from
m the floatin
ng ring to th
he girth ringg.
G The radiial bands sh
hall be spacced at 300 mm
m maximu
um centres on the girth
h ring.

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B
U
Unexposed bottom
b head ds and conees on verticcal vessels and tubularr equipmentt shall have e
th
he blanket innsulation shhaped so thhat all sectio
ons are tighht and securred with wirre to slotted
d
w
weld pins or blank nuts.
V
Vessel and tubular
t equipment trannsitions sha all have the insulation applied with all edgess
se
ecurely laceed together with wire.
V
Vessels and tubular eq quipment stiiffener rings s shall be insulated. TThe insulatioon shall bee
appplied with all edges securely la aced togeth her with wire. The inssulation shall also be e
se
ecured in place with a band in the e centre of each
e stiffene
er ring.
In
nsulation sh
hall be applied behind tthe name pllate mountin ng bracket, when poss sible.
Fixing detailss of insulatio
on material s on static equipment
e shall
s be as per GB0900-2614-250--
M
MS-ST-0001_ STANDA ARD CONST TRUCTION N DRAWING GS FOR PR RESSURE
EQUIPMENT TS.
10.2 W
WEATHERPROOFING APPLIC
CATION
n

io
V
Vessel and tubular eq quipment sshells shall be weath herproofed with metall jacketing..
V
Vertical overrlaps of non n-corrugated d metal jac cket sections shall be a minimum of 50 mm..
C
Circumferenttial overlap ps at the to op tangent lines, trans sitions, andd stiffeners shall be a
m
minimum of 150 mm.
A
at
AII other circcumferential overlaps sshall be a minimum
m of 50
5 mm.
m
M
Metal jacketting overlap ps and sea ms shall be e arranged to shed w water. Seam ms shall be e
w
water and we eather tight.
In
nsulation on n the head ds and tran nsitions sha all be weattherproofedd with meta al jacketing
g
or
fa
abricated froom gores shaped to fitt and lapped a minimum of 75 mm m to ensure e a weatherr
tig
ght construction. The gores shalll be secure ed with scre ews spacedd on 75 mm m maximum m
ceentres. AII overlaps
o on
n the top hea ad shall hav ve sealant.
nf
O
On vertical vessels
v andd equipmen nt, S-clips shall be used to keep tthe jacket sheets
s from
m
slliding down. S-clips sh hall be fabriccated from 20 mm wid de bands. T The length of o the S-clip
p
shhall equal the overlap. They shalll be spaced d on 300 mm maximum m centres but
b not lesss
rI
th
han three pe er each mettal sheet.
M
Metal jacketiing over she ells less thaan 4.60 metters in diammeter shall bbe secured with bandss
sppaced on 300
3 mm maximum cen tres. Band spacing shall be calcuulated on an individuall
Fo
baasis for sheells greater than 4.60 meters in diameter.

d Each
E circum
mferential ov verlap shalll
haave a band installed. J-clips,
J fasteened to the jacket with screws, shhall be used d to preventt
baands from sliding
s down. Each ba nd shall ha ave J-clips ono 1.80 metters maximum centress
buut not less than
t four J--clips per ba and. The ba and at the overlap
o shaall be installe
ed over the
e
S-clips.
Bands shall be secured or fastened d with closeed seals. Wing
W type seeals are not allowed on n
ank, pressure vessel, and
ta a equipme ent shells.
Breather sprrings shall be b installed on each ba and on tank, pressure vvessel, and equipmentt
shhells. The number
n of breather
b spprings per band shall be b calculateed as follow ws (fractionss
shhall be roun t nearest number):
nded up to the
N
Number of springs = 0.0
0018*D*(OT
T-21) for carbon steel shells
s and
= 0.0
0027*D*(OT
T-21) for sta
ainless steel shells.
W
Where D = Dia
ameter of th
he shell, in meters
OT = Op mperature, Ȕ.
perating tem
Breather sprrings shall be evenly sspaced and

d shall be stretched a maximum
m of 13 mm
m

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

duuring installlation.
In
nsulated surfaces such h as equipm ment bottom m heads, wh hich are noot exposed to weather,,
m
may be wea atherproofedd with masttic and scrim cloth in lieu of metaal upon prio or approvall
w
with the Contractor.
A
Appropriate metal flash hing shall b e provided at all protrrusions throough insula ation jacket..
H
Heavy fillets of flashing compound d shall also be applied at all pointss where ins sulation hass
beeen cut, succh as at nozzzles and pprotrusions through
t thee insulation jjacket.
M
Metal flashinng (flat sheeet metal) sshall be ins stalled at the bottom insulation support on n
prressure vesssels, tanks s, and equ ipment. The flashing shall start aat a locatio on 100 mm m
unnder the vertical
v wea
atherproofinng and cov ver the botttom suppoort ring wid dth. Use off
fla
ashing com mpound or caulking
c beetween the insulation jacket
j and the insulation supportt
rin
ng is not alllowed as a substitute ffor the metaal flashing.
H
Heads of vesssels and tubular equiipment shall be weatherproofed w with metal jacketing. A
m
minimum of 150 mm sh hall be turne ed down an nd overlap the shell jaacketing. Thhe jacketing
g
shhall be form
med to fit th
he contour o of the insullation. AII seams
s shalll be made up by lock--
n
seeam constrruction and secured w with screws spaced on 125 mm m maximum ce entres. The
e
heead jacketing overlap shall be fa astened to the jacketin ng on the sshell with sheet
s metall
io
sccrews spacced on 125 mm centress. The head d jacketing shall also bbe secured in place att
he circumferential overlap with a b
th band.
Transitions and
se
an
eams. The jacketing shall
nd down over the low
s extend
wer shell ja at
a stiffener rings shal l be weathe w jacketingg having we
erproofed with
d under the upper shell jacketing a minimum
acketing a minimum
m off 150 mm. The overla
eatherprooff
m of 15 mm
ap shall be
m
e
m
fa
astened to the jacketing g on the she ell with sheet metal screws spaceed on 125 mm m centres.
10.3 IN
NSULATIO
ON OF ROT
TATING E QUIPMEN
NT
or

In
nsulation too be applieed for the p pumps, fanns, compressors, blow wers or oth
her rotating
g
nf
eq quipment inn accordancce with thiss specification, if speciified in the datasheet, equipmentt
lisst, PID and//or recomm
mended by V Vendor under the cons sideration off energy co
onservation,,
accoustic atte
enuation andd prevention n of person
nnel protection.
rI
If required, all equipm

ment insula
ation suppo
orts shall be installeed by the equipmentt
m
manufactureer.
Fo
11 IN
NSULATION OF TANKS
T

A
Applicable to
o all storage
e tanks that need insula
ation.

11.1 TA
TANK SHELL
In
nsulation with cellular glass
g and m
mineral wool slabs.
NSULATION
11.1.1 IN N TYPE AN
ND THICKN
NESS

C
Cellular glasss slabs of thickness
t 5
50 mm each h will be fix
xed up to thhe first 300 mm heightt
frrom the basse of the tannk, installed
d in two lay
yers. The joints betweeen the two layers shalll
be e staggered
d.
M
Mineral wooll slabs of thhickness 10 0 mm shall be installed d in a singlee layer overr the rest off
thhe tank shell. The joints
s in the insu
ulation shall be staggered.

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B
11.1.2 IN
NSULATION
N SECURE
EMENT

Cellular glass: The inner layer of ce
C ellular glass
s blocks shaall be laid w
with all joints
s sealed
with sealaant PC-88 o or approved d equivalentt. The outerr layer of the cellular
glass sha all be installled with all joints
j staggered from tthose of the e first layer
AII joints in the outerr layer shall be sealed with sealannt PC-88 or approved
equivalen nt and secu ured with sta ainless steeel bands of ssize 19 mm m x 0.5 mm.
M
Mineral wooll: Mineral wool
w slabs shhall be secu
ured by mea
ans of Expaand R Strap
pping or
approved equivalent of size 19 mm.
m x 0.5 mm.
m A minim mum of three bands
shall be used per sla b.
11.1.3 M
METAL JAC
CKETING
n

io
A
Approved ma
aterial:
G Trapezo
oidal corruga
ated sheet.
G Flat sheet.
G The sheets shall be
e provided w
at oisture barrieer on inner side.
with factory applied mo
m
G Metal jaccketing und
der the supp
port ring alo
ong the cellu
ular glass innsulation sh
hall be flat.
G Thicknesss to be in accordance
a e with the se
elected jack
keting materrial.
or
11.1.4 M
METAL JOIN
NT SEALAN
NT

nf
A oints shall be sealed wiith metal joiint sealant

AII vertical jo
11.1.5 JA
ACKETING
G SECUREM
MENT
rI

Stainless ste eel banding g, of size 1 1.2 mm x 50 5 mm sha all be usedd to secure e the metall
Fo
ja
acketing to the
t tank she ell.
The bands shall
s be suittably vertica
ally spacedd, to providee a minimum m of 4 bands per 3 m
shheet with thhe top band ng with the horizontal overlap. Th
d of each ‘l ift’ coincidin hese bandss
shhall be suppported on J clips rive ted to the jacketing.
j Breather
B spprings will be
b provided d
w
with angle cleats bolted to the stain nless steel bands
b to allow for the tthermal mo ovements off
th
he tank.
The joints shhall be secured with 12 2 mm long x No 10 stainless steel self tapping g screws orr
rivvets at 150 mm centre along the vvertical jointts.
The junction between th he corrugate ed sheet an nd the flat sheet at the roof and sh hell and the
e
ju
unction at the
t supportt ring along g the shell bottom periphery shhall be sea aled with a
m
moulded pro ofile.
11.1.6 P
PROJECTIO
ONS

C
Cut-outs sha all be madee at site onn metal jacketing arou
und all projeections and d the same
e
sh
hall be flash
hed off meta
al joint seal ant would be
b used to seal
s all cut-oout joints

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

11.2 TA
TANK ROO
OF

In
nsulation with mineral woolw slabs.
M
Mineral wool slabs of th hickness 10 00 mm shall be laid in a single layyer, over th
he tank rooff
pllate. AII join
nts in the sla
abs shall be
e staggered
d.
NSULATION
11.2.1 IN N SECURE
EMENTS

M
Mineral wool slabs shall be secure ed by mean ns of stainle
ess steel baands of size
e 0.5 mm x
19
9 mm tied to
t a floating
g ring at the centre of th
he tank. The other endd of the bannds shall be
e
se
ecured to th
he outer ring
g at the tan k dome junction.
11.2.2 M
METAL JAC
CKETING

n
A
Approved ma
aterial:
io
G Jacketin
ng type sha
all be selectted from ap
pproved jac
cketing matterial and th
hickness in
n
accordance with.
G The jackketing shall have a circcumferentia

shall be 75 mm or 1 trapezoida
atal overlap off 100mm annd the vertiical overlap
al corrugatio
on.
p
m
11.2.3 M
METAL JOIN
NT SEALAN
NT

or
A
AII joints in the roof clad
dding shall b
be sealed with
w metal jo
oint sealant .
11.2.4 C
CLADDING SECUREM
MENT
nf

The joints in the roof cladding sha all be securred with 12 mm long x No 10 stainless steell
rI
elf tapping screws

se s or riivets at 150
0 mm centre e along the joints.
j
11.3 P
PROJECTIO
ONS
Fo

N
Nozzles sha all be insu ulated follow
wing the same
s proce
edure as piping and d insulation n
th
hickness ass per the Maximum
M op
perating temperatures s shall be aapplied in accordance
a e
w
with the anne ex below.
C
Cut-outs sha all be made at site on m metal jacketting for vent piping, noozzles, on th
he tank rooff
annd a collar fitted
f to the same. Mettal joint sealant would be
b used to sseal all cut--out joints.
11.4 B
BASE

nsulation with Foamgla
In as HLB-11
15 blocks as
s follows:
G A layer of bitumen
n primer sshall be ap
pplied on th
he tank baase prior to
o laying off
Foamglaas® HLB-1115 blocks.
G The firstt layer of Fo
oamglas® HHLB-115 bllocks of thic
ckness 75 mm shall be
b laid, with
h
all joints sealed with
h approved sealant PC
C-88.
G The second layer of o Foamglass® HLB-115 5 blocks of thickness 775 mm will be
b laid overr
the first layer, with all
a joints sta
aggered and
d sealed witth PC-88.

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

G The third
d layer of Foamglas®
F ® HLB-115 blocks
b of th
hickness 755 mm will be
b laid overr
the seco
ond layer, with
w all jointss staggered and sealedd with PC-888.
G Finally a finishing la
ayer of sandd and bitum
men shall be
e laid over tthe Foamglas® layers,,
to follow
w the contouur of the tan k base.
12 M
MOISTUR
RE PROT
TECTION
N
C
China hats shall be installed as rain shields at all pro otrusions aand nozzles s projecting
g
uppwards. The hat may beb formed b by cutting 0.5 mm thickk aluminium m sheet in thhe shape off
a washer. It shall be slitt radially, fo
ormed as a cone aroun nd the projeection with its base onn
he insulation
th n weather proofing
p andd overlap heeld togetherr with a sell--tapping screw.
13 IN
NSPECTION

n
13.1 IN
NSPECTIO
ON SCHED
DULE
io

The insulatio
on system shall be insp
pected durin
ng the follow
wing stagess:
G At the tim
me of materrial receipt
G Before applying
a the
e insulation
at
m
G During in
nsulation ap
pplication
G Before and
a during application
a o
of weather proofing
or
13.2 M
MATERIAL
LS CHECK
KING

nf
Q
Quality contrrol activities ude at least the followin
s shall inclu ng activitiess at the timee of receiptt
off the materials.
rI
A
Appropriate checks sha all be made to verily materials received at thee site are th he same ass
th
he specifiedd or approved materiials. Such checks sha all include verification n of labels,,
m
material safeety data sh heets, deliveery receipts
s, and thick
kness. Dam maged, unspecified or,,
Fo
unnapproved, insulation anda related d materials shall

s be rem
moved from the site.
Ensure that storage off materials will protec ct them from being d amaged by y moisture,,
te
emperature,, wind or an ny other atmmospheric faactors.
13.3 IN
NSPECTIO
ON PRIOR
R TO INSUL
LATION

Q
Quality contrrol activities
s shall includ
de at least the
t following prior to innsulation ap
pplication:
G If the pipe or equuipment to be insulateed is heat treated, SSubcontracto
or shall be
e
informedd that weld upports is prohibited without prior written
ding of inssulation su n
approval from the Contractor.
C
G Verily that pressure
e tests have
e been comp
pleted.
G Verify th
hat surfacess to be insu
ulated are clean, dry, and
a coated aas required
d by Projectt
Specificaation for Pa
ainting.
G Verify th
hat painting at protrusio
ons through insulation has been doone.
G Ensure that protec ctive coatin
ngs, over stainless ste
eel surfacees to preve
ent externall
stress co
orrosion cra
acking, havee been applied.
G Revert also
a to applicable qualitty control plan for additional requiirements.

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B
13.4 IN
NSPECTIO
ON DURING INSULA
ATION

Q
s shall includ
de at least the
t following during inssulation app
plication:
G Make su ufficient checks to ve
erify that th
he materials applied aare the sa
ame as the
e
specified
d or approved material s.
G Verify th
he insulated item, and iinsulation code
c is the same
s as givven on the P&ID’s and
d
related drawings.
d
G Inspect the
t insulatio
on supportss for correctt location, ty
ype, width, aand length.
G Verify th
hat the insulation surfacce is uniform
m without gaps and vo ids.
G Inspect for
f tightness of joints a
and fasteners.
G Verify th
he location, width, and installation of expansio
on joints.
n
13.5 O
OTHER INS
SPECTION
NS
io

Q
s shall inclu st the follow
ude at leas wing prior tto and durin
ng weatherr
at
prroofing:
G Ensure that
t the insu
ulation is cle nd fit for its intended puurpose befo
ean, dry, an ore weatherr
proofing is applied.
m
G Inspect for
f proper overlaps
o of m
metal and flashing.
f
G Verify th
hat the loca
ation of ban
nds, screws, S-clips, J--clips, and breather sp prings is ass
or
specified
d. The apprropriate nummber and lo
ocation of breather
b sprrings shall be
b as given n
above.
G Ensure that moistu
nf
ure protectiion and we eatherproofiing at cut-oouts, protru

usions, and
d
locationss where mo
oisture could
d enter the insulation has
h been apppropriately installed.
rI
14 S
SAFETY AND
A HEA
ALTH CO
ONSIDER
RATIONS
S

Fo
The Subconttractor shall take approopriate prev

ventive mea asures and precautions to reducee
ersonnel exxposure to mineral fibrre and crys
pe stalline silica
a dust. Theese measurres shall be
e
ap
pproved by the Contractor.
15 G
GENERAL ACOUS
STIC

G
General requirements with w respecct to noise are given in GB090--2614-250-P PI-RP-0002 2
N
Noise Study which spec cifies the p rocedures for
f controlling noise annd specifies s maximum m
alllowable no oise levels.
The noise ra adiated by the
t wall of a pipe is us sually generated by eqquipment co onnected to o
thhe pipe, such as com mpressors, p pumps, valves or ejec ctors. Thesse noise so ources mayy
ca ause long sections
s of pipe to radiiate noise because
b noise will travvel inside th
he pipe withh
litttle attenuattion. Noise radiation s hould be reeduced by using
u low nooise equipm ment. If thiss
iss not reason nably practicable, the n noise radiattion may be
e reduced bby incorpora ating in-line
e
siilencers or by
b applying acoustic in nsulation in accordancee with this SSpecificationn.
Inn many resspects acou ustic insulaation is sim
milar to therrmal insulattion and is s frequentlyy
innstalled by a Subcontra actor speciaalized in thermal insulation. Howeever, some aspects off
accoustic insulation are different a and the pu urpose of this Specificcation is to o draw the e

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

atttention of both
b the installer and th
he noise control engine
eer to thesee aspects.
It is emphasiized that the ultimate ssuccess of acoustic
a ins
sulation deppends on thhe quality off
in
nstallation; small
s gaps or bridging g effects ca
an have a far
f greater effect on th he acousticc
prroperties thhan on the e thermal properties and may completely negate th he acousticc
peerformance e. Thorough inspection shall thereffore be perfformed duriing installation.
16 N
NOISE RE
EDUCTIO
ON ENGI NEERING

16.1 R
REQUIRED
D ATTENUA
ATION

16.1.1 P
PLANT DES
SIGN PHAS
SE

The following considerations mayy be used to t estimate e the requirred attenua ation in the
e
n
deesign phase e of a plant:
Firstly, deterrmine the sound
s presssure level at
a a distancce of 1 mettre from the e bare pipee
io
w
wall. Piping upstream
u and
a downstrream of the e source sha all be consiidered sepaarately. The
e
m
method to be b applied depends on the pip pe noise source
s in qquestion (m
many valve e
M
Manufacture ers, for exam
mple, provid
de calculateed dB (A) leevels downsstream of th heir valves)..
Both the octtave band sound
deetermined. Appendix 10
s
1 gives typ
at
presssure levels and the ov
pical octave band spec
verall A-weiighted level should be
ctra for the mmost commmon sourcess
e
m
off pipe noise
e. This can be
b also appplied for the cylindrical vessels as well as pipiing.
16.1.2 W
WORK AREA NOISE
or

If the pipe is the only y source off noise in the area and a is radiiating undeer free-field
d
coonditions, th
he sound prressure leve el determined for the area
a in quesstion can bee compared d
nf
diirectly with the area's noise limit, see in GB0090-2614-250-PI-RP-00002 Noise Study, and d
anny excess noise
n obtain
ned by subttraction.
rI
If other noisee sources are

a also pre esent the to evel should be determined before
otal noise le e
coomparing itt with the work
w area nnoise limit. The most economical
e means of eliminating g
exxcess noise e should theen be consiidered; either by reduc cing the pipee noise or by
b reducing g
Fo
th
he other sou urces.
16.1.3 ENVIRONME
ENTAL NOISE OR RE
EVERBERA
ANT SPACE
E

G If the pipe is in a reverberantt space or is subject to environm
mental noise limits, itss
sound power level should
s be d
determined.
G If the pip
pe is long it may be wo
orth taking into account the attenuuation along
g the length
h
of the pipe.
G If the so
ound presssure level nnear to a source
s or the sound ppower level of a pipe e
section connected
c to
t that sourrce is know
wn and the pressure
p or power leve el has to be
e
determinned of anotther section
n under diffe
erent conditions but coonnected to o the same e
source, to
t determine the differeence in leve
el due to tho
ose other coonditions.
The contribuution of the

e pipe to thhe noise in a reverberrant space is calculated from itss
soound powe er level and
d should be e added to o the contributions froom other so ources. Forr
ennvironmental noise the
e contributio
on of the pip
pe to the total sound ppower level of the plantt
orr to the sound pressuure level att the adjaceent point shhould be caalculated. If
I allowable e
lim
mits are exxceeded by y the com bined effec ct of noise sources, the most economical
e l

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

m
method of re
educing nois
se should b e found.
16.1.4 P
PLANT IN OPERATION
O N

n operating units the assessment of pipe noiise should be
In b based oon measurements, and d
w
where the pipep noise is significcantly higheer than the e backgrouund noise it may be e
m
measured directly as airrborne nois e.
If backgroun nd noise is significantt, pipe nois se can be determinedd with soun nd intensityy
m
measuremen nts. These measureme ents requiree special eqquipment annd qualified
d personnell
A third, lesss preferred option is tto assess the pipe noise by meeasuring th he vibratoryy
veelocity level. This methhod also reqquires special equipme ent and quaalified personnel.
For instrume entation annd equipme ent (i.e. control valvess, PSV), iff noise leveel exceedss
855dBA at 1m m distance, Acoustic
A inssulation sha
all be provid
ded by mannufacturers.
16.2 C
CHOICE OF
F ACOUST
TIC INSUL
LATION CL
LASS
n

io
W
Where pipe noise
n is to be
b reduced,, the various
s alternative
es should bbe considere
ed:
G equipme
ent designed for low no
oise
G silencerss
G acousticc insulation
at
m
If the assesssment conc cludes that aacoustic inssulation of a pipe is reequired, the
e necessaryy
re
eduction of pipe noise should be ttabulated in n octave ba ands. Refereence to (177.1 Table 1))
or
w
will then indicate which h class of iinsulation is s required; see also ((17.2) for thhe limits off
appplication.
P
Pipes will ussually have to be insullated from the t source up to (and sometimes s including))
nf
he next silen
th ncer vessel heat excha anger, filter,, etc, unless
s it can be sshown that attenuation
n
allong the pippe has reduuced the no oise sufficie
ently at som me point upsstream or downstream
d m
off the sourcee to render further
f insu
ulation unneecessary.
rI
This may be e the point where

w the ccontribution n of the pipe to the woork area nooise level iss
beelow the sp
pecified valuue. Alternatiively, if the sound power level of a pipe is to be reduced d,
Fo
th
he length off the pipe, L,
L to be insu
ulated
The Figure 1 shows that reducti ons in sou und power are limitedd by the pe erformancee
nsertion losss) of the acoustic
(in a ins ulation. It also
a illustrattes that in ssome cases
s it may be
e
m
more econom mical to chhoose a cla ass of cladd ding with higher inserttion loss, because the e
re
equired leng gth is (much
h) shorter.
Figure 1: L
Length of pipe
p to be iinsulated fo
or a given reduction iin sound power
p levell
P
Parameter: Insertion loss of ins
sulation dB

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B
n
io
at
m
The noise co ontrol engin
neer shall sppecify the class
c and ex
xtent of acooustic insula
ation for the
e
piiping of all relevant
r noiise sourcess
16.3 IM
MPLICATIO
ONS FOR PIPING D
DESIGN
or

It is importan
nt to ensure
e at an earlyy stage of th he design thhat the pipinng arrangem ment allowss
nf
foor the bulk and

a mass of o acoustic insulation. The noise controlc eng ineer shoulld thereforee
esstimate thee noise levels of majo or piping and
a mark on
o the proccess engine eering flow w
scchemes tho ose sectionss of pipe w which are to be acoustically insulaated. At the same time e
rI
he e should coonsider wheether the su ubstitution of

o low-noise e sources oor the use of o silencerss
w
would be mo ore appropriiate.
The design of o pipe suppports and h angers sha all allow suffficient space
ce for the ins
stallation off
Fo
accoustic insu
ulation (see Table 2 forr the dimensions of the e insulation)).
They shall also
a be succh that the e insulation can be fittted compleetely around d the pipe..
W
Where pipess are attached to steel structures special con nsideration sshould be given
g to the
e
issolation of vibrations between
b th
he pipe and d the struccture, see A Appendix 9. 9 Vibration n
issolation pad
ds shall be selected
s suiitable for the applied (sstatic) loadss.
If piping is supported by, or susspended fro om, a steel structure,, resilient supports
s orr
ha angers shoould be usedd. The resil ient elemen nts shall have a mechaanical stop 10 limit the e
m
movement of the pipe, even
e if the rresilient element fails.
The method for supportted the pipi ng shall be e agreed be etween the pparties resp ponsible forr
thhe mechaniccal and the acoustic de esign.
NOTE: Sprring-Ioaded hangers u sed for ove erhead piping subject to thermal expansion
n
do not
n necessa arily have a satisfactory
y acoustic performance
p e
17 C
CLASSES
S OF ACO
OUSTIC INSULAT
ATION

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

17.1 D
DEFINITION
N OF CLA
ASSES

Table1 defines four clas
sses of aco ustic insula
ation(A, B, C and D) in terms of re
equirementss
or minimum insertion lo
fo oss.
Ta
able 1 Req
quired inse
ertion loss
Octave
O band centre freequency(Hz
z)
12
25 250 500 1000 2000 40
000 8000
0
C
CLASS Nominal
ange
Diameter ra Minimum
m insertion loss(dB)
(inches)
A --10 -100 1 9 20 30 35
B -8 -3
3 9 21 30 35 40
n
<12 -5 -1 12 26 45 45
4 45
C 12<26 -3 4 15 25 35 40
4 40
io
26
6 3 9 18 25 33 40
4 40
12<26 -3 4 15 36 45 45
4 45
D
26
6 3
at 9 26 36 45 40
4 40
m
NOTE: Thee reduction in overall sound pre essure leve
el in dB(A)) will depe
end on the
e
freq
quency specctrum of the
e source.
Somme typical examples
e arre given in Appendix
A 10.
or
17.2 R
RESTRICTlON IN AP
PPLICATIO
ON

nf
A
Acoustic insulation will reduce the e noise rad diated direc
ctly from thhe pipe butt there is a
coounteractingg effect: forr any residu
ual vibrations of the cladding a laarger radiatting area iss
rI
avvailable tha
an the surfa ace area off the bare pipe.
p Furthe
ermore, the cladding may m have a
hiigher radiattion efficien
ncy than thhe pipe alloow frequenc cies. Thesee effects arre relativelyy
grreater with small diameter pipes a and they limmit the applicability of the variouss classes off
Fo
in
nsulation. Thhe performa ance of the various claasses at hig
gh frequenccies generallly does nott
deepend on pipe
p size.
The values of o insertion loss given in Table 1 should be attained byy an insulattion system m
w
which has be een designe ed and instaalled in acco
ordance witth this Speccification, bu
ut the noise
e
coontrol engineer may apply a fa actor to alllow for po ossible exppected deficiencies in n
in
nstallation and
a mainten nance.
18 D
DIMENSIO
ONS OF ACOUST
TIC INSU
ULATION

The dimensiions of the acoustic in nsulation fo
or the four classes shhall be as indicated in n
Table 2. If properly insttalled, the aacoustic perrformance obtained
o wiith the vario
ous classess
w
will be as givven in (17.1).
NOTE: If th he Contracttor or suppllier wishes to propose e alternativee constructions for thee
classses he sha all indicate which classs he proposes to moddify. He sha all also give
e
eviddence that the
t propose ed constructtion has the
e required aacoustic perrformance.
Ta
able 2 Cla
asses of ac
coustic insu
ulation

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

Class A thickness of porous layer (mm) 50
5
minimum ma ass per unit arrea 4.5
4 ((e.g. 0.6 mm steel
s plate)
of cladding (kg/ั)
(
Class B thickness of porous layer (mm) 100

minimum ma ass per unit arrea of 6.0 ((e.g. 0.8 mm steel
s plate)
cladding (kg/ั)
Class C thickness of porous layer (mm) 100
minimum ma ass per unit arrea pipe d iameter < inch
h 12 7.8 (ee.g. 1.0 mm steel
s plate)
(
(ee.g. 1.3 mm steel
s plate)
pipe diiameter inc
ch 12 10.0
1
Class D Only specifie

ed for nominal
pipe diameteers inch 12 2
thickness of first porous la
ayer 50
n
(mm)
((e.g. 0.8 mm steel
s plate)
minimum ma ass per unit arrea of 6.0
io
cladding(kg//ั)
thickness of second porou
us layer 50
(mm)
minimum ma ass per unit arrea of

cladding(kg//ั)
p
at
pipe diameterr < inch 26 7.8 ((e.g. 1.0 mm steel
s plate)
m
pipe diameter inch 26
p 10.0 ((e.g. 1.3 mm sleel
s plate)
or
nf
rI
Fo

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

P
Pipe fittings shall
s be ins
sulated to th
he same claass as the sttraight sect ions of the pipe (see
A
Appendices 4 to 7).
W
Where a ste eel structurre is used to support the pipe, there shall be suitable vibration n
issolation betw
ween the stteel structurre and the pipe.
p
C
Class A:
Flanges and valves nee
ed not be inssulated for acoustic pu
urposes
C
Classes B, C and D:
D
Distance andd support rings
r should
d be avoideed as far as s possible; but if usedd they shalll
co
omply with (19.4.).
A
AII flanges and
a valves shall be innsulated to the same class as thhe pipe (20 0.5), exceptt
w
where Insulaation of thes
se items is not allowed
d for other reasons
r (e.gg. flanges in hydrogenn
se
ervice).
P
Pipe supportts shall be insulated up
p to the concrete or ste
eel base.
n
19 C
COMPON
NENTS AND MATE
ERIALS
io
This section lists materrials suitab le for acou
ustic insulattion and thee particularr propertiess
ecessary for
ne
Specification
f acoustiic purpose
n, as applica
They shall be
able.
b suitable for the Ma at
es. AII ma
aximum op
aterials sha
perating tem
all complyy with the Insulation
mperatures and for the chemicall

n
m
na
ature of the
e environme ent.
or
19.1 P
POROUS LAYER
L

The porous layer serves
s the followiing purpose
es:
nf
G it is a vib
bration-isola
ating suppo
ort for the cla
adding;
G it converts acousticc and vibra ational enerrgy into heaat and shouuld therefore have an
n
rI
optimumm flow resisttivity for the

e oscillatory flows which
h occur in ssound waves.
The porous layer shall be b in the forrm of blanke ormed pipe sections.
ets or pre-fo
Fo
The flow ressistivity of th

he porous laayer shall be
b in the range 25 0000 - 75 000 Ns/m4.
N The
e
fo
ollowing ma
aterials are suitable
s for acoustic puurposes:
G mineral wool;
w
G glass wo
ool.
Materials witth a closed cell structurre, e.g. PUF

M F/PIR and cellular
c glasss, shall not be used
19.2 C
CLADDING
G

The cladding
g serves the
e following p
purposes:
G it is a ba
arrier to the noise radia
ated by the pipe;
p
G it proteccts the porous layer from mec amage andd provides a weatherr
chanical da
protectio
on for the porous
p laye
er and the pipe surfac
ce underneeath. It sha
all therefore
e
have suffficient stren
ngth and du
urability
The following
g materials are suitable
e for acousttic purposes
s:

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

G aluminissed steel;
G stainlesss steel;
G aluminiu
um;
G lead (not as an oute
er layer);
G mineral-Ioaded plas
stic (not as an outer lay
yer).
The minimum
m mass per unit area of the clad
dding shall be
b in accorrdance with
h Section 5,,
able 2.
Ta
19.3 A
ANTI-VIBR
RATION SE
EALS

The following
g materials are suitable
e for use in anti-vibratio
on seals:
G syntheticc and natural rubber;
n
G non-flam
mmable felt
io
W
Where these able for the Maximum operating ttemperature
e materials are unsuita e, the sealss
at
sh
hall be mad
de of compressed poroous layer ma aterial (6.1).
19.4 S
SUPPORT OF THE CLADDING
C G
m

W
Where the porous lay yer is comp posed of pre-formed
p pipe sectiions and the t pipe iss
or
ho orizontal, it will not no
ormally be n necessary tot support the
t claddin g, but where blanketss
arre used it may
m be nece essary to suupport the cladding
c sepparately.
Best results have been n obtained w with glass fibre
f pads mounted beetween two o positionerr
nf
rinngs or guidded by one positioner ring. These e pads have e an elasto meric coating and are e
fleexible along g one axis but rigid allong other axes. The pads shall be installed d with theirr
fleexible axis radial to the
e pipe The p pads shall be
b fitted at a circumfereential spacing of aboutt
rI
0.25 m and an a axial spa acing of betw ween 1 m and

a 1.5 m.
Short semi-rrigid section ns of porouss layer at in ntervals are
e less suitabble, but if used
u it shalll
firrst be confirmed that they
t are su
uitable for thhe Maximum m operatingg temperatu ure and the e
Fo
ch hemical envvironment.
Rigid spacers, as used
R d in distannce rings fo or thermal insulation, shall not be b used in n
accoustic insu ulation. Spaacers shall contain res silient elemeents. The reesilient elemments shalll
ha ave a built--in mechanical stop, in n the direction normal to the pipee axis, in orrder to limitt
th
heir maximu um deflectioon, see App endix 8.
Support ring gs (see App pendix 8) w which carry the weightt of vertical stretches of acousticc
nsulation shall contain resilient ele
in ements.
C
Commercially available e anti-vibraation mountings should be usedd whereve er possible..
W
Where the Maximum operating o ttemperaturees prohibit the use oof natural or o syntheticc
ru
ubber as re esilient matterial, otherr materials should be used insteead, for exa ample steell
sp prings in thee form of a folded band d or knitted metal. Prodducts shall be chosen suitable forr
th
he load applied.
19.5 C
COMBINED
D THERMA
AL AND AC
COUSTIC INSULATION

19.5.1 H
HOT SERVIC
CES

If insulation is c reasons thhe same material
i required for thermal as well as for acoustic m mayy

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

be
e used for both purpos ses. The th
hickness of the porous layer shall be determined by the
e
m
more stringe
ent of the tw
wo requiremeents.
20 IN
NSTALLA
ATION

20.1 G
GENERAL
A
Although ma aterials usedd for therma n may also be suitable for acoustic insulation
al insulation n,
th
here are some addition nal applicat ion requirem ments. Speecial attentioon shall be paid to the
e
prrevention of
o noise lea akage throu ugh gaps and to the isolation of vibrations in order to o
prrevent theirr transmissio
on to the cla
adding or adjacent
a stru
uctures, succh as suppo orts
N
NOTE: The iIIustration ns in the aappendices show the general pprinciples re equired forr
accoustic inssulation butt the actua
al installation may va
ary in detaail accordin
ng to locall
n
ciircumstance es
io
A
An essentiall feature off acoustic in nsulation is
s that the cladding
c shhall not be in direct orr
in
ndirect meta al-to-metal contact
c with
h the pipe. Any
A such co ontact will aallow a transmission off
at
viibrations to the claddinng which wiill reduce orr nullify the noise reduuction of thee insulation;;
it may even increase
i the
e noise rad iation due to the greate er surface aarea of the cladding.
c
R
Resilient eleements sha all not be p pre-stressedd or pre-teensioned too the extent that theirr
m
opperational range
r of defflections is e
exceeded.
A
As the pipe on which the t acousticc insulation
n is to be mounted
m maay not alwa ays be hot,,
coorrosion shall be prevented by p ainting in accordance
a with Paintiing Specificcation., and
d
or
byy preventing the ingre ess of rain w water and the

t condens sation of wwater vapour in and on n
th
he insulationn.
nf
20.2 E
EXTENT OF INSULA
ATION
rI
The length of pipe to be insulate ed and thee class of insulation shall be as specifiedd
seeparately by
b the nois se control engineer responsible
r for the accoustic dessign of the
e
in
nstallation. The
T insulattion of pipe
e supports, flanges and valves shhall be in accordance
a e
Fo
w
with the requuirements of the class.
20.3 A
ANTI-VIBR
RATION SE
EALS

A
At positions where meta al-to-metal contact wo ould normally occur, annti-vibration seals shalll
bee fitted, see
e Appendices 2 and 3 . They shalll have a minimum thicckness of 3 mm and a
m
minimum wid dth of 50mm. The edg ges of the cladding or end cap (20.4) shall be folded d
w
where they rest
r on the anti-vibratio
a on seal (19.3). If the se
eal is of poroous insulation materiall,
th
he outer edg ge shall be weather-pro oofed with a flexible mastic compoound.
20.4 E
END CAPS
S

A
At all exposeed flanges the acousttic insulation shall be terminated
t with an en
nd cap, see
e
Appendix 3, and this shall be locate
A ed at a dista
ance of boltt length pluss 30 mm. The
T end cap p
sh
hall be isola
ated from thhe pipe by means of ana anti-vibraation seal ((20.3). This end cap iss
allso applied for heat conservation a
and person nnel protection as jackeeting materials.

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

20.5 A
ACOUSTIC
C ENCLOS
SURES
If the noise radiated

r from a valve h has to be re educed, the e valve shal l be surrounded by an n
accoustic enclosure. Fllanges sha all be surrrounded by y an acou stic enclos sure or byy
re
emovable in nsulation. Acoustic
A encclosures sha all be easily
y dismountaable to provvide accesss
to
o the flange or valve. Jo oints shall b
be sealed to o prevent no oise leakagge.
The mass off dismounta able parts o of acoustic enclosures shall not eexceed 25 kg; k if this iss
noot possible,, they shall be provided d with lifting
g lugs.
The acousticc enclosure e shall have e an outer surface
s of metal
m sheett with a ma
ass per unitt
arrea at leastt equal to th
hat of the cl adding of th he adjacentt pipes. Thee porous layyer shall be
e
siimilar in maaterial and thickness
t to
o that used on the adja acent pipess and shall be retainedd
byy an inner surface
s layeer with an oopen area of o about 30% % (e.g. perfforated metal sheet). Itt
shhall be at le
east 10 mm away from the flange or valve.
W
Where acoustic enclosu ures are insstalled arou und flanged d joints theyy shall be of
o sufficientt
le
ength to ove erlap the ennds of the pipe cladding by at least 100 mm m for class A and 200 0
n
m
mm for classses B, C and d D (see Ap ppendix 6).
io
20.6 P
PREVENTIO
ON OF ME
ECHANICA
AL DAMAG
GE
co
ould be sussceptible to
sh
hould be provided
p wh
o mechaniccal damage
here the inssulation maat
Special provvisions shall be made to protect the acoustic insulationn at locations where itt
e. For exam
ay be stepp
mple, separrately suppo orted stepss
ped on. Whhere mechanical load d
m
ca
annot be avvoided, the cladding shhould be re
einforced by
y using stiffeer plate and
d additionall
diistance ring
gs.
or
nf
rI
Fo

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

21 A
ANNEX

G Annex 1: Thermal Insulation fo
or Hot Service (Heat Co
onservationn)
G Annex 2:
2 Thermal Insulation fo
or Hot Service (Personnel Protectiion)
G Annex 3:
or Cold Serv
vice (Cold Insulation)
G Annex 4:
or Anti swea
at
G Annex 5:
5 Acoustic Insulation
Annex 1: Thermal Insulation for Hot Serrvice (Heatt Conserva

ation)
n Type: HC + AW
Insulation
Material: Mineral Fib
bre
n
m Operating Temperature
Maximum
io
ȕ 300 400 500 60
00 700 800
Ȕ
at
150 205 260 31
15 370 425
Pipe S
Size
Insulatio
on Thickness (mm)
NPSS
m
1/2
2 30 30 40 40 60 60
3/4
4 30 30 40 50 60 60
or
1 30 30 40 50 60 60
1 1/2
2 30 40 50 50 60 60
nf
2 30 50 50 60 60 70
rI
3 30 50 60 60 70 80
4 40 50 60 70 80 80
Fo
6 50 60 70 80 100 100
8 60 70 80 80 110 100
10 60 80 80 10
00 110 120
12 60 80 80 10
00 110 130
14 60 80 100 11
10 120 130
16 70 80 100 11
10 120 130
18 70 80 100 11
10 120 140
20 70 80 100 12
20 120 140
Above
e 20
80 100 120 14
40 150 150
&Flat

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

Annex 2: Thermal Insulation for Hot Serrvice (Pers
sonnel Prottection)
Insulation
n Type: PP
Material: Mineral Fib
bre
Maximum Operating Temperatur

T re
ȕ 129 50
00 600 700 800
Ȕ 60 26
60 315 370 425
Pipe Size
Insulation Thickness (mm)
NPS
n
1/2 0 3
30 30 30 30
io
3/4 0 3
30 30 30 30
1 0 3
30 30 30 30
1 1/2
2
0
0
3
30
3
30 at 30
30
30
30
30
30
m
3 0 3
30 30 30 30
or
4 0 3
30 30 30 30
6 0 3
30 30 30 40
nf
8 0 3
30 30 30 40
10 0 3
30 30 30 40
rI
12 0 3
30 30 30 40
14 0 3
30 30 30 40
Fo
16 0 3
30 30 30 50
18 0 3
30 30 30 50
20 0 3
30 30 30 50
Above 20
0 3
30 40 40 60
&Flat

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

Annex 3
3: Thermal Insulation for Cold Se
ervice (Colld insulatio
on)
Insulation
n Type: CC
Material: Preformed Rigid Cellu
ular Polyiso cyanurate(P
PIR)
Minimum Operating Temperatur

T e
0LQLPXP
2SHUDWLQJ 30 20 10 0 -10 -20 -300 -40 -50
7HPSHUDWXUHȔ
Pipe Size
Insulatio
on Thicknes
ss (mm)
NPS
n
1/2 25 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50
io
3/4 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 65
1 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 65 65
1 1/2
2
25
25
25
25
40
40 at
40
40
50
50
50
50
65
65
65
65
65
65
m
3 25 25 40 50 50 65 65 80 80
4 25 25 40 50 50 65 65 80 80
or
6 25 40 40 50 65 65 80 80 90
nf
8 25 40 40 50 65 65 80 80 90
10 25 40 40 50 65 65 80 90 90
rI
12 25 40 40 50 65 80 80 90 90
14 25 40 50 50 65 80 80 90 100
Fo
16 25 40 50 50 65 80 90 90 100
18 25 40 50 65 65 80 90 90 100
20 25 40 50 65 65 80 90 90 100
Ab
bove 20 &F
Flat 25 40 50 65 65 80 90 90 100
* Design Conditionss
- Ambie
ent Temp: 46
6Ȕ
:LQGVSHHGPV
+HDWJ
JDLQOLPLW
:PA
PHWDO6WHHO
%DVHP
,QVXODWLRQ3RO\LVVRF\DQXUDWH
H&*UDG
GH7\SH,,9
-DFNHWWPDWHULDO
$OXPLQX
XPR[LGL]HHGLQVHUYLFFH

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

Annex 4
4: Thermal Insulation for Anti Sw
weat
Insulation
n Type: AS
Material: Preformed Rigid Cellu
ular Polyiso cyanurate(P
PIR)
Minimum Operating Temperatur

T e
0LQ
QLPXP
2SHUDWLQJ 40 30
3 20 10 0 -10 -20 -30 -40
0 -50
7HPSH
HUDWXUHȔ
Pip
pe Size
Insulatio
on Thicknes
ss (mm)
N
NPS
n
1/2 25 25
2 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
io
3/4 25 25
2 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
1 25 25
2 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
1 1/2
2
25
25
25
2
25
2
25
25
25
25 at 25
25
25
25
25
25
40
40
40
40
40
40
m
3 25 25
2 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40
4 25 25
2 25 25 25 40 40 40 50 50
or
6 25 25
2 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 65
nf
8 25 25
2 25 25 40 40 50 50 65 65
10 25 25
2 25 25 40 40 50 50 65 65
rI
* Design Conditionss
Fo
- Ambie
ent Temp: 46
6Ȕ
:LQGVSHHGPV
%DVHP
PHWDO6WHHO
,QVXODWLRQ3RO\LVVRF\DQXUDWH
H&*UDG
GH7\SH,,9
-DFNHWWPDWHULDO
$OXPLQX
XPR[LGL]HHGLQVHUYLFFH

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

Annex 5
5: Thermal Insulation for Acousttic insulatio
on
Insulation
n Type: AI
Material: Porous ma aterial: Mine
eral Fibre
Cladding material:
m aluminum
Class A thickness of porous layer (mm) 50

5
minimum ma ass per unit arrea 4.5
4 ((e.g. 0.6 mm steel
s plate)
(
Class B thickness of porous layer (mm) 100
minimum ma ass per unit arrea of 6.0 ((e.g. 0.8 mm steel
s plate)
cladding (kg/ั)
Class C thickness of porous layer (mm) 100
n
minimum ma ass per unit arrea pipe d iameter < inch
h 12 7.8 (ee.g. 1.0 mm steel
s plate)
(
io
(ee.g. 1.3 mm steel
s plate)
pipe diiameter inc
ch 12 10.0
1
at
Class D Only specifie
ed for nominal
pipe diameteers inch 12 2
thickness of first porous la
ayer 50
m
(mm)
((e.g. 0.8 mm steel
s plate)
minimum ma ass per unit arrea of 6.0
cladding(kg//ั)
or
thickness of second porou
us layer 50
(mm)
minimum ma
ass per unit arrea of pipe diameterr < inch 26
p 7.8 ((e.g. 1.0 mm steel
s plate)
nf
cladding(kg//ั)
rI
pipe diameter inch 26

p 10.0 ((e.g. 1.3 mm sleel
s plate)
Fo

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

22 A
APPENDIIX

APPEND
DIX 1 POS
SITION OF LONGITUD
DINAL JOIN
NTS FOR MULTIPLE LA
AYER INSU
ULATION
n
io
at
m
or
nf
rI
Fo

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

APPEND
DIX 2 GEN
NERAL COM
MPOSITION
N OF ACOU
USTIC INSU
ULATION
n
io
at
m
or
nf
rI
Fo

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

APPEND
DIX 3 TYP
PICAL ARRA
ANGEMENT
T OF ACOU
USTIC INSU
ULATION S
SHOWING CLADDING
C
AND
D END CAPP
n
io
at
m
or
nf
rI
Fo

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

APPEND
DIX 4 CON
NSTRUCTIO
ON DETAIL
LS - END CA
APS
n
io
at
m
or
nf
rI
Fo

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

APPEND
DIX 5 TYP
PICAL ARRA
ANGEMENT
T FOR BRA
ANCHES AN
ND TEES
n
io
at
m
or
nf
rI
Fo

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B
APPEND
DIX 6 ARR
RANGEMEN
NT FOR TH
HE ACOUST
TIC INSULA
ATION OF F
FLANGED JOINTS
J
n
io
at
m
or
nf
rI
Fo

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

APPEND
DlX 7 CON
NSTRUCTIO
ON DETAIL
LS – END CAPS
C OF BO
OXES
n
io
at
m
or
nf
rI
Fo

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

APPEND
DIX 8 TYPIC
CAL ARRAN
NGEMENT FOR CLAD
DDING SUP
PPORTS
n
io
at
m
or
nf
rI
Fo

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

APPEND
DIX 9 TYPPICAL ARRRANGEME NT FOR VIBRATION-ISOLATED
INS
SULATION SUPPORTS
S S IN VERTICAL PIPES
S
n
io
at
m
or
nf
rI
Fo

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

APPEND
DIX 10 DERIVATION OF
O INSERT
TION LOSS
S IN TERMS
S OF dB(A)
The decision to apply acoustic insulation w b based on a measurred or calcu

will usually be ulated noise
e
level in d
dB(A) of the
e unsilencedd pipe, but a calculationn of the effe
ectiveness oof acoustic insulation n
in terms of dB(A) ca an only be done
d on the
e basis of ann octave ba and spectru m of the no oise. Wheree
possible the actual spectrum of o the pipe e under con nsideration should be obtained. If the noise e
level in d
dB(A) is thee only quanntity availab
ble, the octaave band spectrum maay be estim mated usingg
Table 3. TThis table gives
g a typic
cal spectrall shape of noise
n from pipes
p attachhed to varioous types off
sources in the form of a correcttion to be suubtracted frrom the oveerall noise leevel in dB(A
A).
Table3 T
Typical specctral shapes
s for noise ffrom pipes attached to various typpes of sourc
ces
Octtave band centre

c frequ
uency(Hz)
n
125 250 500 10
000 20
000 40000 800
00
io
Source Difference
e between A-weighted d overall levvel in
dB((A) and octa
ave band le
evel, also in dB(A)
Co
ontrol 36 25 20 9 5 4 8
vallve1)
Ce
entrifugal
commpressor
31 21 12
at 7 2 9 13
m
2)
Ce
entrifugal 20 11 7 5 6 8 13
or
pum
mp
NOTES: 1.In gas service with ga

as reaching ssonic velocity
y in the valve
e, typical pipee diameters inch 6 to
nf
inch 14
2. Typical pipe diameterr exceeding i nch 12
rI
The effecct of acousttic insulation

n can now b
be obtainedd by subtraccting the inssertion loss of the type
of insulattion conside
ered, per oc ctave band. The soundd level in dB
B(A) after inssulation maay be
Fo
obtained by adding these A-weighted octa ave band lev

vels using thhe followingg equation:
p (A)
Lp = 10 log (antilog Lp63/10
0 + … + an ntilog Lp8k/10)
hich:
in wh Lp (A) = A-weighte
ed sound lev vel
Lp63 = A-weighte ed octave bband levels for 63 Hz octave
o bandd, etc.
The insertion loss in

n dB(A) equ
uals the diffe
erence betw B(A) levels for bare an
ween the dB nd insulated
d
pipe

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

Example
e: Pipe noise
e (size inch 8) due to a control vallve
Occtave Bare pipe Octa

ave In
nsertion Octavee Total noise
B
Band connected ban
nd loss band Reduction
Hz to control estim
mate Class
C A spectrum m
valve (Table
e 3) (T
Table 1) (insulateed dB
B(A)
dB(A) dB(A
A) dB(A) pipe)
dB(A)
1
125 64
4 -10 74
2
250 75
5 -10 85
5
500 80
0 1 79
1K 91
1 9 82
2K 95
5 20 75
n
4K 96
6 30 66
8K 92
2 35 57
io
dB(A) 100 1000 88 12
Similarly,, insertion lo
insulation
n.
osses may be calculate
at
ed for differrent types of sources aand various types of
m
On the basis of the octave
o bandd spectra o f Table 3 annd the inserrtion losses of (17.1, Ta
able 1) the
following approxima ate total no
oise reductio
ons in dB(A A) are obtaained with tthe various classes off
n for different types of source.
insulation
or
ource
So
Ce
entrifugal pu
ump Centtrifugal Valve
nf
compressor
ass
Cla Nominnal Exxpected red
duction of th
he overall A-
A-weighted sound
s level
Diameter range in dB(A)
rI
(inch)
A 0 8 12
Fo
B 6 15 20
C <12 8 18 22
12<26
6 12 21 26
26 17 25 29
D 6
12<26 12 22 27
26 18 28 32
The boldd italic figure

es indicate that the pa
articular type
e of insulation is hardl y or no mo
ore effective
e
than a low
wer insulatiion class.

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

APPEND
DIX 11 TYP
PICAL ARR
RANGEMEN
NT FOR RE OX DN150
EMOVABLE VALVE BO 0
n
io
at
m
or
nf
rI
Fo
NOTE
1. Materials and finisshing in acc
cordance wwith installatiion instructions and sppecification
2. Distan
nce between n insulation and flange to be bolt length + 30m mm
3. Insulattion thickne
ess

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

APPEND
DIX 12 TYP
PICAL ARR
RANGEMEN
NT FOR RE OX DN150
EMOVABLE VALVE BO 0
n
io
at
m
or
nf
rI
Fo
NOTE
cordance wwith installatiion instructions and sppecification
nce between
2. Distan n insulation and flange to be bolt length + 30m mm
ess
4. A : Dep
pend on valve dimensiion.
5. Quick release tog ggles to be spaced
s 300
0mm maxim mum (min 2 per box)

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

APPEND
DIX 13 TYP
PICAL ARR
RANGEMEN
NT FOR RE
EMOVABLE VALVE BO
OX WITH EX
XTENDED
PINDEL '1
SP

n
io
at
m
or
nf
rI
Fo
NOTE
cordance w
with installatiion instruction and speecification
ess

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

APPEND
DIX 14 TYP
PICAL ARR
RANGEMEN
NT FOR RE
EMOVABLE VALVE BO
OX
ERTICAL D
VE DN150
n
io
at
m
or
nf
rI
Fo
NOTE
cordance wwith installatiion instruction and speecification
nce between
ess
4. Per boox minimal 2 box suppo ort angles
30mm wide e and 0.8m mm thick

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

APPEND
DIX 15 TYP
PICAL ARR
RANGEMEN
NT FOR RE
EMOVABLE VALVE BO
OX
C ION VERTI CAL DN1
“T” CONNECTI 150
n
io
at
m
or
nf
rI
Fo
NOTE
2. Distan
nce between n insulation and flange to be bolt length + 30m mm
ess
4. Per boox minimal 4 box suppo ort angles
30mm wide e and 0.8m mm thick

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

APPEND
DIX 16 TYPICAL ARR
RANGEMEN
NT FOR INS
SULATION DETAILS
MOVABLE EXPANSIO
REM E N BELLOW
W BOX HOR
RIZONTAL
n
io
at
m
or
nf
rI
Fo
NOTE
2. Distannce between n insulation and flange to be bolt length + 30m mm
ess
4. Install 0.8mm thicck cladding on upper ha ws.
alf of bellow

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

APPEND
DIX 17 TYP
PICAL ARR
RANGEMENNT FOR INS
SULATION DETAIL
REEMOVABLE EXPANSIO
ON BELLOWW BOX VERRTICAL
n
io
at
m
or
nf
rI
Fo
NOTE
nce between
ess

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

APPEND
DIX 18 TYP
PICAL ARR
RANGEMENNT FOR INS
SULATION DETAIL RE
EMOVABLE FLANGE
BO
OX FOR COOMBUSTIBL
LE MEDIUMM HORIZON
NTAL
n
io
at
m
or
nf
rI
Fo
NOTE
1. Materials and finisshing in acccordance w with installatiion instruction and speecification
2. For thee flange boxx design, seee CINI4.1. 18
3. Removvable stainless steel fla w special installation tool. At the inside the
ange belt iss installed with
belt is provided with a Teflon sealing lineer or other seal
s resistant to producct and tempperature.
4. Cellulaar glass pipe section shhall be glue
ed liquid tigh
ht to the pipe on both ssides of the flange by
meanss of heat-ressistant kit.

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

APPEND
DIX 19 TYP
PICAL ARR
RANGEMENNT FOR INS
SULATION DETAIL RE
EMOVABLE FLANGE
BOX
X FOR COM
MBUSTIBLE
E MEDIUM VERTICALL
n
io
at
m
or
nf
rI
Fo
NOTE
1. For ma aterials and
d finishing in
n accordancce with insta allation instruction and specificatio
on
2. For thee flange boxx design, seee CINI4.1. 18
3. Removvable stainless steel fla ange belt iss installed with
w special installation tool. At the inside the
belt is provided with a Teflon sealing lineer or other seal
s resistant to producct and temp
perature.
4. Cellulaar glass pipe section shhall be glue
ed liquid tigh
ht to the pipe on both ssides of the flange by
meanss of heat-ressistant kit.

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

APPEND
DIX 20 TYP
PICAL AR
RRANGEME
ENT FOR COLD
C INSULATION DE
ETAILS
n
io
at
m
or
nf
rI
Fo

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

APPEND
DIX 21 TYPICAL AR RRANGEME ENT FOR COLD
C INSU
ULATION
PIPIING-FLANG
GE INSULA
ATION
n
io
at
m
or
nf
rI
Fo

EPC CPF PHASE


INSULA
ATION SPEC
CIFICATION
oc No.: GB09
Do 90-2614-250-M
MT-SP-0003 B

APPEND
DIX 22 TYPICAL AR RRANGEME ENT FOR COLD
C INSU
ULATION
PIPIING INSULA
ATION CON
NNECTIONNS
n
io
at
m
or
nf
rI
Fo

ATTACHMENT – 25: SPECIFICATION FOR PAINTING AND COATING

DOCUMENT DETAILS
:SARQALA (S-1) CPF UPGRADE, GARMIAN

PROJECT
COMPANY JOB NO. : GMCPF
ENGINEERING CONTRACTOR : Fortune Engineering & Energy Services LLC
ENGINEERING CONTRACTOR JOB NO. : J-5177
DOCUMENT NO. : GMCPF-J5177-200-MT-SP-0001
REVISION NO. : 1 No. of pages (incl. cover) : 55
: PAINTING, COATING AND INTERNAL LINING

DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION AND COLOR SHADES
1 Re-issued For Construction 03-02-18 TKG CNR PJ PJ
0 Issued For Construction 04-01-18 TKG CNR PJ PJ
A Issued For Review 21-11-17 TKG CNR PJ PJ
Rev Description Date Prepared Checked Approved EM / PD
Electronic Filename : GMCPF-J5177-200-MT-SP-0001_1 Doc Size : A4

PAINTING, COATING AND INTERNAL LINING SPECIFICATION
AND COLOR SHADES
Doc No.: GMCPF-J5177-200-MT-SP-0001 Rev. : 1 Page : 2 of 55

Date
Revised
A 21.11.17 First Issue Issued For Review
Section 7.2, 9, 11.1,
11.2, 11.3, 14, 15.6,
0 04.01.18 Issued For Construction
17.1.11, 17.1.12 and 19
revised
Section 16.1 and
1 03.02.18 Re-issued For Construction
17.1.8 revised
SUMMARY OF HOLDS
AND COLOR SHADES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE ................................................................................................................................ 5
2 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS ........................................................................................................ 5
3 REFERENCES .................................................................................................................................................. 6
4 ENVIRONMENT CONDITIONS ................................................................................................................... 9
5 EXTERNAL COATING/PAINTING SURFACE PREPARATION................................................................ 10
6 PAINT APPLICATION ................................................................................................................................. 12
7 PAINTING SCHEDULES AND PAINT SYSTEMS ..................................................................................... 16
8 GALVANIZING ............................................................................................................................................ 18
9 Deleted ........................................................................................................................................................ 18
10 INSPECTION AND TESTING .................................................................................................................. 19
11 COLOUR .................................................................................................................................................... 22
12 COATING (3LPE / 3LPP) ........................................................................................................................ 24
13 QUALITY CONTROL / ASSURANCE ..................................................................................................... 27
14 Deleted ..................................................................................................................................................... 27
15 INTERNAL LINING OF TANKS AND VESSELS .................................................................................... 28
16 APPENDIX 1 ............................................................................................................................................. 30
17 APPENDIX 2 ............................................................................................................................................. 33
17.1 PAINT SYSTEMS .................................................................................................................................... 33
17.1.1 PAINT SYSTEM 01 ............................................................................................................................ 33
17.1.2 PAINT SYSTEM 02 ............................................................................................................................ 34
17.1.3 PAINT SYSTEM 03 ............................................................................................................................ 35

AND COLOR SHADES
17.1.4 PAINT SYSTEM 04 ............................................................................................................................ 36
17.1.5 PAINT SYSTEM 05 ............................................................................................................................ 37
17.1.6 PAINT SYSTEM 06 ............................................................................................................................ 38
17.1.7 PAINT SYSTEM 07 ............................................................................................................................ 39
17.1.8 PAINT SYSTEM 08 ............................................................................................................................ 40
17.1.9 PAINT SYSTEM 09 ............................................................................................................................ 41
17.1.10 PAINT SYSTEM 10 ............................................................................................................................ 42
17.1.11 PAINT SYSTEM 11 ............................................................................................................................ 43
17.1.12 PAINT SYSTEM 12 ............................................................................................................................ 44
17.1.13 PAINT SYSTEM 13 ............................................................................................................................ 45
18 APPENDIX 3 ............................................................................................................................................. 46
19 Deleted ..................................................................................................................................................... 46
20 APPENDIX 5 ............................................................................................................................................. 47
AND COLOR SHADES
1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE

This specification details the methods of surface preparation, the selection and minimum
requirements for factory and site applied painting, coating, galvanizing and lining systems
for their application and inspection also as the painting systems for structure steel,
equipment, piping, instruments, packages and others to be used in the construction of
onshore pipelines for crude oil, gas, multiphase or water, operating in non-sour as well as
in sour conditions.
This specification has been established according to the local atmospheric environment
conditions.
The specification shall be applied for the Sarqala(S-1) CPF Upgrade Project located in
Garmian block, Kurdistan, Republic of Iraq
2 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS

2.1 DEFINITIONS
Throughout this Document the following definitions shall apply:
COMPANY GAZPRROM NEFT Middle East BV
ENGINEERING CONTRACTOR Fortune Engineering and Energy Services LLC
VENDOR Party which manufactures or supplies

equipment and services
SUBCONTRACTOR Any company or person to whom

CONTRACTOR has subcontracted any part of
the WORK.
PROJECT Sarqala (S-1) CPF Upgrade at Garmian Block,

Kurdistan, IRAQ
WORK The works and/or services entrusted by

CONTRACTOR under the Contract with
COMPANY.
SHALL Indicates a mandatory requirement
SHOULD Indicates a strong recommendation to comply

AND COLOR SHADES
with the requirements of this document;
2.2 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE
• National Laws and Regulations
• Purchase Order (Note:1)
• Data sheets and Drawings
• This specification (Note:2)
• Other specifications and standards referenced in this specification (Note:2)
Exceptions to and deviations from this specification and any other referenced documents
shall not be implemented without written approval by Company.
Note: 1 No technical specification shall be defined here in which conflicts or alters the
project specification.
Note: 2 For cares, where requirements of project specification in superior exceed
requirements set forth in the codes and standards, the former shall be considered as
mandatory requirement for this project.
2.3 ABBREVIATIONS
EPC : Engineering, Procurement, and Construction

RAL : European Colour Standard
PQT : Procedure Qualification Test
PDT : Pre-Production Test
APS : Applicators (Painting Sprayer)
FJC : Field Joint Coating
ITP : Inspection & Test Plan
DFT : Dry Film Thickness
WFT : Wet Film Thickness
3 REFERENCES
Throughout this Standard the following standards/codes are referred to and shall be used
in conjunction with this specification. These referenced documents shall form part of this
Standard. For dated references, the edition cited applies. The latest edition of the
referenced documents (including any supplements and amendments) applies.
Below-mentioned standards are applicable and shall be implemented in the specifications
for the project execution. Any deviation detected shall be recorded and summarized in the
AND COLOR SHADES
List of Specifications and forwarded to Company.
3.1 BRITISH STANDARD INSTITUTION – BSI
BS 381C Colour Identification, Coding and Special Purposes

BS 4800 Schedule of Paint Colours for Building Purposes
Specification for hot dip galvanized coating on iron and steel
BS 729
articles
3.2 INTERNATIONAL STANDARD ORGANIZATION – ISO
ISO 2409 Paints and Varnishes – Cross-Cut Test

ISO 2808 Paints and Varnishes – Determination of film thickness
ISO 4624 Paints and Varnishes – Pull-off Test For Adhesion
Preparation of steel substrates before application of paints
and related products – Visual assessment of surface
cleanliness
ISO 8501
Part 1 “Rust grades and preparation grades of uncoated
steel substrates and of steel substrates after overall removal
of previous coating”
Preparation of steel substrates before application of paints

and related products – Tests for the assessment of surface
cleanliness
Part 1 “Field Test for Soluble Iron Corrosion Products”
Part 2 “Laboratory Determination of Chloride n Cleaned
ISO 8502
Surfaces
Part 3 “Assessment of Dust on Steel Surfaces Prepared for
Painting (Pressure-sensitive Tape Method)
Part 4 “Guidance on the Estimation of the Probability of
Condensation Prior to Paint Application
Preparation of Steel Substrates Before Application of Paints
and Related Products – Surface Roughness Characteristics
ISO 8503 of Blast-Cleaned Steel Substrates
Part 2 “Method for the Grading of Surface Profile of Abrasive
Blast-Cleaned Steel – Comparator Procedure”
Preparation of Steel Substrates Before Application of Paints
and Related Products – Surface Preparation Methods
ISO 8504
Part 2: Abrasive Blast-Cleaning
Part 3: Hand and Power Tool Cleaning
Preparation Steel Substrates Before Application of Paints

ISO 11125 and Related Products – Test methods for metallic blast-
cleaning abrasive
AND COLOR SHADES
Paints and varnishes-Corrosion protection of steel structures

ISO 12944
by protective paint systems
3.3 THE SOCIETY FOR PROTECTIVE COATINGS – SSPC
SSPC SP-1 Solvent Cleaning

SSPC SP-2 Hand tool Cleaning
SSPC SP-3 Power tool Cleaning
SSPC SP-5 White metal blast Cleaning

SSPC SP-6 Commercial blast Cleaning
SSPC SP-7 Brush off blast Cleaning
SSPC SP-10 Near white blast Cleaning
3.4 DEUTSCHES INSTITUT FÜR NORMUNG – DIN
Polyethylene coatings of steel pipes and fittings;

DIN 30670
requirements and testing
DIN 30678 Polypropylene coatings for steel pipes
3.5 GERMAN INSTITUTE FOR QUALITY ASSURANCE AND MARKING – RAL
RAL-K3 General Map RAL Colours
3.6 CSA INTERNATIONAL – CANADIAN STANDARD ASSOCIATIONS
Z94.4 Selection, Use and Care of respirators
Z180.1 Compressed Breathing Air

Z245.20 External Fusion Bond Epoxy Coating for Steel Pipe
Z245.21 External Polyethylene Coating for Pipe
3.7 NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH

AND COLOR SHADES
No.92-102 Preventing silicosis and death from sandblasting
3.8 NACE - NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF CORROSION ENGINEERS
Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of New Protective Coatings

SP0188
on Conductive Substrates
RP0178 Fabrication Details, Surface Finish Requirements, and
Proper Design Considerations for Tanks and Vessels to Be
Lined for Immersion Service
RP0184 Repair of Lining Systems
3.9 AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS
Standard Specification for Zinc(Hot-Dip Galvanized)

ASTM A123
Coatings on Iron and Steel Products
Standard Test Method for Volume Nonvolatile Matter in
ASTM D2697
Clear or Pigmented Coatings
Standard Test Method for Indicating Oil or Water in
ASTM D4285
Compressed Air
Standard Test Method for Field Measurement of Surface
ASTM D4417
Profile of Blast Cleaned Steel
Standard Test Method for Pull-Off Strength of Coatings
ASTM D4541
Using Portable Adhesion Testers
3.10 AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD INSTITUTE
Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of

ANSI/AWWA C213-01
Steel Water Pipelines
Liquid-Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of
AWWA C210
Steel Water Pipelines
4 ENVIRONMENT CONDITIONS
Key Parameters Value

Min : - 10 °C
Air Temperature
Max monthly mean: 45 °C Max Recorded : 55 °C
Rain Fall(annual) 200-300mm
Soil Temperature 10 °C at 50cm depth(Winter Case) , 44 °C (Max)
Prevailing Wind North west towards south east
AND COLOR SHADES
Wind Speed Max. 44.704 m/s

Altitude (MSL) 45 m
Soil conductivity 0.4 Btu/ft.hr°F(Winter Case), 0.25 Btu/ft.hr°F (Summer Case)
Relative humidity Min = 34% Max = 98%
Note : The above data shall be verified and updated as per methological survey if required.
5 EXTERNAL COATING/PAINTING SURFACE PREPARATION

5.1 GENERAL
For optimum paint performance surfaces to be painted shall be completely dry and free
from burrs, weld spatter, flux, rust, loose scale, dirt, dust, grease, oil and other foreign
matter before any paint is applied.
If the surface has been exposed to a polluted, e.g. salt-laden, atmosphere, it shall be
washed down with clean, fresh water prior to blasting or power tool cleaning.
After preparation of the substrate surface, any grit, dust etc. shall be removed and a layer
of primer applied before any corrosion or recontamination occurs, normally within 4 hours
after blasting. Should cleaned surfaces be left unpainted overnight surface preparation
shall be repeated prior to painting. Fabrication should preferably be complete before
surface preparation begins.
Tests to check the efficiency of these cleaning procedures are given in (8).
Surface preparation shall be carried out by blast cleaning according to ISO 8504–1 / ISO
8504-2 wherever possible. The surface preparation grades according to ISO 8501-1 shall
be as specified in Appendix 2 for the various paint systems, at least:
• Sa 2½(SP-10, NA2) - Very thorough blast-cleaning
• Sa 3(SP-5, NA1) - Blast cleaning to visually clean steel
5.2 BLAST CLEANING
Before blast cleaning any oil, grease and dirt shall be removed either by means of a
suitable solvent (SSPC-SP1), by steam cleaning, with an alkaline cleaning agent if
necessary, or by water jetting. Solvent cleaning is used prior to the application of paint
and in conjunction with surface preparation methods specified for the removal of rust, mill
scale, or paint. Excessive layers of rust shall be removed by chipping. Weld spatter and
sharp edges shall be removed.
Blast profile shall be that recommended by the paint manufacturer. If more than one
blasting step is necessary corundum or new chilled iron grit shall be used as abrasive
material for the last blast cleaning process. Sand or other material producing silica dust
shall not be used. Anchor profile measurement shall be done to ASTM D4417.
Following the blast cleaning surfaces shall be brushed or blown clean with dry, oil-free
compressed air or shall be cleaned by vacuuming to remove all dust blast-cleaning
abrasives from surfaces and in particular from pockets and corners. Any surfaces showing
signs of handling contamination after blasting shall be solvent cleaned and re-blasted.
Blasting operations shall not be carried out unless surfaces to be prepared are 3°C above
ambient air dew point.
AND COLOR SHADES
5.3 PAINTING REPAIRS
Spot cleaning and retouching of painted areas abraded or otherwise damaged during
shipping and / or erection, shall be the responsibility of the field painting contractor.
Painting repairs shall be done when there are developments of any detrimental film
irregularities, such as loose, cracked, brittle, non-adherent paint or discoloration. Cleaning
shall be performed 2 inches beyond the damaged areas in all direction or until tightly
adhered paint is obtained.
5.4 APPLICATION CONDITIONS
Blast cleaning shall only be performed in conditions suitable for painting.

Generally dry blast cleaning is preferred method of surface preparation.
Sometimes it may be advantageous to use the wet abrasive or moisture injection blast
cleaning techniques, so as to avoid dust or in cases where fire and / or explosion risks are
present. Fresh water may either be mixed with the abrasive in the pressure tank or
introduced directly behind or ahead of the blast nozzle.
To prevent rusting the cleaned surface should be washed off immediately after blast
cleaning using fresh water containing a suitable corrosion inhibitor such as 0.3% wt
sodium nitrite with 1.2 % wt ammonium phosphate. It should be also considered to
include a suitable corrosion inhibitor in the water used for blast-cleaning.
The cleaned surface shall be thoroughly dry before any paint is applied. In general it is not
necessary to remove residues of the inhibitor before painting. However, the paint
manufacturer should be consulted on the inhibitor / primer compatibility.
5.5 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR BLASTING
Workers who perform blast cleaning operations can be exposed to toxic materials, such
as lead or zinc, while removing existing coatings from material surfaces. They are also
exposed to hazards from the blasting agent, usually silica sand, therefore are a number of
safety precautions that must be undertaken by blast operators and other crew personnel.
Workers who are exposed to dust containing silica are required to comply with the
available Regulation respecting Fibrosis and Silicosis.
Blasting operations are noisy and where exposure to noise levels exceeds 80dBA the
employer and employee are to comply with the available Regulation respecting Hearing
Conservation and Noise Control.
Supplied-air hood respirators (NIOSH approved, type C-1 9C) operated on continuous
flow mode, or a self-contained breathing apparatus in pressure-demand mode, are
required. Respiratory protection at work place must meet the requirements of CSA
Standard Z.94.4- “Selection, Use and Care of Respirators”
The air supplied to the approved respirator must be free from contaminants. If a oil-
lubricated compressor is used, air shall be supplied in accordance with CSA Standard
Z180.1- “Compressed Breathing Air” or in accordance with a equally rigorous standards.
Blast operators must wear an air-supplied hood that protects the head, neck and
shoulders. This equipment must be inspected on a regular basis.
Operators must only remove the supplied air breathing equipment when they are well
away from the work location as silica dust and other contaminants can remain suspended
in air for long period of time.
Coveralls that provide suitable protection from rebounding abrasives are a necessity.
AND COLOR SHADES
Work gloves must protect the full forearm.

Operators must wear Grade 1, CSA approved safety footwear.
If an electrostatically conductive blast hose is not available the blast nozzle must be
grounded.
Blasting operations shall be carried out so that the abrasive materials and other
particulate materials are contained, and pose no hazards to workers or the public.
The blast pot must be grounded at all times.
The blast pot must be provided with a safety shut down and the blast pot must be shut off
while being filled with abrasives.
The operator must blow out all air lines and hoses. The entire blasting unit must be
carefully examined for defects before any work commences.
Blasting nozzles must be equipped with a remote control (deadman) switch that allows
the operator to control the blast at the nozzle.
5.6 MANUAL AND POWER TOOL CLEANING
Manual cleaning using mechanical cleaning (Power tool cleaning) tools to remove mill
scale and rust, according to ISO 8504-3 should not be used for new construction painting.
Grade of manual cleaning and power tool cleaning of surfaces shall be in accordance with
ISO 8501-1, St 3.
6 PAINT APPLICATION
6.1 GENERAL
The painting materials shall be designed and manufactured for shop application as well
as for field application, in compliance with this specification. Temperature of surfaces to
be coated shall be as per painting manufacturing data.
6.2 PAINT APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS
The paint shall be applied in accordance with the paint Manufacturer's product data sheet,
which shall include the mix ratio, the method of application, use of thinners and over
coating times.
The dry film thicknesses shall be as specified in (Appendix 2). Areas with inadequate
coating thickness shall be thoroughly cleaned and, if necessary, abraded, and additional
compatible coats shall be applied until they meet the required film thickness.
Painting shall not be performed when the temperature of the surface is less than 3 °C
above the dew point of the surrounding air or when the relative humidity of the air is
greater than 85% unless local conditions dictate otherwise and the Principal is in
agreement. Guidance on the estimation of the probability of condensation can be found in
ISO 8502-4. The measurement of these conditions is the responsibility of the painting
contractor.
In addition, paints shall not be applied under the following conditions:
• If the surface temperature is greater than 40°C (unless a higher temperature is
agreed by the paint Manufacturer)
• If the air temperature is less than approximately 10 °C, (depending on local
conditions)(unless a lower temperature is agreed by the paint Manufacturer),
AND COLOR SHADES
• If there is the likelihood of an unfavorable change in weather conditions within two

hours after painting,
• If there is a deposition of moisture in the form of rain, condensation, frost, etc., on the
surface,
• If the available light is less than 500 LUX(unless lower is agreed by the paint
manufacturer).
If condensation, rain, dust or other foreign materials contaminate the surface of a paint
coating which is not dry to the touch, the paint shall be removed, the surface re-cleaned
and fresh paint applied in accordance with this specification.
Paints shall not be applied within 50 mm of edges which will later have to be welded.
Such weld areas shall be taped for a distance of 50 mm either side of the weld line.
Extra coats of paint shall be applied on the areas where the shape and/or plane of
application result in thinly applied coatings, e.g. at edges, welds, corners etc. To
compensate for these effects, stripe coats of paints shall be applied (normally applied first
so that they will be covered by the full coat).
When zinc rich primers are used, care shall be taken to avoid any possibility of over
spraying onto duplex or austenitic stainless steels, nickel alloys or 9% nickel steel
components.
NOTE: Zinc rich primers shall not be applied on equipment located above equipment
made from the above mentioned materials unless such equipment is located in a
shielded position which will minimize the risk of molten zinc falling onto the equipment in
the event of a fire.
Transport and construction of painted structures shall be carried out only after the drying
time specified by the paint Manufacturer has elapsed. Damage to the paint system shall
be avoided by taking appropriate measures, such as the use of non-metallic slings, etc.
for handling and by minimizing as far as possible handling after painting.
All steel equipment shall be provided with priming or coating system to protect the steel
surfaces during transport, storage, installation and construction.
The Manufacturers have to present the MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheet) for each
painting product containing within the following information: Description, Design Feature,
Physical Characteristics, Application Method, Drying and Curing Time, Surface
Preparation, Typical Coating, Safety Precautions.
Due the flammability of the products, gas and dust particle floating in the work area, is to
be carried out a fire fighting system at the shop or place in which the painting, or other
activities associated with it, have to be executed.
6.2.1 Spray Application
Airless or pneumatic spray applications are the preferred methods of application.

Spray painting may cause interference with other works and so approval from the
Principal shall be obtained. If spray painting is to be carried out, the following shall be
taken into account:
• The correct spray tips, air pressures etc, as recommended by the equipment supplier,
shall be used.
• Each coat shall be applied uniformly and completely over the entire surface. All runs
AND COLOR SHADES
and sags shall be brushed out immediately or the paint shall be removed and the
surface re-sprayed.
• Very complex structures should be painted by brush instead of spray gun to avoid
overspray, dry spray and unacceptable paint losses.
For safety, during the Spray Painting the following precautions have to be carried out:
• Avoid contact with eyes and skin.
• Wear suitable protective clothing such as overalls, goggles, dust mask and gloves.
• Use barrier cream.
• Ensure that there is adequate ventilation in the area where the product is being
applied. Do not breathe in the vapour or spray mist.
• This product is flammable. Keep away from sources of ignition. Do not smoke.
• In case of fire, blanket flames with foam, carbon dioxide or dry chemicals.
• Take precautionary measures against static discharge.
In case of accidents with:

• Eyes → In the event of accidental splashes, flush eyes with warm water immediately
and seek medical advice.
• Skin → Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water or approved industrial cleaner. Do
not use solvents or thinners.
• Inhalation → Remove to fresh air, loosen collar and keep patient rested.
• Ingestion → Do not induce vomiting. Obtain immediate medical attention.
6.2.2 Brush Application
Brush application may be used under the following circumstances:

• When areas cannot be properly coated by spraying for any reason, such as material
or environmental considerations.
• For the initial coat of paint to corners, edges, crevices, holes, welds or irregular
surfaces prior to spray application.
• For "touch up" or repairs to localized damaged paint or areas of incorrectly applied
paint.
• Where the paint Manufacturer considers the coating material suitable for brush
application.
Brushes shall be of a style and quality that will permit the proper application of paint.
Brush applications should be done in two passes that are perpendicular to each other so
that a smooth coat, as near uniform in thickness as possible, is obtained. There should be
no deep or detrimental brush marks. Paint shall be worked into all crevices and corners.
Runs and sags shall be brushed out.
During the application of each coat, all areas such as corners, edges, welds, small
brackets, bolts, nuts, and interstices shall receive additional paint to ensure that these
areas have at least the minimum specified dry film thickness and to ensure continuity of
coating.
AND COLOR SHADES
6.2.3 Roller Application
Roller application shall only be used on relatively large surface areas and only if spraying
is not an option. Roller application shall only be used if the first or priming coat of paint
has been applied by brush. Roller application shall be in accordance with the paint
Manufacturer's instructions.
6.2.4 Protection of Surfaces
Protect all surfaces not to be painted, particularly stainless steel surfaces, from damages
and from products by adequate temporary coverings during all operations of surface
preparations and painting.
Remove paint that may have fallen on these surfaces: e.g. valves stems, glass, adjacent
equipment, flange bolts, etc.
6.3 PAINT STANDARDS OF EQUIPMENT OF MANUFACTURERS
Packages located outdoors, such as pumps, motors, gearboxes, bearings, switchboards,

control and relay panels, distribution boxes, transformers, generators, etc., can be
supplied with paint standards of equipment Manufacturers subject to:
• Paint systems are applied over adequately prepared surface.
• Paint systems shall be capable of withstanding the mentioned environmental
conditions without premature failure.
• For the maximum applicable surface temperature, coating will be performed without
defects and is applied in a minimum of 2 coats to an overall dry film thickness no less
than 180 microns, including no less than 50 microns of primer containing approved
corrosion inhibitory pigments.
As an alternate to conventional painting, powder paint electrostatic applied may be used.

In this case, polyester powder shall be utilized and applied to a minimum dry film
thickness of 100 microns.
• Information is provided for the generic type of paint systems to allow touching up
damaged primer or finishing coats with compatible coating systems.
• These paint standards of equipment manufacturers shall be approved by Company.
Packages located indoors can be delivered with Manufacturer's standard paint
without prior approval.
6.4 EXTENT OF PAINTING
• Galvanized steel shall not be painted.

(But if it needs specific color, painting shall be applied as per para.16.1 note (*1).)
• Insert plates shall be primed on all faces before settled.
• All surfaces that will be hidden after erection shall be fully coated before installation.
• Coated and wrapped underground piping shall not be painted unless otherwise stated
in Appendix I and II.
• Painting of masonry, shelters, woods, etc., and similar items are excluded from the
AND COLOR SHADES
scope of this specification. However, damages from original shop finish shall be
repaired.
• Unless otherwise stated in this specification the following surfaces shall not be
prepared or coated: machined surface, flange surface, gasket contact surfaces,
screw threads, copper alloys, plastic or plastic coated materials, metallic cladding
over insulation, except where specified by Principal.
• Surfaces used for identification purposes, such as name plates, serial number plates,
valve identification signs, gauge glasses and guards, gauge faces and light fixtures,
valve stems and flange bolts shall not be painted.
• Friction grip surfaces shall be blast cleaned but not coated.
• The concrete floor surfaces and machinery bases shall generally be left unpainted.
Where particular qualities such as non-slipping surface coating and high visibility
marking for safety traffic lanes are required, special instructions shall be issued.
• Piping materials such as valves, strainers, steam traps, sample coolers, sight glasses,
flame arresters, expansion bellows, flexible hose and spring hangers shall be painted
with prime coats and finish coats at the manufacture’s shop.
• All embedded steel elements shall be blast cleaned according with the specification
requirement. Only the apparent surfaces shall be primed and all the covered surfaces
shall not be coated.
6.5 PAINTING DATA
Paint systems to be used shall be indicated on the following documents:

• Structural steel painting : Structure drawings
• Equipment and storage tanks painting : MDS
• Pipe painting : Line lists
• Instrument painting : Instrument drawings
7 PAINTING SCHEDULES AND PAINT SYSTEMS

7.1 GENERAL
Suitable paint systems for application on various types of equipment are indicated in the
painting schedules given in (Appendix 1).
Details of the recommended paint systems, including quality of surface preparation and
the recommended dry film thickness of the coatings are presented in (Appendix 2).
Complete shop application of paints is preferred. Where complete paint system
application before transport to the site is not possible, primer and inter coat application in
the shop followed by touch up and top coat painting on site is preferred over complete site
application.
7.2 GENERIC PAINT CHARACTERISTICS
For ease of reference a generic description of the paints indicated in this Specification,
together with a specific characterization of some of their properties, is given below:
AND COLOR SHADES
High solids, amine-cured Polyamine-cured epoxies generally have a good

epoxies: resistance to chemicals and solvents.
Polyamide-cured epoxies exhibit a longer pot life,
High build, polyamide-cured superior flexibility and durability compared with
epoxies: amine-cured epoxies. They possess adequate
chemical resistance.
Two component isocyanate-free urethanes produce
extremely hard, resistant and durable coatings.
High build, aliphatic
Aliphatic urethanes are preferred over aromatic
polyurethanes:
urethanes because of their excellent durability and
gloss retention.
Two components, high built, amine-cured phenolic
Phenolic epoxies: epoxy coatings have excellent resistance to a wide
range of solvents and (organic) acids.
Two component, moisture curing, zinc (alkyl) silicate
coating, containing a minimum of 87% metallic zinc,
(Alkyl) zinc silicates:
is a hard, abrasion resistant coating that can
withstand temperatures up to 600 °C.
Two component, epoxy-based primer. Developed to
Zinc-rich epoxy primer:
provide sacrificial protection to steel surfaces.
Two component, amine-cured, modified epoxies
Solvent free epoxies: without solvent. They can be applied as a heavy duty
coating up to 700 μm thick.
Two component, inorganic polysiloxane. Used for
heat resistance (continuous and cyclic) up to
Polysiloxane:
1110 °C. Current experience with this coating is good
but still very limited.
Thermally sprayed metallic coatings may be used in
Thermally sprayed metal
applications where organic coatings are ineffective or
coatings:
cause product contamination.
Lead containing paints, coal-tar epoxy paints and coal-tar urethane paints should not be
used because of the associated health and environmental restrictions that apply.
Paints specifically intended for use on austenitic stainless steels or high nickel-chromium
alloys shall not contain free chlorides or other halides after curing, although trace amounts
in the raw materials may be acceptable. Chlorides or other halides tied up within the
cured resin's chemical molecule are acceptable, unless they are subject to release
through ageing within the temperature range specified. Such paint formulations shall also
not contain metallic zinc, because of the possibility of inducing liquid metal embrittlement.
NOTE: It has been shown that zinc oxide or zinc phosphate, which is the more recent
non-lead, non-chromate corrosion inhibitive pigment developments do not cause
embrittlement even at 850 °C.
If an epoxy based micaceous iron oxide (MIO) sealer is specified, this shall be applied
AND COLOR SHADES
within 48 hours of the primer coat drying.
8 GALVANIZING
8.1 HOT-DIP GALVANIZING
Hot-dip galvanizing shall be done in the shop and conform to the following requirements
as applicable.
(1) ASTM A123 for structure shapes, plates, bars and fabricated assemblies.
(2) ASTM A153 for hardware and threaded components.
(3) ASTM A385 for high quality hot dip galvanizing.
All steel surfaces shall be chemically cleaned before galvanizing. Welded areas shall be
blast cleaned in accordance with SSPC-SP-6 “Commercial Blast Cleaning” prior to
chemical cleaning.
Galvanizing shall be done after completion of all cutting, drilling, forming, punching and
welding operations performed in the shop, but before any assembly by bolting.
Wrapped or twisted shapers resulting from the galvanizing process are not acceptable
and shall be straightened prior to shipment.
Hot-dip galvanized steel surfaces shall be prepared before application of any coating in
accordance with the applicable paint data. Surface shall be lightly blast cleaned with
appropriate abrasive to ensure proper adhesion of subsequently applied coating.
8.2 APPLICATION
Welds, cut, abrasions or otherwise damaged areas of galvanized surfaces shall be

repaired in the fabricator’s shop prior to shipping with zinc base solder galvanizing
compound, flame-spray galvanizing, or an equal procedure acceptable to the purchaser.
Surface preparation and application shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendation per ASTM A780. Zinc based solder repair of galvanizing is the preferred
method for field repair and shall be used whenever possible.
For repair in field, there is method of cold galvanizing. For touch-ups of damaged spots in
field, cold galvanizing provides long-term galvanic protection against corrosion similar to
Hot-dip galvanizing.
9 Deleted
AND COLOR SHADES
10 INSPECTION AND TESTING

10.1 GENERAL
Before painting activities commence the Contractor shall submit an inspection test plan
indicating inspections and tests to be conducted during preparation and application of the
paint system for approval by Employer as well as personnel qualification certificates.
The following coating inspections and tests shall be applied:
10.2 SURFACE CONTAMINATION
Tests indicating the extent of substrate contamination as a result of iron, chlorides and
dust are specified in ISO 8502-1, ISO 8502-2 and ISO 8502-3, respectively.
- Surface roughness Inspection – ISO8503

- Surface cleanliness Inspection – ISO8501
- Monitoring of environment / ambient condition :
Ambient temperature, surface temperature, relative humidity, dew point
10.3 WET FILM THICKNESS – WFT
Spot checks shall be carried out during the course of the painting operation to ensure that
film thickness is being maintained. These shall be performed according to the procedure
described in ISO 2808, Method No. 7B.
10.4 DRY FILM THICKNESS – DFT
ISO 2808, Method No.6, describes the test techniques suitable for measurement of the
dry film coating thickness.
10.5 ADHESION
The adhesion of the primer to the steel substrate and the inter coat adhesion of the
subsequent coat(s) after curing shall be determined by the application of either a cross-
cut test(a cross-cut area greater than 5%, but not greater than 15%, is affected) in
accordance with ISO 2409 or a pull-off test(criteria is based on adhesive manufacturer’s
recommendations) described in ISO 4624.
10.6 PIN HOLE TEST & HOLIDAY SPARK TEST
Pinhole test and Holiday spark test shall be done as per NACE SP0188 for only internal
tank coatings and the external coatings of buried or immersed equipment, piping and
structure
AND COLOR SHADES
10.7 REPAIR OF DEFECTS AND DAMAGES
Any defects or damages that may occur shall be repaired before the application of further
coats. The repair of damaged coating shall be as given below:
Areas which are to be over coated shall be thoroughly cleaned free from grease, oil and
other contaminants and shall be dry.
The surfaces shall then be prepared to the standard as specified in the Appendices.
Edges of sound paint around the repair area shall be feathered for a smooth transition.
For paint coat, overlapping shall be applied by minimum 50mm width. ; if necessary,
vacuum blasting equipment shall be used for the surface preparation. Subsequently
additional compatible coats shall be applied, until they meet the specification.
Those additional coats shall be blend in with final coating on adjoining area.
Galvanized steel presenting damages exposing the steel shall be repaired prior touch up
by cleaning the damaged surface by mechanical wire brushing to St 3.
Paint touch up shall be with Zinc Rich Epoxy to match original grey colour of galvanized
steel. Minimum DFT of Zinc Rich Epoxy repair coat shall be of 80 microns.
- Pinhole testing & Holiday spark testing
10.8 INSPECTION RECORDS AND REPORTS
The Company shall have the right to inspect the paint work at all stages of preparation
and to reject any tools, instruments, materials, equipment or work which do not conform to
this Specification.
Prior to final acceptance of the paint work an inspection shall be made. The Company
shall both be represented and they shall sign an agreed inspection report.
Coating Inspection Final Record Template

AND COLOR SHADES
CONTRACTOR
Note) This report template will be applicable for field works, however, vendors and
subcontractors who has its own quality control system will present is own report template
separately attaching to their ITPs or Procedures.
AND COLOR SHADES
These reports shall include:

- General
• Names of the Contractor and the responsible personnel.
• Dates when work was carried out.
- Materials preparation
• Equipment and techniques used.
• Materials receipt condition.
• Type and calibration of instruments used.
- Environmental conditions
• Weather and ambient conditions.
• Painting periods
- Surface preparation
• Condition of surface before preparation.
• Tools and methods used to prepare surface.
• Condition after preparation.
- Paints and painting

• Information on systems being applied.
• Mixing and testing prior to application.
• Paint application techniques.
- Testing
• Type of quality control checks carried out, and results.
• Compliance or otherwise with specification.
11 COLOUR
The colour schemes shall be as specified below and may be governed by local
regulations and customs. If an intermediate coat has to be applied it should be applied a
shade lighter than the top coat in order to increase the verifiability.
The Standard Colours according to RAL – K3 shall be used. Comparable colours

according to BS 381C or BS 4800 alternatives may be chosen:
Standard acc. to RAL-K3 Alternatives

Number Colour RAL-No. BS 381C BS 4800
1 Dusty grey 7037 671 10 A 07
2 Mouse grey 7005 337 10 A 11
3 White aluminium 9006 693 00 A 05
4 Rape yellow 1021 356 08 E 51
AND COLOR SHADES
6 Ochre brown 8001 446 08 C 35

8 May green 6017 - -
9 Leaf green 6002 227 -
10 Azure blue 5009 114 -
11 Carmine red 3002 445 04 D 45
12 Oxide red 3009 473 04 C 39
13 Vermilion 2002 539 04 E 53
14 Sepia brown 8014 414 08 B 29
15 Grey brown 8019 499 -
18 Cement grey 7033 634 -
22 Ivory 1014 - -
25 Sapphire blue 5003 106 -
26 Pebble grey 7032 630 18 B 21
27 Sky blue 5015 166 18 E 53
28 Zinc Yellow 1018 355 10 E 53
32 Red lilac 4001 - 24 C 39
33 Pastel orange 2003 - 06 E 51
40 Pine green 6028 - 14 C 39
54 Pale green 6021 - -
55 Reseda green 6011 267 12 B 17
56 Grey white 9002 627 10 A 03
57 Copper brown 8004 - -
58 Daffodil yellow 1007 568 -
59 Nut brown 8011 - -
- Pure white 9010 - -
- Jet black 9005 642 -
11.1 COLOUR SHADES FOR PLANT FACILITIES
The colour shades to be followed for the plant facilities are defined in Appendix-5. This
Appendix is to define the various color shades to be applied for different plant facilities
such as piping, structures, equipment, building, tanks, electrical and instrumentation items
and equipment.
AND COLOR SHADES
12 COATING (3LPE / 3LPP)

12.1 GENERAL
The pipes for UG shall be coated on a continuous coating line without any risk of
deterioration (external pipe wall, bevels and coating) during the various heating, powder
spraying, curing and quenching operations.
Coating shall be suitable for service temperature as follows:

• 3LPE topcoat from - 20 °C to + 80 °C
• 3LPP topcoat from - 20 °C to + 120 °C
3LPE/LPP System is a multilayer coating composed of three functional components. This

anti-corrosion system consists of a high performance fusion bonded epoxy (FBE) followed
by a copolymer adhesive and an outer layer of polyethylene which provides tough,
durable protection. The recommended design temperatures are between -40°C – 85°C for
the 3LPE, and -40°C – 140°C for 3LPP.
The Vendor shall submit the data sheets of its selected products concerning of the
selected epoxy primer material, the adhesive material, the polyethylene and / or
polypropylene and the compatible repair products for Company’s approval. Vendor shall
also provide a written notice attesting that the epoxy primer material, the adhesive
material, the PP and / or PE and the compatible repair products delivered shall meet the
required characteristics according to the specified methods.
Qualification of the proposed application plant, coating equipment, coating method and
products(All pipe diameter with max. thickness) shall be carried out in due time prior of
fabrication. All applicable inspection and Test shall be performed on PQT(Procedure
Qualification Test) before starting the production.
Once approved, epoxy primer material, adhesive material, top coat and repair products
shall not be changed by the Vendor. Approval of the products by the Company shall not,
under any circumstances, be considered as a guarantee from the Company with respect
to coating materials and repair products but simply as an authorization for use.
The qualification shall be re-established when changes occur in qualified procedure, raw
material manufacturers, location, line speed and critical equipment.
12.2 Repair of UG coating
In the field, field joint or several damages can occur in underground construction. These
field welded joint shall be repaired with coating and wrapping method. The wrapping
method and materials are described as below.
1) Operating temperature ≤ 85℃

Primer – Polyken #1027
Anti-corrosion Inner wrap – Polyken #980-30
Mechanical Protection Outer wrap – Polyken #955-20
2) Operating temperature > 85℃ up to 121℃

AND COLOR SHADES
Layer One: Primer – Polyken #1619 (A liquid adhesive layer consisting of thermally-
activated material formulated for elevated temperature.)
Layer Two: Polyken #1600-30HT(A coating layer consisting of a cross linked

polyethylene backing and a cross linked elastomeric adhesive capable of maintaining of
long-term protection at elevated temperature.)
12.3 MATERIALS
The coating materials shall meet the requirements of the DIN 30678.
The minimum thickness of the polyethylene and polypropylene topcoat is listed in the
table below.
Minimum coating thickness [mm]

DN (NPS)
Polyethylene Polypropylene
≤ 250 (10) 2.5 2.0
> 250 (10) and ≤ 500 (20) 3.0 2.2
> 500 (20) 3.2 2.5
No chemical treatment of the surface of steel using chromates is allowed to improve

adhesion. Required adhesion shall be obtained only by using suitable powder epoxy
primer and surface preparation.
12.4 COOLING
The applied coating shall be cooled to a temperature which prevents handling damage
during finishing and final inspection.
12.5 CUT-BACKS
The ends of external coating shall be bevelled in order to ensure a satisfactory bonding of
field joint material on site. The coating edge shall be shaped to form a bevel angle of 30°
to 45°.
Precaution shall be taken to avoid disbandment on the cutback.
AND COLOR SHADES
12.6 INPECTION & TESTING
The following inspection and testing shall be performed during the application of coating
systems:
- Visual examination of surface preparation in accordance with the international

standards
- Profile checking with a suitable "profilometer" according to ISO 8503
- Thickness checking (acceptance criteria shall be per (SSPC - PA 2 –Rule 80 - 20))
- Curing checking
- Adhesion checking
- Porosity checking
12.7 APPLICATION OF REPAIR PRODUCTS
The following procedures should be applied for the repairs:

• Surface preparation
The part of the coating which is not bonded satisfactorily in the faulty area shall be
removed. If the bare metal is exposed, it shall be carefully cleaned by brushing. The
edges of the coating shall be bevelled. The area shall be made free of dust and
degreased with appropriate products.
• Repair
The repair method shall be submitted by the Vendor to the Employer for approval
before production begins.
• Inspection
The repaired area shall be 100% checked with a holiday detector set to 125 V per 25
μm of coating thickness (max. 25 kV as specified in the DIN standards).
The repair products shall meet the characteristics below:

• Suitable for the protection of the pipeline for the pipeline design conditions
• Compatible with the coating applied
All pipes that have been repaired shall be fully re-examined in accordance with the quality
control procedure.
12.8 STORAGE AND SHIPMENT
Coated pipes shall be prepared for transport or shipment in accordance with API RP 5L1
or API RP 5LW, whichever is applicable.
Coated pipes shall not be stored outdoor under direct sunlight for more than 12 month.
AND COLOR SHADES
12.9 RESIDUAL MAGNETISM
The residual magnetic intensity shall be below 3 milliTesla (or 30 gauss), measured on
the cutbacks at each coated line pipe end. 100% of coated pipes shall be tested.
12.10 END CAPS
If the line pipes have been delivered with end caps, Vendor should fit these end caps
again (or new ones) on the pipe ends after coating.
13 QUALITY CONTROL / ASSURANCE

The contractor duty to accomplish with the physical and chemical properties of the paint
materials used, in accordance with the specifications herein or to be provided during the
project execution time.
As the Paint Material Specification, the Employer Site Representative shall have the right
to made random test from wet samples of paint to determine the quality of same. The
contractor shall produce test reports from manufacturer regarding the quality of the
particular batch of supplied.
The contractor shall give guarantee for carrying out the repair, rectification or repainting of
the defects of painting produced during the execution of the painting job and till the expiry
of the defect liability of the total project as per the directions of the Employer Site
Representative.
The painting contractor must have necessary, tools, machinery and equipments for
surface preparation, paint application and the capacity to lead quality and inspection test.
Thus the painting contractor has to prove the worker qualification: surface preparator,
pain applicator, inspector and supervisor.
The Contractor and its own subcontractor to ensure that each and every painting and
coating material shall be complied with section 15 of this document “Painting System”.
The Contractor and Subcontractor shall ensure to satisfaction of Company that painting
works are running under a strict QA/QC program, inspection and testing in accordance
with relevant ITP and a system of periodic surveillance and audits are in place.
The Contractor and Subcontractor shall provide before commence of the works the
panting procedure and a quality control plan for approval of the Contractor’s quality
representative’s approval.
The Quality Control Plan and ITP shall be based on Contractor’s ITP which shows all key
activities of painting and coating works.
By means of the said Quality Control Plan and ITP the Contractor and subcontractor shall
prove that he can perform painting and coating works in accordance with this document.
14 Deleted
-
AND COLOR SHADES
15 INTERNAL LINING OF TANKS AND VESSELS

15.1 GENERAL
The selection of coating materials shall be according to Appendix 1 of this Specification.

The internal lining of tanks and vessels shall be in accordance with the requirements for
new external painting except as amended below. Internal coating systems generic types
based on service and temperature for both process vessels and storage tanks.
For General Reference see NACE handbook - coatings and linings for immersion service
and NACE Document TPC-2.
15.2 COVERAGE
The lining shall extend over the total internal surface including the bore of nozzles and
over the faces of all flanges, unless the latter are weld overlaid with corrosion resistant
alloy (CRA) in which case the lining shall terminate on the CRA. To ensure correct sealing,
lining on flange faces shall be press moulded or machined flat.
Where cathodic protection anodes are installed, care shall be taken to minimize damage
to the coating at the attachment points and to ensure that the active surfaces of the
anodes are not coated.
15.3 SURFACE PREPARATION
Surface preparation shall generally conform to the requirements of Clause 5.

The Contractor shall identify items which require grinding smooth and bring them to the
attention of client for approval.
The surfaces to be lined shall be ground smooth such that all sharp edges and corners
are removed to achieve a minimum radius of 4 mm for convex surfaces and 6 mm for
concave surfaces.
All welds shall be ground smooth and shall be free from porosity, undercut, cracks and
cavities. Blast cleaning shall be carried out to Clause 5.2.
Lining applicable data, material shall be in accordance with lining and coating systems
specified in APPENDIX2. Lining shall be applied to dry and clean under favorable
conditions immediately after completion of preparation the surface roughness and
cleanness was visually checked. It shall meet the requirements specified in engineering
specification.
15.4 INSPECTION
The lining shall be inspected for any irregularities such as raised areas, pinholes, soft
spots, disbandment, discontinuities and delaminations.
Inspection shall include electrical discontinuity testing in accordance with NACE SP0188.
Any defect shall be marked for repair.
Contractor's personnel shall take care to avoid damage to the coating and shall wear
appropriate overshoes.
15.5 TESTING
Thickness checks shall be made throughout the lining operation with a wet film thickness
AND COLOR SHADES
comb to ensure that the lining thickness specification is met.

After curing of each coating, further thickness checks shall be made over the whole
surface using a magnetic thickness gauge.
The lining shall be electrically tested after the application of the full coating system and
curing has taken place. This shall be carried out over the entire lined surface and the test
voltage shall be in accordance with NACE SP0188 and the coating Manufacturer's
recommendations.
This testing shall be carried out in the presence of client.
All coating holidays shall be fully investigated and all defective coating removed and
replaced in accordance with this Specification. All repaired areas shall be re-tested for
holidays. Adhesion test as per ISO 4624 shall be carried out.
15.6 Deleted
-
15.7 STORAGE, HANDLING AND TRANSPORTATION

Removable internal fittings shall be re-installed with extreme care to ensure that the
internal lining is not damaged.
Care shall be taken with storage and transport of internally coated items to avoid damage
to the lining. Openings shall be sealed with soft face blanks.
AND COLOR SHADES
16 APPENDIX 1
16.1 PAINTING SCHEDULES
MAXIMUM FIREPROOFING NATURE SHOP FIELD

PAINT
ITEMS OPERATING OR OF APPLI APPLI
SYSTEM
TEMP. °C INSULATION SURFACE ED ED
STRUCTURAL STEEL NON
≤100°C 01 3 1+2
FIREPROOFED C.S.
PIPE RACKS, PIPE WAYS,
BEAMS, COLUMNS, ≤80°C FIREPROOFED 06 3 1+2
WALKWAYS, LADDERS,
HANDRAILS. RAILING, STAIR
TREAD NOSING, LADDER
RUNG, KICK PLATE, GRATING, ≤100°C ALL G.S. Not Painted(NOTE*1)
TREADS, CHEQUERED PLATE,
PLATFORMS, STAIRS, CABLE
TRAYS (except when galvanized)
≤100°C 01 3 1
101°C
UNINSULATED 02 3 1
to 300°C
301°C
03 3 1
SKIRTS, LEGS to 450°C
C.S.
or SADDLES ≤120°C 04 3 1
121°C FIREPROOFED
OR 05 3 1
to 180°C
181°C INSULATE
Not Painted
to 450°C
≤100°C 01 3 1
EQUIPMENT 101°C
SHELLS UNINSULATED 02 3 1
to 300°C
COLUMNS, BOTTOMS 301°C
NOZZLES 03 3 1
REACTORS, to 450°C
MAN HOLES C.S.
DRUMS, ≤120°C 04 3 1
EXCHANGERS, FLANGES
GUSSETS 121°C
HEATERS, INSULATED 05 3 1
SUPPORTS to 180°C
BOILERS, 181°C
FILTERS, STIFFENERS Not Painted
to 450°C
AIR COOLERS,
EXTERIOR OF ≤120°C ALL G.S. Not Painted(NOTE *1)
TANKS, STEEL
TRANSFER attached
LINES, to equipment ≤100°C C.S. 01 3 1
FLARES. LADDERS,
PLATFORMS
Vessel Internal
≤90°C ALL C.S. 12 3 3
Lining
Tank Internal -
≤90°C ALL C.S. 12 3
Lining
Deleted 0
≤120°C INSULATED 09 3 1
S.S. 121°C S.S.
Component INSULATED 10 3 1
to 450°C
All UNINSULATED S.S Not Painted
AND COLOR SHADES
Definition of material code above :
C.S. = carbon steel, incl. killed carbon steel, alloy steel < 9% Cr or Ni, cast iron/steel, etc.
S.S. = austenitic stainless steel, including high alloy steel (> 9% Cr or Ni)
G.S. = hot dip galvanized steel

PAINT
SYSTEM
≤120°C 01 3 3
UNINSULATED
121°C
(including PP – 02 3 3
to 300°C
Personal
301°C
Protection) 03 3 3
to 450°C
C.S.
≤120°C 04 3 3
PIPING 121°C
05 3 3
to 180°C INSULATED
181°C
PROCESS AND UTILITY PIPES, 03 3 3
to 450°C
BURIED PIPING,
PIPE SUPPORTS INSULATED or
≤120°C 09 3 3
(WELDED TO THESE PIPES) UNINSULATED
S.S.
121°C INSULATED or
10 3 3
to 450°C UNINSULATED
≤120°C ALL G.S. Not Painted(NOTE *1)
Deleted 0
For insulated lines on which, for safety reasons, flanged piping components (flanges, valves, filters, ...) are not
insulated, these accessories shall be fully coated as well as described in paint schedules.
INSTRUMENTS
PAINT STANDARDS OF INSTRUMENT MANUFACTURERS
PROCESS AND UTILITY
INSTRUMENT (PRESSURE, PAINT SYSTEMS MUST BE CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING THE SEVERE
TEMPERATURE, LEVEL, FLOW ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS.
INDICATORS, ALARMS...)
MOTORIZED VALVES, INSTRUMENTS SHALL BE DELIVERED TO SITE WITH FINAL PAINT
CONTROL SYSTEM
VALVES, SAFETY VALVES
PAINT STANDARDS OF EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS
PACKAGES
PAINT SYSTEMS MUST BE CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING THE SEVERE
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS.
MACHINERY
EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DELIVERED TO SITE WITH FINAL PAINT SYSTEM
Symbols : SHOP APPLIED FIELD APPLIED

(at Vendor's Shop) (after site delivery)
1 Primer only 1 Repair and touch up

2 Primer and intermediate 2 Intermediate and/or top coat (finish)
3 Complete protective system 3 Complete protective system
Note: (*1) If painting is required for color identification in Galvanized Steel,

the painting system can be applied as follows.
AND COLOR SHADES

PAINT
SYSTEM
STRUCTURAL STEEL,
≤120°C ALL G.S. 11 - -
EQUIPMENT, PIPING
Note: (*2) If painting (cold galvanization) is required (not zinc based solder) for repair or touch-up
in field about galvanizing, the painting system shall be applied as follows

PAINT
SYSTEM
STRUCTURAL STEEL,
ALL ALL G.S. 13 - -
EQUIPMENT, PIPING
AND COLOR SHADES
17 APPENDIX 2
17.1 PAINT SYSTEMS
DFT given in the table is minimum requirement and shall be used as a general guideline
however. DFT of each system shall be as recommended by the paint manufacturer.
17.1.1 PAINT SYSTEM 01
Non-insulated surfaces
Maximum operating temperature: up to 100°C
Approved systems :
Surface preparation: Abrasive blasting Sa 2½ -Mean roughness G: When viewed without

magnification, the surface shall be free from oil, grease and dirt spots, as also of mill scale, rust,
paint coatings and foreign matter. Any remaining traces of contamination shall show only as
slight strains in the form of spot or stripes.
Primer coat Intermediate coat Finish coat

Aliphatic or acrylic
Product type Zinc-rich epoxy High-build epoxy
polyurethane
AMERCOAT 68G AMERCOAT 456 AMERCOAT 450S
AMERON
60μm 130μm 40μm
CARBOLINE CARBOLINE 656 Ⅱ CARBOGUARD 893 CARBOLINE 134

50μm 140μm 40μm
HEMPADUR ZINC HEMPADUR 45143 HEMPATHANE 55210
HEMPEL
17360 40μm 150μm 40μm
INTERZINC 52 INTERGARD 475HS INTERTHANE 990
INTERNATIONAL
50μm 140μm 40μm
JOTAMASTIC 87
JOTUN BARRIER 77 40μm HARDTOP AS 40μm
150μm
SIGMAZINC 102HS SIGMCOVER 410 SIGMADUR 550
SIGMAKALON
60μm 130μm 40μm
Note: Total Dry Film Thickness: 230 μm.
Inspection:
- Dry film thickness: According to ISO 19840
- Minimum adhesion: 3 MPa
Guarantee (anti-corrosion performance):
- Duration and degree of rust acc. to EN ISO 4628: 5 years Ri 2 and appearance (all defects) 3
years 3(S3)
AND COLOR SHADES
Maximum operating temperature: from 101°C to 300°C
Approved systems :

paint coatings and foreign matter. The surface should have a uniform metallic colour.

Product type Zinc (ethyl-) silicate Modified silicone Modified silicone
AMERCOAT 878
AMERON DIMETCOTE 9 60μm n.g.
25μm
CARBOZINC 11 CARBOLINE 4674 CARBOLINE 4674
CARBOLINE
70μm 30μm 30μm
GALVOSIL 15702 SILICONE 56910 SILICONE 56910
HEMPEL
60μm 20μm 20μm
INTERTHERM 50 INTERTHERM 50
INTERNATIONAL INTERZINC 22 60μm
30μm 30μm
JOTUN RESIST 86 50μm SOLVALITT AL 25μm SOLVALITT AL 25μm
SIGMAZINC 9 SIGMATHERM 350 SIGMATHERM 350
SIGMAKALON
60μm 25μm 25μm
Inspection:
- Minimum adhesion: n.g.
- Duration and degree of rust acc. to EN ISO 4628: 1 year Ri 3

AND COLOR SHADES
Approved systems :


Product type Zinc (ethyl-) silicate Silicone aluminium Silicone aluminium
AMERON DIMETCOTE 9 75μm n.g. AMERCOAT 878 25μm
CARBOLINE 4631 CARBOLINE 4631
CARBOLINE CARBOZINC 11 70μm
30μm 30μm
GALVOSIL 15702 SILICONE 56910 SILICONE 56910
HEMPEL
60μm 20μm 20μm
INTERNATIONAL INTERZINC 22 60μm
30μm 30μm
JOTUN SOLVALITT AL 25μm n.g. SOLVALITT AL 25μm
SIGMAZINC 9 SIGMATHERM 540 SIGMATHERM 540
SIGMAKALON
60μm 25 μm 25 μm
Inspection:

AND COLOR SHADES
Heat-insulated surfaces
Approved systems :

Primer coat Finish coat

Product type Modified epoxy Modified epoxy
AMERON AMERLOCK 2C 120μm AMERLOCK 2C 120μm
CARBOLINE CARBOMASTIC 15 120μm CARBOMASTIC 15 120μm
HEMPEL HEMPADUR 45143 120μm HEMPADUR 45143 120μm
INTERNATIONAL INTERPLUS 256 120μm INTERPLUS 256 120μm
JOTUN PRIMASTIC UNIVERS. 120μm PRIMASTIC UNIVERS. 120μm
SIGMAKALON SIGMA PRIME 200 120μm SIGMA PRIME 200 120μm
Note 1 : Maximum temperature: 150°C.
Inspection:
- Duration and degree of rust acc. to EN ISO 4628: 5 years Ri 2 up to 100°C and 1 year Ri 3
Beyond
AND COLOR SHADES
Heat-insulated surfaces
Approved systems :


High temperature High temperature High temperature
Product type
epoxy-based epoxy-based epoxy-based
AMERCOAT 90 S AMERCOAT 90 S
AMERON n.g.
100μm 100μm
THERMALINE 400 THERMALINE 400
CARBOLINE n.g.
120μm 120μm
HEMPADUR 85671
HEMPEL n.g. n.g.
140μm
INTERNATIONAL n.g.
100μm 100μm
TANKGUARD TANKGUARD
JOTUN n.g.
STORAGE 100μm STORAGE 100μmm
SIGMATHERM 230 SIGMATHERM 230
SIGMAKALON -
125μm 125μm
Inspection:

AND COLOR SHADES
Fireproofed surfaces
Maximum operating temperature: ambient (< 80°C)
Approved systems :


AMERON AMERLOCK 2C 100μm AMERLOCK 2C 100μm
CARBOLINE CARBOMASTIC 15 100μm CARBOMASTIC 15 100μm
HEMPEL HEMPADUR 15570 100μm HEMPADUR 15570 (MIO) 100μm
INTERNATIONAL INTERZINC 52 70μm INTERGARD 475 HS 140μm
JOTUN PRIMASTIC UNIVERSAL 100μm PRIMASTIC 100μm
SIGMAKALON SIGMAPRIME 200 100μm SIGMAPRIME 200 100μm
Inspection:
- Duration and degree of rust acc. to EN ISO 4628: 5 years Ri 2

AND COLOR SHADES
Buried piping surfaces

Maximum operating temperature: ambient (< 80°C)
Approved systems :


AMERON AMERLOCK 400 GFA 400μm n.g.
CARBOLINE CARBOGUARD 40μm APSACOAT 102 500μm
HEMPADUR 45540 multi-strength
HEMPEL HEMPADUR 15590 40μm
400μm
INTERNATIONAL - INTERZONE 954 500μm
JOTUN BALTOFLAKE 400μm n.g.

SIGMAKALON SIGMASHIELD 400 400μm n.g.
Inspection:

AND COLOR SHADES
Section Deleted
0
AND COLOR SHADES
Approved systems :
Surface preparation: Abrasive blasting Sa 1 -Mean roughness G: When viewed without


Aliphatic or acrylic
Product type Polyamide-Epoxy High-build epoxy
polyurethane
AMERLOCK 2C AMERCOAT 450 S
AMERON n.g.
110μm 50μm
CARBOGUARD 893 CARBOGUARD 893 CARBOLINE 134
CARBOLINE
50μm 140μm 40μm
HEMPADUR 15553 HEMPADUR 45143 HEMPATHANE 55210
HEMPEL
40μm 150μm 40μm
INTERGARD 251 INTERGARD 475HS INTERTHANE 990
INTERNATIONAL
50μm 140μm 40μm
PENGUARD PRIMER PENGUARD HARDTOP SERIES
JOTUN
50μm EXPRESS 140μm 40μm
SIGMACOVER 630 SIGMACOVER 410 SIGMADUR 550
SIGMAKALON
100μm 140μm 40μm
Inspection:
- Duration and degree of rust acc. to EN ISO 4628: 5 years Ri 2 and appearance (all defects) 3
years 3(S3)
AND COLOR SHADES
Approved systems :


Product type Modified silicone Silicone aluminium Silicone aluminium
AMERON - AMERCOAT 878 25μm AMERCOAT 878 25μm
CARBOLINE 4631 CARBOLINE 4631
CARBOLINE -
30μm 30μm
SILICONE 56910 SILICONE 56910
HEMPEL -
20μm 20μm
INTERNATIONAL -
30μm 30μm
JOTUN - SOLVALITT AL 30μm SOLVALITT AL 30μm
SIGMATHERM 540 SIGMATHERM 540
SIGMAKALON -
25μm 25μm
Inspection:

AND COLOR SHADES
Non Insulated or insulated surfaces (This is applicable for Galvanized steel)

Approved systems:

magnification, the surface shall be free of all visible oil, grease, dirt, dust, loose mil scale, loose
rust, and loose coating.

Polyamide cured
Product type - polyurethane
epoxy
AMERLOCK 2C AMERCOAT 450S
AMERON -
110μm 40μm
CARBOGUARD CARBOTHANE PU134
CARBOLINE -
954HB 50μm 40μm
HEMPADUR 15553 HEMPATHANE 55210
HEMPEL -
40μm 40μm
INTERGARD 251 INTERTHANE 990
INTERNATIONAL -
50μm 40μm
PENGUARD PRIMER HARDTOP SERIES
JOTUN -
50μm 40μm
SIGMAPRIME 200 SIGMADUR 550
SIGMAKALON
110 μm 40 μm
Inspection:

AND COLOR SHADES
Tank & Vessel internal lining (This coating system is not applicable to water service such
as water tanks)
Approved systems :

Product type Phenolic Epoxy Phenolic Epoxy Phenolic Epoxy
CARBOLINE - - -
HEMPADUR 85671 HEMPADUR 85671 HEMPADUR 85671
HEMPEL
100μm 100μm 100μm
INTERNATIONAL INTERLINE 994 90μm INTERLINE 994 90μm INTERLINE 994 90μm
Tankguard Storage Tankguard Storage
JOTUN -
150μm 150μm
PHENGUARD 930 PHENGUARD 935 PHENGUARD 940
SIGMAKALON
100μm 100μm 100μm
Inspection:

AND COLOR SHADES
Repair or touch up about galvanizing

Approved systems :

Product type Zinc dust Paint
CARBOLINE - - -
HEMPEL - - -
Interzic 52
INTERNATIONAL - -
75 μm X times
BARRIER 77
JOTUN - -
75μm X times
SigmaZinc 102HS
SIGMAKALON - -
75 μm X times
Inspection:
- Dry film thickness: According to the thickness of galvanized surface

AND COLOR SHADES
18 APPENDIX 3
18.1 SUPPLIER
The following list indicates some potential supplier for the above described painting
systems without being exhausting.
Geholit + Wiemer Lack- und Kunststoff-Chemie GmbH

International Farbenwerke GmbH
Lacor Lackfabrik Wersig + Schatt KG
SIGMA Coatings
Sika Korrosionschutz GmbH
Azko Nobel Nederland B.V.
Hempel Industrifarben GmbH & Co. KG
Feidal GmbH
DuPont Performance Coatings GmbH & Co. KG
19 Deleted
AND COLOR SHADES
20 APPENDIX 5
COLOUR SHADES FOR PLANT FACILITIES (PROCESS AND NON-PROCESS)

AND COLOR SHADES
The colour shades are divided as follows
A) Equipment
B) Structures and Buildings
C) Piping
D) Electrical
E) Instrumentation
F) Safety
A) EQUIPMENT:
AND COLOR SHADES
B) STRUCTURE AND BUILDING
C) PIPING:
C-1) COLOR OF PIPE & FITTINGS (INCLUDING MANUAL VALVES)
The base colour for all un-insulated piping system other than fire water system
shall be RAL-NO 7042 (traffic grey) for service temperature below 100 deg C
and RAL 9006 (White Aluminum) for service temperature 101 deg C and
above over the whole length of the pipe work with rings as specified in section
below.
Fire water piping system shall be painted as mentioned in section F below.
Non visible area shall also be painted in accordance with paragraph 1 of this
section.
AND COLOR SHADES
AND COLOR SHADES
AND COLOR SHADES
Colour of Valves
All the valves shall have paint colour shade RAL 9006, the service identification
shall be at the connecting Piping flange as shown in sketch
C-2) WARNING RINGS
Colour of rings shall be as per table below:
The width of warning signs and the interval between them shall be in accordance
with table in section C-1.
AND COLOR SHADES
C-3) LETTERING AND FLOW DIRECTION

AND COLOR SHADES
D) ELECTRICAL
AND COLOR SHADES
E) INSTRUMENTATION
F) SAFETY
ATTACHMENT – 26: PIPE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

SARQALA (S-1) CPF UPGRADE,
GARMIAN BLOCK, KURDISTAN
REPUBLIC OF IRAQ
DOCUMENT DETAILS:

PROJECT TITLE
DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION : PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
REVISION DETAILS
1 RE-ISSUED FOR DESIGN 01-02-2017 TKG CNR PJ
0 ISSUED FOR DESIGN 06-01-2017 TKG CNR PJ
B ISSUED FOR APPROVAL 22-11-2017 TKG CNR PJ
A ISSUED FOR REVIEW 05-11-2017 TKG CNR PJ
This document has been developed by Fortune Engineering & Energy Services as part of contractual obligations under contract 243-16-EB-GR-
C and is exclusive property of Gazprom Neft Middle East B.V. It is to be used for the purpose which it is lent and must not be copied or used in
any way detrimental to the interest of the COMPANY and subject to return on demand.

PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Doc. No.: GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-SP-0001 Rev.: 1 Page: 2 of 33
REVISION SUMMARY
Rev. Date Revised Section Revised Revision Description
A 11-11-2017 First Issue ISSUED FOR REVIEW
- Piping Class for FRP (AF2) added

- Para 9.1.3: Swing Check Valve included
- Para 9.3: Screwed fittings limit changed
from 3” to 2”
B 22-11-2017 ISSUED FOR APPROVAL
- Para 9.7: Gaskets for FRP Piping added
- Para 12.1: % for MP/DP & Radiography
revised to 10% from 5%
- Para 12: Note-1 deleted.
- Pipe class “G” added
- Commodity coding philosophy added
0 06-01-17 - Commodity Codes added for ISSUED FOR DESIGN
Components
- LTCS material removed from Pipe class
- Laterals added
1 01-02-2018 - HP Piping Class added RE-ISSUED FOR DESIGN
- Pipe Class “D” (CL. 900#) added
SUMMARY OF HOLDS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................. 5
2. SCOPE ............................................................................................................................... 5
3. PURPOSE .......................................................................................................................... 6
4.1. DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................................ 6
4.2. ABBREVIATIONS...................................................................................................... 6
5. ORDER OF PRECEDENCE................................................................................................ 7
7. PIPING CLASS DESIGNATION ......................................................................................... 9
8. UNIT OF MEASUREMENTS............................................................................................. 10
9. GENERAL REQUIRMENTS ............................................................................................. 10
9.1. VALVES................................................................................................................... 11
9.2. FLANGES ................................................................................................................ 12
9.3. FITTINGS ................................................................................................................. 13
9.4. BRANCH CONNECTIONS....................................................................................... 14
9.5. THREADS ................................................................................................................ 14
9.6. BOLTING ................................................................................................................. 14
9.7. GASKETS / PACKING ............................................................................................. 14
9.8. UNIONS ................................................................................................................... 14
10. HEAT TREATMENT REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................ 15
11. IMPACT TEST REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................... 15
12. NDE REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING AT FIELD............................................................... 15
12.1. NDE REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................. 15
12.2. POSITIVE MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION ................................................................ 15
12.3. PWHT REQUIREMENT ................................................................................................ 16
13. SUMMARY OF CHANGES TO FEED PIPING CLASS SPECIFICATION......................... 16
14. SERVICE INDEX .............................................................................................................. 17
APPENDIX-A ........................................................................................................................... 19
COMMODITY CODE PHILOSOPHY ....................................................................................... 19
ATTACHMET -1....................................................................................................................... 27
(PIPING CLASS – A) ............................................................................................................... 27
ATTACHMET -2....................................................................................................................... 28
(PIPING CLASS – B) ............................................................................................................... 28
ATTACHMET -3....................................................................................................................... 29
(PIPING CLASS – C) ............................................................................................................... 29
ATTACHMET -4....................................................................................................................... 30
(PIPING CLASS – AF2) ........................................................................................................... 30
(PIPING CLASS – G) ............................................................................................................... 31
ATTACHMET -6....................................................................................................................... 32
(PIPING CLASS – D) ............................................................................................................... 32
ATTACHMET -7....................................................................................................................... 33
(PIPING CLASS – H) ............................................................................................................... 33
1. INTRODUCTION
Gazprom Neft Middle East B.V (COMPANY) is currently engaged in the development of the
The Sarqala-1 Facilities Upgrade Project is being undertaken by Gazprom Neft Middle East
B.V. to enable Additional oil and water handling capacity of its Sarqala-1 Oil Facility. This is in
view of the planned Production increase from its Garmian block. Based on the field
development plan, peak Production target is estimated at 35,000 bopd whereas current
capacity of the Sarqala-1 Oil Facility is 10,000 bopd with a storage capacity of 42,600 bbl.
Thus this project (which represents Phase 2a Facilities scope of the field development) will
create an additional 25,000 bopd oil handling capacity (Including upgrade of relevant utilities)
at Sarqala-1 with an additional 24,000 bbl of onsite oil Storage.
It is to be noted that at present the old existing Separators (V-100 HP) and (V-200 LP) with
design capacity of 10,000 bopd are on warm stand by, and the Oil Fluid from S-1 Well is being
treated through the 2 No. newly installed Separators (V-101 HP) and (V-201 LP) with a design
capacity of 25,000 bopd.
The Oil Fluid from S-2 well which is anticipated to be operational in 2018 and S-3 well which is
anticipated to be operational in 2019 shall be transported to the CPF facilities via dedicated
pipelines (flow lines) and hence the initial planned production of 25000 bopd shall be passed
through the newly installed separators (V-101HP & V-201 LP) while the old existing separators
(V-100 HP & V-200 LP) shall be on warm stand by.
In 2019, when the oil fluid from the S-3 well will become operational, then the old separators
(V-100HP) and (V-200 LP) shall be activated to assist in the total Oil treatment of 35,000 bopd.
2. SCOPE
This document covers the minimum requirements for the design and selection of piping
components for PROJECT - SARQALA (S-1) CPF UPGRADE, GARMIAN BLOCK,
KURDISTAN REPUBLIC OF IRAQ.
Detailed Specifications are in Attachment - 1 with the following exceptions:-

a) Items designated as Specialties such as strainers, sight glasses, flame arrestors etc.
b) All Instrument items like control valves, thermo wells and orifice flanges etc.
c) HVAC ducts
d) Service piping inside the buildings
e) Instrument tubing/Piping
f) All pipeline related items
3. PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to ensure that the piping material used in the project has a
well-defined consistency and basis is maintained throughout the execution of the project. This
document is intended to be used as the basis for project design and material Procurement.
4.1. DEFINITIONS

Upgradation FEED

Republic of Iraq.
VENDOR - Is the Party which manufactures and/or supplies materials,

equipment, technical documents, drawings and/or services to
perform the duties specified by the COMPANY /
CONTRACTOR.
SHOULD - Indicates that the requirement is strongly recommended to be

adhered to.
4.2. ABBREVIATIONS

ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials
CC - Corrosion Coupon
CP - Cathodic Protection
DD - Detail Design
EN - Euro Norm
EPC - Engineering, Procurement, Construction
FBE - Fusion Bonded Epoxy
GAD - General Arrangement Drawing
GRE - Glass Reinforced Epoxy
HAZOP - Hazard and Operability
HAZID - Hazard Identification
HSE - Health, Safety and Environment
MR - Material Requisition
MTO - Material Take-off
P&ID - Piping & Instrumentation Diagram
PMS - Piping Material Specification
PS - Project Specifications
QM - Quality Management
In the event of apparent technical conflict occurring in applying this design basis and reference
documents, the following order of precedence shall apply:

 Project Data sheets
 International codes and standards as mentioned in the Project specification (with Note 1)

requirements set forth in codes and standards, the former shall be considered as
mandatory requirement for this Project.
Exceptions to and deviations from this specification and any other referenced documents shall
not be implemented without written approval by COMPANY.
As a minimum requirement the plant layout and the piping shall conform to the Technical Rules
of ASME B31.3.
Other codes, standards and specifications appertaining to piping engineering are referenced
below. Should any conflict exist between this standard and the mentioned codes and
requirements, then the more stringent shall apply.
For the applicable codes and standards for this project reference is made to:
When an edition date is not indicated for a code or standard, the latest edition in force at time
of Contract award shall apply.

ASME B31.3 - Process Piping
ASME - Design and Fabrication of Pressure Vessels
SECTION VIII,
Div.1

ASME B16.5 -
American Petroleum Institute (API)
Recommended Practices for the Design and

API RP 520 - Installation of Pressure-Relieving Systems in
Refineries
Centrifugal Pumps for Petroleum, Petrochemical and

API 610 -
Natural Gas Industries
API 650 - Welded Tanks for Oil Storage
Project Specifications And Procedures
GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-DB-0001 - Piping Design Basis
GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0001 - Specification for Layout and Piping
Specification for Pipe and Piping

GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0002 -
Components
Specification for Gate, Globe and Check

GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0003 -
Valve
GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0004 - Specification for Ball Valves
GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0005 - Specification for FRP Piping
GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0007 - Piping Stress Analysis Specification
GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0008 - Pipe Support Standard
GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-CL-0001 - Piping Wall Thickness Calculation
GMCPF-J5177-000-PR-DB-0001 - Process Design Basis
GMCPF-J5177-200-PJ-PP-0004 - Tag Numbering Procedure
GMCPF-J5177-200-PJ-PP-0005 - Document Numbering Procedure
7. PIPING CLASS DESIGNATION
The following designated Piping Classes are covered in this Specification:

PIPING CLASS CORROSION FLANGE

RATING MATERIAL
DESIGNATION ALLOWANCE FACING
A CL. 150 CS 1.6 mm RF
B CL. 300 CS 1.6 mm RF
C CL. 600 CS 1.6 mm RF
AF2 CL. 150 FRP 0.0 mm FF
CL. 150 CS, Hot Dip RF/ Threaded

G 0.0 mm
Galvanized
H API-15000 CS 1.6 mm RTJ
1
D CL. 900 CS 1.6 mm RF
8. UNIT OF MEASUREMENTS
 SI units shall be used throughout the specifications with the following exceptions
Nominal bore (NB) size of Pipe and Components are in Inch
 Wall thickness is in schedule Number (SCH), if schedule number is not available then
thickness is indicated in mm
 Stud bolt and Nut diameter is in Inch and length is in mm
9. GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
The pressure/temperature service limits shown in each piping class indicate the maximum
allowable P-T combinations of design conditions and these shall not be exceeded.
All material piping classes have pipe wall thickness schedules governed by
pressure/temperature limits mentioned in each piping class.
Pipe in size 1/4", 3/8", 1"1/4, 2"1/2, 3"1/2, 5", 7", 9", 22", should be avoided as far as possible.
Standard line connections to equipment with such connection sizes shall be made with suitable
adapter fittings provided by equipment supplier.
MINIMUM THICKNESS (RETIREMENT THICKNESS)
The wall thickness of piping components is in accordance with requirements of ASME B31.3
for piping classes with ASME material. See Document GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-CL-0001, Piping
Wall Thickness Calculation.
The minimum wall thickness after reduction by corrosion allowance, mill tolerance, threading
allowance (where applicable) shall not be less than the following:
Minimum corroded thickness

Nominal Pipe Size (NPS)
(retirement thickness)
½" to ¾" 1.0 mm

1" to 8" 1.5 mm

10" 2.3 mm
12" to 14" 2.8 mm
16" to 24" 3.1 mm
For Sizes 1.½” and below Sch 80 shall be selected as a minimum for carbon steel/CRA
respectively.
If the wall thickness required to contain the pressure is less than the "Minimum Corroded
Thickness", the "Minimum Corroded Thickness" shall be used for pipe wall thickness selection
purpose.
All butt weld end preparation shall be in accordance with ASME B16.25.
9.1. VALVES
9.1.1 GENERAL
Unless otherwise noted the face to face dimensions for valves to the extent covered
shall be in accordance to ASME B16.10.
9.1.2 GEAR OPERATED VALVES
Unless otherwise specified, valves shall normally be actuated by gear operator in

the following cases:
Valve Rating Size in NB
Type
150# With size 16” and over

Gate
Valves
300/600# With size 12” and over
Globe 150/300/600# With size 8” and over

Valves
With size 10” and over

150/300#
Ball
Valves With size 6” and over
600
With size
Note: Force required to operate hand wheel operated Gate/Globe Valves (without
gear) shall be below 20 kgs.
9.1.3 CHECK VALVES
Unless otherwise specified, type of check valves shall be as follows:
 1/2" - 11/2” Ball or Piston type with spring horizontal and vertical.
 2" – 24” Swing Type check Valve.
9.1.4 BALL VALVES
 Unless otherwise specified in P&ID ball valves shall be reduced bore

 When available long pattern is preferred.
 PTFE or reinforced PTFE seats shall be used for design temperature up to 200 Deg C
 If a higher temperature is specified, soft seat material is selected subject to Vendor
demonstrating the suitability of selected material at design temperature by submitting
the P-T rating curves of offered material.
9.2. FLANGES
9.2.1 DIMENSIONS
Dimensions of carbon steel and stainless steel flanges shall be in accordance with:
 ASME B16.5 for sizes up to 24"

 ASME B16.47 Series A for sizes 26" and over
9.2.1 FACING
 Raised face flanges shall be used up to 600#

 Flat faced flanges with full faced gaskets shall be used for connecting piping to a piping
class flat faced cast iron (and glass reinforced thermosetting resin, and so on) flanged
valve or equipment.
9.2.1 FLANGE FACING FINISH
 Machining shall be in accordance with ASME B16.5 as follows:

 Serrated concentric or serrated spiral.
 Average roughness: Ra 3.2 to 6.3 µm (125 to 250 µin AARH) for RF
 Average roughness: Ra 6.3 to 12.5 µm (250 to 500 µin AARH) for FF
9.2.1 SPECTACLE BLINDS AND SPACER & BLIND

Spectacle blinds shall be used in the following sizes:
Class 150 # NPS 12 and smaller

Spades and spacers will be used for all higher sizes.
9.3. FITTINGS
 Socket weld fittings shall normally be used for nominal diameter 1" 1/2 and smaller, and
butt weld fittings for nominal diameter 2" and larger. Screwed fittings may be used up to 2”.
 Fittings shall conform to the requirements of the following standard and any special
requirements noted in individual piping material classes:
 Butt welding fittings including stub ends:
1. Carbon steel ASME B16.9

2. Stainless steel/CRA ASME B16.9
 Threaded and socket and

Threaded welding fittings:
socket welding
fittings:
1. Carbon Steel ASME B16.11

2. Galvanized Carbon Steel ASME B16.11
3. Stainless Steel ASME B16.11
Ends of butt welded fittings shall be equal to the thickness of connected pipe.
Welded fittings will have weld seams 100 % Radiographed.
 The use of miter bends shall be avoided.

 In general, all nipples 1"1/2 and smaller shall be cut from pipe, and have a wall thickness
minimum schedule 80 for carbon steel and 40S for stainless steels.
 Short radius elbow shall not be permitted unless specifically warranted by space
constraint.
9.4. BRANCH CONNECTIONS
 The type of branch connection to be used is shown in the BRANCH TABLE

 Standard reducing Tee available as per ASME B16.9 are considered & weldolets for those
combinations where Standard Reducing Tee are not available.
 Sockolet shall be used up to 11/2” for NON SOUR piping class.
 Flare service branching shall be Lateral.
9.5. THREADS
 Threads for threaded pipes, fittings, flanges and valves shall be in accordance with ASME
B1.20.1 (NPT) taper threads.
 PTFE jointing tape is only permitted on utility fluids (air, water).
 Socket weld fittings shall be used for process and steam lines. In case of use of threaded
fittings, thread shall be cleaned of any oil grease, sealing compound, etc. before
installation seal welded afterwards.
9.6. BOLTING
 Bolting shall be in accordance with ASME B18.2.1/ B18.2.2 and threading to ASME B1.1.
9.7. GASKETS / PACKING
 All gaskets and packing shall be asbestos free.

 All gaskets for class 150# up to class 600# shall be suitable for raised face (RF)
installation.
 Elastomeric gaskets shall be used for FRP Piping.
9.8. UNIONS
 Use of unions shall be restricted to utilities only, other than steam.
10. HEAT TREATMENT REQUIREMENTS
 All Heat Treatment requirements shall be as per applicable ASTM standard and Purchase
Specifications.
11. IMPACT TEST REQUIREMENTS
 All impact testing requirements shall be as per applicable ASTM standard & Purchase
Specifications.
12. NDE REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING AT FIELD
12.1. NDE Requirements

Following are the NDE requirements for piping for fabrication at Field/Site
Piping Rating Visual % %of MP/DP %Radiography PWHT Reqd

Class (Branch Weld) (Note-2,3) (Yes/No)
(Note-3)
A 150 100 10 10 No
B 300 100 10 10 No
C 600 100 10 10 No
AF2 CL. 150 100 NA NA NA
G CL. 150 100 NA NA NA
D CL. 900 100 10 10 -
1
100 100% As per ASME
H API-15000
B31.3
Notes:
1. Deleted.
2. Ultrasonic examination in lieu of radiography is not allowed.
3. All NDE examination and testing shall be carried out after final heat treatment.
12.2. POSITIVE MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION
Positive Material Identification (PMI) for SS and CRA alloys shall be as per the project
specification doc. GMCPF-J5177-200-QA-SP-0001.
12.3. PWHT Requirement

Unless otherwise specified Post Welded heat treatment shall be performed in accordance with
ASME 31.3 Table 331.1.1.based on which following are the thickness considered for PHWT.
a) For CS materials with thickness ≥ 20 mm PWHT shall be considered.
b) For CS materials, PWHT is not required unless hardness testing performed, reveals weld hardness
exceeding 200BHN.
13. SUMMARY OF CHANGES TO FEED PIPING CLASS SPECIFICATION
 Detailed Spec. wise changes are as follows:

Sr No Piping Class Changes to FEED Piping class
1 A 1. Branch Table included
2. Maximum Line Size limit increased from NPS 12” to NPS 24”
based on P&IDs.
3. Following items are included:
a. Spacers & Spades for larger sizes where spectacle
blinds couldn’t be used.
b. Blind Flanges
c. Socket welded fittings & Valves (for small bore)
4. Gear Operator requirement revised as below:
FEED (TNT) Revised as

Ball Valve >8” Same as FEED
Gate Valve >10” 16” & over
Globe >10” 8” & over
2 B
1. Branch Table included
based on P&IDs.
b. Blind Flanges

Ball Valve 8” & over 10” & over
Gate Valve 10” & over 12” & over
Globe 10” & over 8” & over
3 C 1. Branch Table included

based on P&IDs.
b. Blind Flanges

Ball Valve 6” & over Same as FEED
Gate Valve 8” & over 12” & over
Globe 8” & over Same as FEED
4 AF2
1 5 G
1. This Piping Class (G – CS, Hot dip galvanized) is newly
added
6 D
1. This Piping Class (D – ASME CL. 900) is newly added
7 H
1. This Piping Class (H –API 15000#) is newly added
14. SERVICE INDEX
SR PIPE MIN/MAX RATING CA

MATERIAL OF
NO CLASS SERVICE Design # mm
CONSTRUCTION
Temp.
Deg C
Produced Oil
Crude Oil
Gas
1 A 100 150 CS 1.6
Produced Water
Drain
Flare
Gas
2 B 100 300 CS 1.6
Drain
Oil Emulsion (Well stream
Fluids)
3 C 100 600 CS 1.6
Produced Oil
Produced Water
Gas
Drain
Flare
4 AF2 Produced Water 99 150 FRP 0.0
5 G Instrument Air 38 150 CS (Galvanized) 0.0
6 D PSV OUTLET 900 CS 1

API
7 H Well Fluids CS
15000#
Note:
1) If only one value is specified in Design Temp column, it shall be considered as MAX. Design
Temp.
APPENDIX-A
COMMODITY CODE PHILOSOPHY

1. COMMODITY CODING PHILOSOPHY
Each Piping component is identified with 9 digit alpha numeric number. Philosophy of the
Piping commodity items will be as under:
1. 1st & 2nd digits will be alphabets referring to item description (Ref. Table A.1)
2. 3rd & 4th digits will be numerals refer to material of construction (Ref. Table A.2)
3. 5th and 6th digit will refer to Schedule/ Rating of the Component (Ref. Table A.3)
4. 7th & 8th digit will be alphabets refer to the End connection (Ref. Table A.4)
5. 9th & 10th digits will refer to Additional requirements (Ref. Table A.5)
6. 11th & 12th digits will be reserved for Bore size (Ref. Table A.6)
1
7. 13th & 14th digits will be reserved to identify thickness in case of fittings (Ref. Table A.3.1)
E.g. for Valve 8”, Ball Valve, A216 Gr. WCB, part number will be as per below:
VB22R1FL01RB
Explanation for above Nomenclature for Piping Commodity Code:

1 2 3 4 5 6
VB 22 R1 FL 01 RB
Material – ASTM A
Thickness/Rating -
End Connection –
Item – Ball Valve
Bore – Reduced
Requirements –
Valve trim “Cr
216 Gr. WCB
Additional
#150 RF
Overlay”
Flanged
Bore
Table A.1 (Item Description)
P_- PIPE SMLS

PF- PIPE FRP
VB- VALVE BALL

VC- VALVE CHECK
VG- VALVE GATE
VR- GLOBE VALVE
VN- NEEDLE VALVE
VU- BUTTERFLY VALVE
VD- DBB VALVE
FR- FLANGE REDUCING

FW- FLANGE WN
FS- FLANGE SW
FT- FLANGE THD
FB- FLANGE BLIND
SB- SPECTACLE BLIND
FP- FLANGE FRP
1
BT- TARGET BLIND
N_- NIPPLE
NS- SWAGE NIPPLE
C_- CAP
CP- COUPLING
RED COUPLING;
CA-
CONCENTRIC
CB- RED COUPLING; ECCENTRIC
CR- CROSS
E_- ELBOW 90 LR
EA- ELBOW 45 LR
TE- ELBOLET
T_- TEE
1
L_- LATERAL TEE
TR- TEE RED.
D_ STUDDED TEE
B_ BLOCK TYPE TEE 1
BR BLOCK TYPE TEE RED
RE- RED. ECC
RC- RED. CON
RB- REDUCER BUSHING
U_- UNION
PH- PLUG HEX HD
TW- WELDOLET
TT- THREADOLET
TS- SOCKOLET
BS- STUD BOLT & 2 NUTS SET

1
BN- NUTS
GS- GASKET SWND
RT- GASKET RING TYPE JOINT
SP- SPACER & BLANK
SA- SADDLES
AD- ADAPTERS
GE- ELASTROMERIC GASKET
IJ- ISOLATION JOINT
Table A.2 (Material)
01- ASTM A106 Gr-B

1
02- ASTM A519 Gr-4130
11- ASTM A105N

12- ASTM A234 Gr. WPB
13- ASTM A516 GR 70N
14- ASTM A420 GR WPL6
1
15- AISI 4130 Q&T
21- ASTM A105N

22- ASTM A216 Gr. WCB
23- ASTM A182
24- ASTM A351 Gr. CF8M
25- ASTM A312 TP 316
26- ASTM A519 GR 4130
27- ASTM A182 F22v
31- A193 GR B7M / A 194 GR 2HM

32- A194 GR 2HM
33- A193 GR B7 / A194 GR 2H
34- A194 GR 2H
35- A193 GR B8M / A194 GR 8M
36- A194 GR 8M
04- FLEX GRAPHIT + CS OTR RING

05- FLEX GRAPHIT + SS INR RING+ CS OTR RING
GSKT 2MM THK. COMPRESSED NON-ASBESTOS FIBER FLAT
06-
RING
07- GSKT SOFT IRON OCTOGONAL RING
99- Non-metallic
Table A.3 (Thickness)
F1- #150 FLAT FACE

R1- #150 RAISED FACE
J9- #900 RING JOINT 1
J5- #15000 API
T1- #150 THREADED
T3- #300 THREADED
T6- #600 THREADED
40- SCH=40
ST- SCH=STANDARD
60- SCH=60
80- SCH=80
1X- SCH=XS
10- SCH=100
12- SCH=120
14- SCH=140
16- SCH=160
2X- SCH=XXS 1
30- 30 MM WALL THICKNESS
08- #800
03- #3000
06- #6000
00- SCHEDULE AS PER PIPE

NA- NOT APPLICABLE
VE- AS PER VENDORS DS
NOTE:
For the commodity codes of Flanges & Fittings, the schedule was not included code as the number of
combinations of different schedules in reducing TEE’s and other fittings could be avoided.
For Flanges & Fittings “00” is used which means “Schedule as per pipe” for thickness.
But, in Isometrics to keep codes unique throughout MTO, 2 characters are added after the 10
character long commodity code separated by a “_” (underscore).
The philosophy for the last 2 characters are as below for Flanges & Fittings is provided in below Table
A.3.1
The below Philosophy shall be followed
Table A.3.1 (Code for thickness of Flanges & Fittings)

Schedule Code
40 44
STD SS
80 88
160 66
80x40 84
160X40 64
160X80 68
STDX80 S8
STDX160 S6
STDX40 S4
XS XX
XXS YY
Table A.4 (End Connection)
PE- PLAIN END

BE- BEVELED END
TD- THREADED ENDS
TO- THREADED AT ONE END
BT BOTH ENDS THREADED
SW- SOCKED WELD
FL- FLANGED
WB- WN FLANGE SCH AS PER PIPE
PB- BLE X PSE

SF SW X FNPT
SF SW X FNPT
NA NOT APPLICABLE
Table A.5 (Additional Requirement)
01- VALVE TRIM CR. PLATED

02- VALVE TRIM HARD
CHROME WELD.
08- VALVE TRIM 08
10- VALVE TRIM 10
12- VALVE TRIM 12
SS- VALVE SS 310
ST- VALVE SS 316
51- VALVE TRIM A182-F51
G_- GALVANIZED
E_- ECCENTRIC
C_- CONCENTRIC
Z_- ZINC PLATED
FF FLAT FACE
SS- VALVE SS 310
ST- VALVE SS 316
XX- BLANK
MN- MONOLITHIC
KT- KIT
BD BLIND FLANGE DRILLED &

TAPPED F250C 9/16”-18

AUTOCLAVE THREAD &
C/W F250C AUTOCLAVE
PLUG
Table A.6 (Valve Bore Requirement)
FB FULL BORE
REDUCED BORE (STANDARD
RB
BORE)
ATTACHMET -1
(PIPING CLASS – A)
PIPING CLASS:
PROJ NO: J-5177
PROJ NAME: SARQALA (S1) CPF UPGRADE
LOCATION: GARMIAN BLOCK, KURDISTAN REPUBLIC OF IRAQ A
CLIENT: GAZPROM NEFT MIDDLE EAST DATE: 01-02-18 REV: 1
SERVICES:
Sweet Process Fluids
Produced Oil
Crude Oil
Gas
Produced Water
Drain
Flare
CODE: ASME B31.3 DSN Pressure: 19.65 Barg (285 psig) @ 38OC (100OF) VALVE MAT'L: CARBON STEEL
MAT'L: CARBON STEEL
RATING: ASME 150 VALVE TRIM: TRIM 8
C.A.: 1.6 MM FACING: RAISED FACED PWHT: ASME B31.3
RATING TABLE:
o
TEMP LIMITS: -29 / 149 C
o
T C -29 38 50 100 149
P Barg 19.6 19.6 19.2 17.7 15.8
0 0
0 0
ITEM NOTES SIZES (NPS) DESCRIPTION COMMODITY CODE

PIPING
PIPE 2 1/2 - 1.1/2 PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; PE END; Sch. 80;
P_0180PEXX
CS ASTM A106 GR B
PIPE 2 - 10 PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; BE END; Sch. 40;
P_0140BEXX
CS ASTM A106 GR B
PIPE 10 12 - 24 PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; BE END; Sch.
P_01STBEXX
STD; CS ASTM A106 GR B
NIPPLES
NIPPLE 1/2" - 1.1/2" NIPPLE SMLS; 100MM LONG (MIN.); TBE; WALL TO
N_0100TDXX
MATCH PIPE; CS ASTM A106 GR B
NIPPLE 1/2" - 1.1/2" NIPPLE SMLS; 100MM LONG (MIN.); POE/TOE;
N_0100TOXX
WALL TO MATCH PIPE; CS ASTM A106 GR B
SWAGE NIPPLE 5 3/4 - 1.1/2 SWG NIP ECC SMLS; MSS SP-95; PBE; WALL TO
NS1100PEE_
ECC SMLS (1/2 - 1) MATCH PIPE; CS ASTM A105N
SWAGE NIPPLE 5 2 - 2 SWG NIP ECC SMLS; MSS SP-95; BLE X PSE;
NS1100PBE_
ECC SMLS (1/2 - 1.1/2) WALL TO MATCH PIPE; CS ASTM A105N
SWAGE NIPPLE 5 3/4 - 1.1/2 SWG NIP CONC SMLS; MSS SP-95; PBE; WALL TO
NS1100PEC_
CONC SMLS (1/2 - 1) MATCH PIPE; CS ASTM A105N
SWAGE NIPPLE 5 2 - 2 SWG NIP CONC SMLS; MSS SP-95; BLE X PSE;
NS1100PBC_
CONC SMLS (1/2 - 1.1/2) WALL TO MATCH PIPE; CS ASTM A105N
FITTINGS
CAP 2 1/2 - 1.1/2 CAP; ASME B16.11; THD; CL 3000; CS ASTM

C_1103TDXX
A105N
CAP 3 2 - 10 CAP; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH PIPE;
C_1200BEXX
CS ASTM A234 GR WPB
CAP 3 12 - 24 CAP; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH PIPE;
C_1200BEXX
CS ASTM A234 GR WPB
COUPLING 2 1/2 - 1.1/2 CPLG; ASME B16.11; SW; CL 3000; CS ASTM
CP1103SWXX
A105N
COUPLING 2 1/2 - 1.1/2 CPLG; ASME B16.11; THD; CL 3000; CS ASTM
CP1103TDXX
A105N
CROSS 2 1/2 - 1.1/2 CROSS; ASME B16.11; SW; CL 3000; CS ASTM
CR1103SWXX
A105N
ELL 90-DEG 2 1/2 - 1.1/2 ELL 90-DEG; ASME B16.11; SW; CL 3000; CS
E_1103SWXX
ASTM A105N
ELL 90-DEG 2 1/2 - 1.1/2 ELL 90-DEG; ASME B16.11; THD; CL 3000; CS
E_1103TDXX
ASTM A105N
PIPING CLASS:
PROJ NO: J-5177
ITEM NOTES SIZES (NPS) DESCRIPTION
ELL 90-DEG LR 1,3 2 - 10 ELL 90-DEG LR; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO
E_1200BEXX
MATCH PIPE; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB
ELL 90-DEG LR 1.3 12 - 24 ELL 90-DEG LR; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO
E_1200BEXX
EA1103SWXX
ASTM A105N
EA1103TDXX
ASTM A105N
ELL 45-DEG LR 1,3 2 - 10 ELL 45-DEG LR; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO
EA1200BEXX
ELL 45-DEG LR 1.3 12 - 12 ELL 45-DEG LR; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO
EA1200BEXX
ELBOLET 4 1/2 - 1.1/2 ELBOLET; ASME B16.11; SW; CL 3000; CS ASTM
TE1103SWXX
A105N
TEE 2 1/2 - 1.1/2 TEE; ASME B16.11; SW; CL 3000; CS ASTM
T_1103SWXX
A105N
TEE 3 2 - 10 TEE; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH PIPE;
T_1200BEXX
CS ASTM A234 GR WPB
TEE 3 12 - 24 TEE; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH PIPE;
T_1200BEXX
CS ASTM A234 GR WPB
TEE RED 2 3/4 - 1.1/2 TEE RED; ASME B16.11; SW; CL 3000; CS ASTM
TR1103SWXX
(1/2 - 1) A105N
TEE RED 3 2 - 2 TEE RED; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH
TR1200BEXX
(1.1/2 - 1.1/2) PIPE; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB
TEE RED 3 3 - 24 TEE RED; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH
TR1200BEXX
(1.1/2 - 20) PIPE; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB
LATERAL TEE 12 - 24 LATERAL TEE; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH
TL1200BEXX
PIPE; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB
LATERAL TEE 3 - 24 LATERAL TEE RED; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO
TL1200BEXX
RED (1.1/2 - 20) MATCH PIPE; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB
RED ECC 3 3 - 4 RED ECC; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH
RE1200BEE_
(2 - 2) PIPE; CS ASTM A234 GR WPB
RED ECC 3 4 - 24 RED ECC; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH
RE1200BEE_
REDUCER CONC 3 3 - 4 RED CONC; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH
RC1200BEC_
RC1200BEC_
UNION 6 1/2 - 1 UNION; ASME B16.11; THD; CL 3000; CS ASTM
U_1103TDXX
A105N
PLUG 1/2 - 1.1/2 PLUG HEX HD; ASME B16.11; THD MNPT; CL
PH1103TDXX
3000; CS ASTM A105N
BRANCH CONN
WELDOLET 6 - 24 WELDOLET; MSS SP-97; WALL TO MATCH PIPE; CS

TW1100BEXX
(2 - 8) ASTM A105N
THREDOLET 4 2 - 24 THREDOLET; MSS SP-97; CL 3000; CS ASTM
TT1103TDXX
(1/2 - 1.1/2) A105N
SOCKOLET 4 2 - 24 SOCKOLET; MSS SP-97; CL 3000; CS ASTM A105N
TS1103SWXX
(1/2 - 1.1/2)
FLANGES
RED FLANGE 1 - 2 RED FLG; THREADED RF; ASME B16.5; CL 150;

(1/2 - 1.1/2) TAPPED AS REQUIRED (1/2", 3/4" OR 1.1/2") ASME FR11T1NAXX
B1.20.1 NPT FEMALE; CS ASTM A105N
FLANGE WN 2 - 24 FLG WN; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 150; SCH TO
FW11R1WBXX
MATCH PIPE; CS ASTM A105N
FLANGE SW 1/2 - 1.1/2 FLG SW; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 150; BORE TO
FS11R1NAXX
FLANGE THD 1/2 - 1.1/2 FLG THD; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 150; ASME B
FT11R1NAXX
1.20.1; CS ASTM A105N
FLANGE BLIND 1/2 - 24 FLG BLIND; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 150; ; CS
FB11R1NAXX
ASTM A105N
VALVES
BALL VALVE 1/2 - 3/4 BALL VALVE; CS ASTM A 105 BODY; THD; SS 316
Trim; #800; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; Lever VB2108TD10FB
Operated ; Full Bore
PIPING CLASS:
PROJ NO: J-5177
ITEM NOTES SIZES DESCRIPTION
BALL VALVE 3/4 - 1.1/2 BALL VALVE; CS ASTM A 105 BODY; THD; SS 316
Trim; #800; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; Lever VB2108TD10RB
Operated ; Red Bore
BALL VALVE 8,9 2 - 6 BALL VALVE; CS WCB Body; FLGD RF; SS 316
Trim; ASME CL 150; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; VB22R1FL10RB
Lever Operated ;
BALL VALVE 8,9 8 - 8 BALL VALVE; CS WCB Body; FLGD RF; Hard
Chrome weld overlay Trim; ASME CL 150; API- VB22R1FL02RB
607/ 608; ISO 17292; Lever Operated ;
Trim; ASME CL 150; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; VB22R1FL10FB
Chrome weld overlay Trim; ASME CL 150; API-
VB22R1FL02FB
607/ 608; ISO 17292; Lever Operated; Full
Bore
Chrome weld overlay Trim; ASME CL 150; API-
VB22R1FL02FB
607/ 608; ISO 17292; Gear Operated; Full
Bore
CHECK VALVE 8 1/2 - 1.1/2 CHECK VALVE; THD; API-602; API CL 800;
TRIM 8 PSTN LFT TYPE; BLT BNT; CS BODY ASTM VC2108TD08
A105N
CHECK VALVE 8 2 - 20 CHECK VALVE; B16.5 FLGD RF; API 600; ASME
CL 150; TRIM 8 SWG TYPE; BLT BNT; CS BODY VC22R1FL08
ASTM A216 GR WCB
GATE VALVE 8 1/2 - 1.1/2 GATE VALVE; SW; API-602; API CL 800; CS;
TRIM 8; HNDWHL OPR ; STD PORT; BLT BNT;
VG2108SW08RB
OS&Y; SOL WG; CS BODY ASTM A105N; FLEX GPH
PKG W/CORR INHBTR
GATE VALVE 8 1/2 - 1.1/2 GATE VALVE; THD; API-602; API CL 800; CS;
TRIM 8; HNDWHL OPR ; STD PORT; BLT BNT;
VG2108TD08RB
PKG W/CORR INHBTR
GATE VALVE 8 1/2 - 1.1/2 GATE VALVE; SW X FNPT; API-602; API CL 800;
CS; TRIM 8; HNDWHL OPR ; STD PORT; BLT
BNT; OS&Y; SOL WG; CS BODY ASTM A105N; VG2108SF08RB
FLEX GPH PKG W/CORR INHBTR
GATE VALVE 8 1/2 - 1.1/2 GATE VALVE; FLGD RF; API-602; ASME CL 150;
CS; TRIM 8; HNDWHL OPR ; STD PORT; BLT
BNT; OS&Y; SOL WG; CS BODY ASTM A105N; VG21R1FL08RB
FLEX GPH PKG W/CORR INHBTR
GATE VALVE 8 2 - 4 GATE VALVE; B16.5 FLGD RF; API-600/ASME
B16.10; ASME CL 150; CS; TRIM 8; HNDWHL
OPR ; FULL PORT; BLT BNT; OS&Y; SOL WG; VG22R1FL08FB
CS BODY ASTM A216 GR WCB; FLEX GPH PKG W/CORR
INHBTR
B16.10; ASME CL 150; CS; TRIM 8; HNDWHL
OPR ; FULL PORT; BLT BNT; OS&Y; FLEX WG; VG22R1FL08FB
CS BODY ASTM A216 GR WCB; FLEX GPH PKG W/CORR
INHBTR
B16.10; ASME CL 150; CS; TRIM 8; BVL GR
OPR W/HNDWHL ; FULL PORT; BLT BNT; OS&Y; VG22R1FL08FB
FLEX WG; CS BODY ASTM A216 GR WCB; FLEX GPH
PKG W/CORR INHBTR
GLOBE VALVE 8 1/2 - 1.1/2 GLOBE VALVE; THD; API-602; API CL 800; CS;
TRIM 8; HNDWHL OPR; BLT BNT; OS&Y; PLUG
VR2108TD08
DISC; CS BODY ASTM A105N; FLEX GPH PKG
W/CORR INHBTR;
GLOBE VALVE 8 2 - 6 GLOBE VALVE; FLGD RF; API-600/ASME B16.10;
BODY PATT; BLT BNT; OS&Y; PLUG DISC; CS VR22R1FL08
INHBTR
GLOBE VALVE 8 8 - 12 GLOBE VALVE; FLGD RF; API-600/ASME B16.10;
ASME CL 150; CS; TRIM 8; BVL GR OPR ; T-
INHBTR
PIPING CLASS:
PROJ NO: J-5177
NEEDLE VALVE 8 1/2 - 3/4 NEEDLE VALVE; THD; CL 3000; CS BODY ASTM
A105 VN21SSTDSS
BOLTING
STUD BOLT WITH STUD WITH 2 NUTS; STUD: ALLOY STL ASTM A193
2 NUTS GR B7M, THREADED FULL LENGTH; NUT: ALLOY STL BS31NATDXX
ASTM A194 GR 2HM, HEAVY HEXAGONAL
GASKETS
GASKET SPIRAL 1/2 - 10 GSKT SPRL WND; ASME B16.20; ASME B16.5 CL
WOUND 150; TP316 SS WDG; FLEXIBLE GRAPHITE FLR; GS04R1NAXX
CS OTR RNG
GASKET SPIRAL 12 - 24 GSKT SPRL WND; ASME B16.20; ASME B16.5 CL
TP316 SS INR RNG
ISOLATION 1/2 - 24 ISOLATION GASKET KIT; ASME CL.150; RF
GASKET KIT IJ99R1NAKT
MISC
SPACER & BLANK 14 - 24 SPCR PDL; RF; CL 150; CS PL ASTM A516 GR 70

SP13R1NAXX
PADDLE N
SPECTACLE 1/2 - 12 SPECTACLE BLIND; RF; CL 150; CS PL ASTM
SB13R1NAXX
BLIND A516 GR 70 N
PIPING CLASS:
PTROJ NO: J-5177
PTROJ NAME: SARQALA (S1) CPF UPGRADE
O
BRANCH TABLE FOR 90 DEG BRANCH OFF
HEADER SIZES
1.1/2
1
3/4
1/2
24
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
3
2
1/2 TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TR TR TR T
3/4 TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TR TR T
1 TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TR T
1.1/2 TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TR T
2 TW TW TW TW TW TW TW TW TW TR TR T
BRANCH SIZES
3 TW TW TW TW TW TW TW TW TR TR T
4 TW TW TW TW TW TW TW TR TR T
6 TW TW TW TW TW TW TR TR T
8 TW TR TW TW TW TR TR T
10 TR TR TR TR TR TR T
12 TR TR TR TR TR T
14 TR TR TR TR T
16 TR TR TR T
18 TR TR T
20 TR T
24 T
LEGEND
CODE TYPE
T EQUAL TEE
TR REDUCING TEE
TS SOCKOLET/ THREADOLET
TW WELDOLET
PIPING CLASS:
PROJ NO: J-5177
NOTE DESCRIPTION
1 Short Radius Elbow and Returns shall not be used
2 Forged steel fitting to meet ASME B16.11
3 Buttweld fitting to meet B16.9
4 forged C. S. branch outlet fittings to MSS SP - 97
5 Swage(d) nipples and bull plugs to MSS SP-95
6 steel pipe unions to MSS SP - 83
7 blanks to API Std. 590
8 All valves shall meet ASME B16.34 requirements
9 8" & above shall be Trunnion mounted ball valve unless specified otherwise in data sheet
10 Pipe in Size 22", should be avoided as far as possible.
ATTACHMET -2
(PIPING CLASS – B)
PIPING CLASS
PROJ NO: J-5177
LOCATION: GARMIAN BLOCK, KURDISTAN REPUBLIC OF IRAQ B
SERVICES:
Gas
Drain
CODE: ASME B31.3 DSN Pressure: 5,102 kPag (740 psig) @ 38OC (100OF) VALVE MAT'L: CARBON STEEL
MAT'L: CARBON STEEL
RATING: ASME 300 VALVE TRIM: TRIM 8, SS316, Hard Chrome weld over
C.A.: 1.6 MM FACING: RAISED FACED PWHT: > 20mm ASME B31.3
RATING TABLE:
o
TEMP LIMITS: -29 / 149 C (-20O F / 300O F)
Pressure Deration : Derate for temps above 38O C
o
T C -29 38 50 100 149 Test Pressure : 76.54 Barg (1,110 psig)
P Barg 51.1 51.1 50.1 46.6 45.1 Rating : ASME/ANSI B16.5
Radiography : 10% of all Butt welds for which each welder
to be 100% radiographed
0 0

PIPING
PIPE 1,3 1/2 - 1.1/2 PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; PE END; Sch. 80;
P_0180PEXX
CS ASTM A106 GR B
P_0140BEXX
CS ASTM A106 GR B
PIPE 12 - 14 PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; BE END; Sch. STD;
P_01STBEXX
CS ASTM A106 GR B
PIPE 16 - 20 PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; BE END; Sch. XS;
P_011XBEXX
CS ASTM A106 GR B
PIPE 11 22 - 22 PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; BE END; Sch. 60;
P_0160BEXX
CS ASTM A106 GR B
P_0140BEXX
CS ASTM A106 GR B
NIPPLES
NIPPLE 1/2" - 1.1/2" NIPPLE SMLS; 100MM LONG (MIN.); TBE; WALL TO
N_0100TDXX
NIPPLE 1/2" - 1.1/2" NIPPLE SMLS; 100MM LONG (MIN.); POE/TOE; WALL
N_0100TOXX
TO MATCH PIPE; CS ASTM A106 GR B
NS1100PEE_
SWAGE NIPPLE 6 2 - 2 SWG NIP ECC SMLS; MSS SP-95; BLE X PSE; WALL
NS1100PBE_
ECC SMLS (1/2 - 1.1/2) TO MATCH PIPE; CS ASTM A105N
NS1100PEC_
SWAGE NIPPLE 6 2 - 2 SWG NIP CONC SMLS; MSS SP-95; BLE X PSE;
NS1100PBC_
FITTINGS
CAP 3 1/2 - 1.1/2 CAP; ASME B16.11; THD; CL 3000; CS ASTM

C_1103TDXX
A105N
CAP 4 2 - 10 CAP; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH PIPE; CS
C_1200BEXX
ASTM A234 GR WPB
CAP 4 12 - 24 CAP; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH PIPE; CS
C_1200BEXX
ASTM A234 GR WPB
COUPLING 3 1/2 - 1.1/2 CPLG; ASME B16.11; SW; CL 3000; CS ASTM
CP1103SWXX
A105N
CROSS 3 1/2 - 1.1/2 CROSS; ASME B16.11; SW; CL 3000; CS ASTM
CR1103SWXX
A105N
E_1103SWXX
ASTM A105N
PIPING CLASS
PROJ NO: J-5177
E_1103TDXX
ASTM A105N
ELL 90-DEG LR 2,4 2 - 10 ELL 90-DEG LR; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH
E_1200BEXX
E_1200BEXX
EA1103SWXX
ASTM A105N
EA1103TDXX
ASTM A105N
EA1200BEXX
EA1200BEXX
ELBOLET 5 1/2 - 1.1/2 ELBOLET; ASME B16.11; SW; CL 3000; CS ASTM
TE1103SWXX
A105N
TEE 3 1/2 - 1.1/2 TEE; ASME B16.11; SW; CL 3000; CS ASTM
T_1103SWXX
A105N
TEE 4 2 - 10 TEE; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH PIPE; CS
T_1200BEXX
ASTM A234 GR WPB
TEE 4 12 - 24 TEE; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH PIPE; CS
T_1200BEXX
ASTM A234 GR WPB
TR1103SWXX
(1/2 - 1) A105N
TEE RED 4 2 - 2 TEE RED; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH PIPE;
TR1200BEXX
(1.1/2 - 1.1/2) CS ASTM A234 GR WPB
TR1200BEXX
(1.1/2 - 20) CS ASTM A234 GR WPB
LATERAL TEE 4 3 - 24 LATERAL TEE; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH
TL1200BEXX
RED ECC 4 3 - 4 RED ECC; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH PIPE;
RE1200BEE_
(2 - 2) CS ASTM A234 GR WPB
RE1200BEE_
RE1200BEC_
RE1200BEC_
UNION 7 1/2 - 1 1/2 UNION; ASME B16.11; THD; CL 3000; CS ASTM
U_1103TDXX
A105N
PLUG 3 1/2 - 1.1/2 HEX HD; ASME B16.11; MNPT; CL 3000; CS ASTM
PH1103TDXX
A105N
BRANCH CONN
WELDOLET 5 6 - 24 WELDOLET; MSS SP-97; WALL TO MATCH PIPE; CS

TW1100BEXX
(2 - 8) ASTM A105N
THREDOLET 5 2 - 24 THREDOLET; MSS SP-97; CL 3000; CS ASTM A105N
TT1103TDXX
(1/2 - 1.1/2)
TS1103SWXX
(1/2 - 1.1/2)
FLANGES
RED FLANGE 1 - 2 RED FLG; THREADED RF; ASME B16.5; CL 300;

FLANGE WN 2 - 24 FLG WN; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 300; SCH TO `
FW11R3WBXX
FLANGE SW 1/2 - 1.1/2 FLG SW; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 300; BORE TO
FS11R3NAXX
FLANGE THD 1/2 - 1.1/2 FLG THD; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 300; ASME B
FT11R3NAXX
1.20.1; CS ASTM A105N
FLANGE BLIND 1/2 - 24 FLG BLIND; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 300; ; CS
FB11R3NAXX
ASTM A105N
PIPING CLASS
PROJ NO: J-5177
VALVES
BALL VALVE 9 1/2 - 3/4 BALL VALVE; CS ASTM A 105 BODY; THD; SS 316
BALL VALVE 9 3/4 - 1.1/2 BALL VALVE; CS ASTM A 105 BODY; THD; SS 316
Operated ; Red Bore
Trim; ASME CL 300; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; VB22R3FL10RB
Lever Operated;
607/ 608; ISO 17292; Lever Operated;
Trim; ASME CL 300; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; VB22R3FL10FB
Chrome weld overlay Trim; ASME CL 300; API- VB22R3FL02FB
Bore
Bore
CHECK VALVE 9 1/2 - 1.1/2 CHECK VALVE; THD; API-602; API CL 800; TRIM
8 ; BLT BNT; CS BODY ASTM A105N VC2108TD08
CHECK VALVE 9 2 - 20 CHECK VALVE; B16.5 FLGD RF; API 600; ASME CL
300; TRIM 8 SWG TYPE; BLT BNT; CS BODY ASTM VC22R3FL08
A216 GR WCB
GATE VALVE 9 1/2 - 1.1/2 GATE VALVE; SW; API-602; API CL 800; CS;
TRIM 8; HNDWHL OPR ; STD PORT; BLT BNT; VG2108SW08RB
PKG W/CORR INHBTR
GATE VALVE 9 1/2 - 1.1/2 GATE VALVE; THD; API-602; API CL 800; CS;
TRIM 8; HNDWHL OPR ; STD PORT; BLT BNT; VG2108TD08RB
GATE VALVE 1/2 - 1.1/2 GATEW/CORR
PKG VALVE;INHBTR
SW X FNPT; API-602; API CL 800;
CS; TRIM 8; HNDWHL OPR ; STD PORT; BLT BNT; VG2108SF08RB
GATE VALVE 1/2 - 1.1/2 PKG W/CORR
GATE VALVE;INHBTR
FLGD RF; API-602; ASME CL 300;
CS; TRIM 8; HNDWHL OPR ; STD PORT; BLT BNT; VG21R3FL08RB
GATE VALVE 2 - 4 /
GATE VALVE; B16.5 FLGD RF; API-600/ASME
B16.10; ASME CL 300; CS; TRIM 8; HNDWHL OPR
; FULL PORT; BLT BNT; OS&Y; SOL WG; CS VG22R3FL08FB
GATE VALVE 6 - 14 INHBTR
; FULL PORT; BLT BNT; OS&Y; FLEX WG; CS VG22R3FL08FB
INHBTR
GATE VALVE 18 - 24 GATE VALVE; B16.5 FLGD RF; API-600/ASME
B16.10; ASME CL 300; CS; TRIM 8; BVL GR OPR
W/HNDWHL ; FULL PORT; BLT BNT; OS&Y; FLEX VG22R3FL08FB
WG; CS BODY ASTM A216 GR WCB; FLEX GPH PKG
W/CORR INHBTR
GLOBE VALVE 1/2 - 1.1/2 GLOBE VALVE; THD; API-602; API CL 800; CS;
TRIM 8; HNDWHL OPR; BLT BNT; OS&Y; PLUG VR2108TD08
DISC; CS BODY ASTM A105N; FLEX GPH PKG W/CORR
INHBTR;
PIPING CLASS
PROJ NO: J-5177
GLOBE VALVE 2 -6 GLOBE VALVE; FLGD RF; API-600/ASME B16.10;
VR22R3FL08
BODY PATT; BLT BNT; OS&Y; PLUG DISC; CS
GLOBE VALVE 8 - 12 GLOBE VALVE; FLGD RF; API-600/ASME B16.10;
VR22R3FL08
BODY PATT; BLT BNT; OS&Y; PLUG DISC; CS
NEEDLE VALVE 9 1/2 - 3/4 NEEDLE VALVE; THD; CL 3000; CS BODY ASTM
VN2103TDSS
A105; TRIM SS 310;
BOLTING
STUD BOLT WITH STUD WITH 2 NUTS; STUD: ALLOY STL ASTM A193 GR
2 NUTS B7M, THREADED FULL LENGTH; NUT: ALLOY STL ASTM BS31NATDXX
GASKETS
GASKET SPIRAL 1/2 - 10 GSKT SPRL WND; ASME B16.20; ASME B16.5 CL
WOUND 300; TP316 SS WDG; FLEXIBLE GRAPHITE FLR; CS GS04R3NAXX
OTR RNG
GASKET SPIRAL 12 - 24 GSKT SPRL WND; ASME B16.20; ASME B16.5 CL
TP316 SS INR RNG
ISOLATION 3/4 - 24 ISOLATION GASKET KIT; ASME CL.300; RF;
GASKET KIT IJ99R3NAKT
MISC
SPACER & BLANK 14 - 24 SPCR PDL; RF; CL 300; CS PL ASTM A516 GR 70

SP13R3NAXX
PADDLE N
SPECTACLE 1/2 - 10 SPECTACLE BLIND; RF; CL 300; CS PL ASTM A516
SB13R3NAXX
BLIND GR 70 N
PROJ NO: J-5177 PIPING CLASS:
CLIENT: GAZPROM NEFT MIDDLE EAST DATE: 01/02/2018 REV: 1
O
HEADER SIZES
1.1/2
3/4
1/2
24
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
3
2
1
1/2 TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TR TR TR T
3/4 TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TR TR T
1 TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TR T
1.1/2 TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TR TR T
2 TW TW TW TW TW TW TW TW TW TR TR T
6 TW TW TW TW TW TW TR TR T
8 TW TW TW TW TW TR TR T
BRANCH SIZES
12 TR TR TR TR TR T
14 TR TR TR TR T
16 TR TR TR T
18 TR TR T
20 TR T
24 T
PIPING CLASS : B
LEGEND REV.
CODE TYPE NOTES
T TEE
TR REDUCING TEE
TW WELDOLET
PIPING CLASS:
PROJ NO: J-5177
NOTE DESCRIPTION
1 Corrosion Allowances for threaded connections are reduced.
2 Short Radius Elbow and Returns shall not be used
4 Buttweld fitting to meet B16.9
5 forged C. S. branch outlet fittings to MSS SP - 97
6 Swage(d) nipples and bull plugs to MSS SP-95
7 steel pipe unions to MSS SP - 83
8 blanks to API Std. 590
10 Trunnion mounted ball valve for Ball sizes 6" & above unless specified in data sheet
11 Pipe in Size 22", should be avoided as far as possible.
ATTACHMET -3
(PIPING CLASS – C)
PIPING CLASS
PROJ NO: J-5177
LOCATION: GARMIAN BLOCK, KURDISTAN REPUBLIC OF IRAQ C
SERVICES:
Oil Emulsion (Well stream Fluids)
Produced Oil
Produced Water
Gas
Drain
Flare
CODE: ASME B31.3 DSN Pressure: O O
102.05 Barg (1480 psig) @ 38 C (100 FVALVE MAT'L: CARBON STEEL
MAT'L: CARBON STEEL
RATING: ASME 600 VALVE TRIM: TRIM 8, 10 & Hard Chrome weld over
RATING TABLE:
o O O
TEMP LIMITS: -29 / 150 C (-20 F / 300 F)
O
Pressure Deration : Derate for temps above 38 C
o
T C -29 38 50 100 150 Test Pressure : 153.07 Barg (2,220 psig)

PIPING
PIPE 1,3 1/2 -1.1/2 PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; PE END; Sch. 160;
P_0116PEXX
CS ASTM A106 GR B
PIPE 2 -6 PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; BE END; Sch. 80;
P_0180BEXX
CS ASTM A106 GR B
PIPE 11 8 -24 PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; BE END; Sch. 80;
CS ASTM A106 GR B P_0180BEXX
NIPPLES
NIPPLE 1/2" -1.1/2" NIPPLE SMLS; 100MM LONG (MIN.); TBE; WALL TO
N_0100TDXX
NIPPLE 1/2" -1.1/2" NIPPLE SMLS; 100MM LONG (MIN.); POE/TOE; WALL
N_0100TOXX
TO MATCH PIPE; CS ASTM A106 GR B
NS1100PEE_
SWAGE NIPPLE 6 2 -2 SWG NIP ECC SMLS; MSS SP-95; BLE X PSE; WALL
NS1100PBE_
ECC SMLS (1/2 - 1.1/2) TO MATCH PIPE; CS ASTM A105N
NS1100PEC_
SWAGE NIPPLE 6 2 -2 SWG NIP CONC SMLS; MSS SP-95; BLE X PSE;
NS1100PBC_
FITTINGS
CAP 3 1/2 -1.1/2 CAP; ASME B16.11; THD; CL 3000; CS ASTM C_1103TDXX
CAP 4 2 -6 A105N ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH PIPE;
CAP; CS
C_1200BEXX
ASTM A234 GR WPB
CAP 4 8 -24 CAP; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH PIPE; CS
C_1400BEXX
ASTM A420 GR WPL6
COUPLING 3 1/2 -1.1/2 CPLG; ASME B16.11; SW; CL 3000; CS ASTM
CP1103SWXX
A105N
CROSS 3 1/2 -1.1/2 CROSS; ASME B16.11; SW; CL 3000; CS ASTM CR1103SWXX
ELL 90-DEG 3 1/2 -1.1/2 A105N
ELL 90-DEG; ASME B16.11; SW; CL 3000; CS
E_1103SWXX
ASTM A105N
ELL 90-DEG 3 1/2 -1.1/2 ELL 90-DEG; ASME B16.11; THD; CL 3000; CS
E_1103TDXX
ASTM A105N
ELL 90-DEG LR 2,4 2 -6 ELL 90-DEG LR; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH
E_1200BEXX
E_1200BEXX
ELL 45-DEG 3 1/2 -1.1/2 ELL 45-DEG; ASME B16.11; SW; CL 3000; CS EA1103SWXX
ASTM A105N
PIPING CLASS
PROJ NO: J-5177
ELL 45-DEG 3 1/2 -1.1/2 ELL 45-DEG; ASME B16.11; THD; CL 3000; CS
EA1103TDXX
ASTM A105N
EA1200BEXX
EA1200BEXX
ELBOLET 5 1/2 -1.1/2 ELBOLET; ASME B16.11; SW; CL 3000; CS ASTM TE1103SWXX
A105N
TEE 3 1/2 -1.1/2 TEE; ASME B16.11; SW; CL 3000; CS ASTM T_1103SWXX
A105N
TEE 4 2 -10 TEE; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH PIPE; CS
T_1200BEXX
ASTM A234 GR WPB
TEE 4 12 -24 TEE; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH PIPE; CS
T_1200BEXX
ASTM A234 GR WPB
TR1103SWXX
(1/2 - 1) A105N
TEE RED 4 2 -2 TEE RED; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH PIPE;
TR1200BEXX
(1.1/2 - 1.1/2) CS ASTM A234 GR WPB
TR1200BEXX
(1.1/2 - 20) CS ASTM A234 GR WPB
LATERAL TEE 4 3 - 24 LATERAL TEE; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH
TL1200BEXX
RED ECC 4 3 -4 RED ECC; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH PIPE;
RE1200BEE_
RE1200BEE_
REDUCER CONC 4 3 -4 RED CONC; ASME B16.9; BE; WALL TO MATCH
RC1200BEC_
RC1200BEC_
UNION 7 1/2 -1 1/2 UNION; ASME B16.11; THD; CL 3000; CS ASTM U_1103TDXX
PLUG 3 1/2 -1.1/2 PLUG HEX HD; ASME B16.11; THD MNPT; CL 3000; PH1103TDXX
BRANCH CONN
WELDOLET 5 6 - 24 WELDOLET; MSS SP-97; WALL TO MATCH PIPE; CS

TW1100BEXX
(2 - 8) ASTM A105N
THREDOLET 5 2 - 24 THREDOLET; MSS SP-97; CL 3000; CS ASTM A105N
TT1103TDXX
(1/2 - 1.1/2)
TS1103SWXX
(1/2 - 1.1/2)
FLANGES
RED FLANGE 1 -2 RED FLG; THREADED RF; ASME B16.5; CL 600;

FLANGE WN 2 -24 FLG WN; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 600; SCH TO
FW11R6WBXX
FLANGE SW 1/2 -1.1/2 FLG SW; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 600; SCH TO FS11R6NAXX
FLANGE THD 1/2 -1.1/2 FLG THD; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 600; ASME B FT11R6NAXX
1.20.1; CS ASTM A105N
FLANGE BLIND 1/2 -24 FLG BLIND; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 600; ; CS FB11R6NAXX
ASTM A105N
VALVES
BALL VALVE 9 1/2 -3/4 BALL VALVE; CS ASTM A 105 BODY; THD; SS 316
BALL VALVE 9 3/4 -1.1/2 BALL VALVE; CS ASTM A 105 BODY; THD; SS 316
Operated ; Red Bore
BALL VALVE 9,10 2 -4 BALL VALVE; CS WCB Body; FLGD RF; Hard
607/ 608; ISO 17292; Lever Operated;
PIPING CLASS
PROJ NO: J-5177
Bore
CHECK VALVE 9 1/2 -1.1/2 Bore
CHECK VALVE; THD; API-602; API CL 800; TRIM
VC2108TD08
8 ; BLT BNT; CS BODY ASTM A105N
CHECK VALVE 9 2 -20 CHECK VALVE; B16.5 FLGD RF; API 600; ASME CL
600; TRIM 8 SWG TYPE; BLT BNT; CS BODY ASTM VC22R6FL08
A216 GR WCB
GATE VALVE 9 1/2 -1.1/2 GATE VALVE; SW; API-602; API CL 800; CS;
TRIM 8; HNDWHL OPR ; STD PORT; BLT BNT; VG2108SW08RB
GATE VALVE 9 1/2 -1.1/2 PKG
GATEW/CORR
VALVE;INHBTR
THD; API-602; API CL 800; CS;
TRIM 8; HNDWHL OPR ; STD PORT; BLT BNT; VG2108TD08RB
GATE VALVE 1/2 -1.1/2 GATE VALVE; SW X FNPT; API-602; API CL 800;
CS; TRIM 8; HNDWHL OPR ; STD PORT; BLT BNT; VG2108SF08RB
GATE VALVE 1/2 -1.1/2 /
GATE VALVE; FLGD RF; API-602; ASME CL 600;
CS; TRIM 8; HNDWHL OPR ; STD PORT; BLT BNT; VG21R6FL08RB
GATE VALVE 2 -4 /
VG22R6FL08FB
; FULL PORT; BLT BNT; OS&Y; SOL WG; CS
GATE VALVE 6 -14 GATE VALVE; B16.5 FLGD RF; API-600/ASME
VG22R6FL08FB
; FULL PORT; BLT BNT; OS&Y; FLEX WG; CS
GATE VALVE 18 -24 GATE VALVE; B16.5 FLGD RF; API-600/ASME
B16.10; ASME CL 600; CS; TRIM 8; BVL GR OPR
VG22R6FL08FB
W/HNDWHL ; FULL PORT; BLT BNT; OS&Y; FLEX
WG; CS BODY ASTM A216 GR WCB; FLEX GPH PKG
ITEM NOTES SIZES W/CORR INHBTR DESCRIPTION
GLOBE VALVE 1/2 -1.1/2 GLOBE VALVE; THD; API-602; API CL 800; CS;
TRIM 8; HNDWHL OPR; BLT BNT; OS&Y; PLUG VR2108TD08
DISC; CS BODY ASTM A105N; FLEX GPH PKG W/CORR
GLOBE VALVE 2 -6 INHBTR
INHBTR
GLOBE VALVE 8 -12 GLOBE VALVE; FLGD RF; API-600/ASME B16.10;
NEEDLE VALVE 9 1/2 -3/4 INHBTR VALVE; THD; CL 3000; CS BODY ASTM
NEEDLE
VN2103TDSS
A105; TRIM SS 310;
BOLTING
2 NUTS B7M THREADED FULL LENGTH; NUT: ALLOY STL ASTM BS31NATDXX
GASKETS
GASKET SPIRAL 1/2 -10 GSKT SPRL WND; ASME B16.20; ASME B16.5 CL
GASKET SPIRAL 12 -24 OTR RNG

GSKT SPRL WND; ASME B16.20; ASME B16.5 CL
TP316 SS INR RNG
ISOLATION 3/4 -24 ISOLATION GASKET KIT; ASME CL.600; RF
IJ99R6NAKT
GASKET KIT
MISC
SPACER & BLANK 14 -24 SPCR PDL; RF; CL 600; CS PL ASTM A516 GR 70
SP13R6NAXX
PADDLE N
PIPING CLASS
PROJ NO: J-5177
SPECTACLE 1/2 -8 SPECTACLE BLIND; RF; CL 600; CS PL ASTM A516 SB13R6NAXX
PIPING CLASS:
PROJ NO: J-5177
O
HEADER SIZES
1.1/2
3/4
1/2
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
3
2
1
1/2 TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TR TR TR T
3/4 TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TR TR T
1 TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TR TR T
1.1/2 TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TS TR T
BRANCH SIZES
4 TW TW TW TW TW TR TR TR T
6 TW TW TR TR TR TR TR T
10 TR TR TR TR TR T
12 TR TR TR TR T
14 TR TR TR T
16 TR TR T
18 TR T
20 T
PIPING CLASS : C
LEGEND REV.
CODE TYPE NOTES
T EQUAL TEE
TR REDUCING TEE
TW WELDOLET
ATTACHMET -4
(PIPING CLASS – AF2)

PIPING CLASS
PROJ NO: J-5177
LOCATION: GARMIAN BLOCK, KURDISTAN REPUBLIC OF IRAQ AF2
SERVICES:
Corrosive Fluids (Non-Cyclic)
Produced Water
CODE: ASME B31.3 DSN Pressure: ≤ 10.34 Barg (150 psig) VALVE MAT'L: STAINLESS STEEL
MAT'L: FRP
RATING: ASME B16.5, CL. 150 VALVE TRIM: TRIM 8, 12
C.A.: 0.0MM FACING: FF PWHT: N/A
o
TEMP LIMITS: -29 to 99 C TEST PRESSURE : ≤ 15.51 Barg (225 Psig)
0 0
0 0
ITEM NOTES SIZES (NPS) DESCRIPTION Connection Type Commodity code

PIPING
PIPE 7 2 - 6 BONDSTRAND 3000A, ASTM D2996 RTRP-11FU1-6430 B&S

PF99VEVEVE
PIPE 7 8 - 12 BONDSTRAND 3200A, ASTM D2996 RTRP-11FU1-6430 B&S
PF99VEVEVE
NIPPLES
NIPPLE 9 1/2 - 1 NIPPLE SMLS; SCH. 80; 100MM LONG (MIN.), TBE, THD
SS ASTM A312 TP 316 N_2580TDXX
NIPPLE 9 2 - 6 NIPPLE, THK SAME AS PIPE; SPIGOT
N_9900VEVE
FITTINGS
CAP 9 2 - 6 CAP; BONDSTRAND 3000A BELL C_99VEVEVE

SLEEVE 9 2 - 6 CPLG; BONDSTRAND 3000A BELL
COUPLING CP99VEVEVE
SLEEVE 9 8 - 12 CPLG; BONDSTRAND 3200A BELL
COUPLING CP99VEVEVE
ELBOW 9 2 - 6 ELL 90-DEG; BONDSTRAND 3000A BELL / LJ
E_99VEVEVE
ELBOW 9 8 - 12 ELL 90-DEG; BONDSTRAND 3200A BELL / LJ
E_99VEVEVE
TEE 9 2 - 6 TEE; BONDSTRAND 3000A BELL / LJ
T_99VEVEVE
TEE 9 2 - 6 RED TEE; BONDSTRAND 3000A BELL / LJ
TR_99VEVEVE
TEE 9 8 - 12 TEE; BONDSTRAND 3200A BELL / LJ
T_99VEVEVE
TEE 9 8 - 12 RED TEE; BONDSTRAND 3200A BELL / LJ
TR_99VEVEVE
REDUCER 9 3 - 6 RED;CONC; BONDSTRAND 3000A BELL / LJ
RC99VEVEVE
REDUCER 9 3 - 6 RED;ECC; BONDSTRAND 3000A BELL / LJ
RE99VEVEVE
REDUCER 9 8 - 12 RED;CONC; BONDSTRAND 3200A BELL / LJ
RC99VEVEVE
REDUCER 9 8 - 12 RED;ECC; BONDSTRAND 3200A BELL / LJ
RE99VEVEVE
REDUCER 2 - 6 BONDSTRAND 3000A BELL / NPT
RB99VEVEVE
BUSHING
SADDLES 9, 5 2 - 3 BONDSTRAND 3000A BONDED X
SA99VEVEVE
BELL / NPT
PLUG 1 1/2 - 1 HEX HD; ASME B16.11; MNPT; CL 3000; SS ASTM THD
PH2303TDXX
A182
PIPING CLASS
PROJ NO: J-5177
ADAPTERS 9 2 - 6 BONDSTRAND 3000A BELL X NPT
AD99VEVEVE
ADAPTERS 9 2 - 6 BONDSTRAND 3000A SPIGOT X NPT
AD99VEVEVE
FLANGES
FLANGE 8 2 - 6 FLG; FF; CL 150; BONDSTRAND 3000A BELL / LJ

FPF1VEFF
FLANGE 8 8 - 12 FLG; FF; CL 150; BONDSTRAND 3200A BELL / LJ
FPF1VEFF
VALVES
BALL VALVE 2 1/2 - 1 BALL VALVE; SS ASTM A 182 Body; THD; SS 316
TRIM; #800; API-607/ 608, ISO 17292; Lever VB2308TD10FB
BALL VALVE 2 1/2 - 1 BALL VALVE; SS ASTM A 182 Body; THD; SS 316
TRIM; #800; API-607/ 608, ISO 17292; Lever VB2308TD10RB
Operated ; Red Bore
BALL VALVE 2 2 - 8 BALL VALVE; SS ASTM A 351 CF8M Body; FLGD FF;
SS 316 TRIM; ASME CL 150; API-607/ 608, ISO VB24F1FL10RB
17292; Lever Operated
BALL VALVE 2, 3 10 - 12 BALL VALVE; SS ASTM A 351 CF8M Body; FLGD FF;
SS 316 TRIM; ASME CL 150; API-607/ 608, ISO VB24F1FL10RB
17292; Lever Operated
BUTTERFLY 2 3 - 12 BUTTERFLY VALVE; ASTM A 351 CF8M Body; FLGD
VALVE FF; SS 316 Trim; ASME CL 150; API-607/ 608, VU24F1FL10
ISO 17292; Gear Operated >8"
CHECK VALVE 2 2 - 12 CHECK VALVE; ASTM A351 CF8M; FLGD FF; API TR
10 TRIM TO API 594, 6D; ASME CL 150 VC24F1FL10RB
GATE VALVE 2 2 - 12 GATE VALVE; ASTM A351 CF8M; B16.5 FLGD FF;
API TR 12 TRIM TO API 600; ASME CL 150 VG24F1FL12RB
GLOBE VALVE 2 2 - 12 GLOBE VALVE; ASTM A351 CF8M; B16.5 FLGD FF;
API TR 12 TRIM; ASME CL 150 VR24F1FL12RB
NEEDLE VALVE 2 1/2 - 3/4 NEEDLE VALVE; SS BODY ASTM A182 F316/316L
BODY; THD; SS316 TRIM TO API 607; #800 VN2308TD10RB
BOLTING
2 NUTS B8M, THREADED FULL LENGTH; NUT: ALLOY STL ASTM BS35NATDXX
A194 GR 8M, HEAVY HEXAGONAL
GASKETS
GASKET 2 - 12 Kroll & Ziller type G ST-P/S Profile Gasket

NBR/St CL 150, or similar GS99F1NAXX
MISC
BLIND 8 2 - 6 FF; CL 150; BONDSTRAND 3000A

FB99VENAFF
BLIND 8 8 - 12 FF; CL 150; BONDSTRAND 3000A FB99VENAFF
BLIND 8 2 - 12 FF; CL 150; BONDSTRAND 3000A SB23VENAFF
PIPING CLASS:
PTROJ NO: J-5177
O
HEADER SIZES
1.1/2
3/4
1/2
12
10
4
3
2
1
1/2 RS RS RS RS RS RS TR TR TR TR T
3/4 RS RS RS RS RS RS TR TR TR T
BRANCH SIZES
1 RS RS RS RS RS TS TR TR T
1.1/2 RS RS RS RS RS TS TR T
2 RS RS RS TR TR TR T
3 RS RS TR TR TR T
4 TR TR TR TR T
6 TR TR TR T
8 TR TR T
10 TR T
12 T
PIPING CLASS : AF2

LEGEND
CODE TYPE
T EQUAL TEE
TR REDUCING TEE
RS REDUCING SADDLE
PIPING CLASS:
PROJ NO: J-5177
NOTE DESCRIPTION
3 Trunnion mounted Ball Valve
4 The Piping should be pressurized to 1.5 times the operating design pressure ten times. The tenth
pressurization should be maintained for 1 - 8 hours and the line inspected for leaks.
5 FRP saddles may be used for high point vents and low point drains. (1" off connections only)
6 Manufacturers guidelines to be followed for the installation of fiberglass systems
7 FRP piping and components are based on NOV Fiber glass systems product lines.
8 Material of the mating flanges shall be in accordance with the mating piping's specifications.
9 Certain FRP Piping & Fittings listed in manufacturer's specs have a lower pressure rating than
stated.
Therefore,only fittings that are compatible with the pressure and temperature rating of the pipe
10 When pipe is in contact with other surfaces, pipe protection is required and reference the
manufacturer's representative. Wear pads, Pipe Softeners, Elastromeric Protection etc., SAE Flat
Washers required to protect each flange from hex Nuts.
ATTACHMET -5
(PIPING CLASS – G)
PIPING CLASS
PROJ NO: J-5177
LOCATION: GARMIAN BLOCK, KURDISTAN REPUBLIC OF IRAQ G
SERVICES:
Instrument Air
CODE: ASME B31.3 DSN Pressure: 19.65 Barg (285 psig) @ 38OC (100OF) VALVE MAT'L: CARBON STEEL
MAT'L: CARBON STEEL (Hot dip Galvanized)
RATING: ASME 150 VALVE TRIM: TRIM 10
C.A.: 0 MM FACING: RAISED FACED PWHT: NA
RATING TABLE:
o
TEMP LIMITS: -29 / 149 C
o
T C -29 38 50 100 149
P Barg 19.6 19.6 19.2 17.7 15.8
0 0
0 0
ITEM NOTES SIZES (NPS) DESCRIPTION COMMODITY CODE

PIPING
PIPE 1/2 - 3 PIPE; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; SCREWED ENDS;

P_0180TDG_
Sch. 80; CS ASTM A106 GR B, Galvanized
NIPPLES
NIPPLE 1/2" - 1.1/2" NIPPLE SMLS; WALL TO MATCH PIPE; TBE ASME
B1.20.1 NPT Dimensions to ASME B36.10M, SCREWED N_0100TDG_
END, ; 100MM LONG (MIN.); CS ASTM A106 GR B,
Galvanized
FITTINGS
CAP 2 - 3 CAP; ASME B16.11; THD; ASME B1.20.1 (NPT)

Female, CL 3000, WALL TO MATCH PIPE; CS ASTM C_1103TDG_
A105, Galvanized to ASTM A153
FULL COUPLING 1/2 - 3 CPLG; ASME B16.11; THD ASME B1.20.1 (NPT)
Female; CL 3000; CS ASTM A105N Galvanized to CP1103TDG_
ASTM A 153
RED COUPLING 3/4 - 3) RED COUPLING; ASME B16.11; CONCENTRIC THD,
(1/2 - 2) ASME B1.20.1 (NPT) Female; CL 3000; CS ASTM CA1103TDG_
A105N Galvanized to ASTM A 153
ELL 90-DEG 1/2 - 3 ELL 90-DEG; ASME B16.11; THD ASME B1.20.1
(NPT) Female; CL 3000; CS ASTM A105N E_1103TDG_
Galvanized to ASTM 153
ELL 45-DEG 1/2 - 3 ELL 45-DEG; ASME B16.11; THD ASME B1.20.1
(NPT) Female; CL 3000; CS ASTM A105N EA1103TDG_
Galvanized to ASTM 153
TEE 3/4 - 3) TEE; ASME B16.11; THD, ASME B1.20.1 NPT; CL
(1/2 - 2) 3000; CS ASTM A105N, Galvanized to ASTM A153 T_1103TDG_
TEE RED 3/4 - 3) TEE RED; ASME B16.11; THD, ASME B1.20.1 NPT;
(1/2 - 2) CL 3000; CS ASTM A105N, Galvanized to ASTM TR1103TDG_
A153
PLUG 1/2 - 1.1/2 PLUG HEX HD; ASME B16.11; THD MNPT, ASME
PH1103TDG_
B1.20.1 NPT; CL 3000; CS ASTM A105N:
FLANGES
FLANGE 1/2 - 3 FLANGE THD; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 150; TAPPED

TO 1/2" ASME B1.20.1 NPT FEMALE, 125-250 Micro
FL11R1TDG_
inch (3.2 - 6.3 µm)Roughness finish
PIPING CLASS
PROJ NO: J-5177
RED. FLANGE 3/4 - 3 REDUCING FLANGE THD; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 150;
(1/2 - 2) TAPPED TO 1/2" ASME B1.20.1 NPT FEMALE, 125-250
Micro inch (3.2 - 6.3 µm)Roughness finish FR11R1TDG_
FLANGE THD 1/2 - 1 1/2 FLANGE THD; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 150; ASME
B1.20.1, 125-250 Micro inch (3.2 - 6.3
µm)Roughness finish FT11R1TDG_
FLANGE BLIND 1/2 - 3 FLANGE BLIND; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 150; ASME
B1.20.1, 125-250 Micro inch (3.2 - 6.3 FB11R1NAG_
µm)Roughness finish
VALVES
BALL VALVE 1/2 - 1 1/2 BALL VALVE; CS ASTM A 105 BODY; THD; SS 316
Trim; #800; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; Lever
VB2108TDSTFB
Operated; Full Bore
BALL VALVE 2 - 3 BALL VALVE; CS WCB Body; FLGD RF; SS 316

Trim; ASME CL 150; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; VB22R1FLSTRB
Lever Operated;
BALL VALVE 2 - 3 BALL VALVE; CS WCB Body; FLGD RF; SS 316
Trim; ASME CL 150; API-607/ 608; ISO 17292; VB22R1FLSTFB
CHECK VALVE 1/2 - 1.1/2 CHECK VALVE; 800#, THD NPT(F) TO ASME
B16.11/B1.20.1 DIM TO MFR,S STD; API-602; VC2108TDST
API CL 800; TRIM SS316 HF PISTON LIFT TYPE; ;
CHECK VALVE 2 - 3 BODY/COVER ASTM
CHECK VALVE; A 105
WAFER LUG, SUITABLE FOR
INSTALLATION BETWEEN FLANGES RF TO ASME B16.5;
VC22R1FLST
API 594, TYPE A; ASME CL 150; DUAL PLATE
WAFER LUG TYPE; BODY/COVER ASTM A216 WCB TRIM
GATE VALVE 1/2 - 1.1/2 GATE VALVE; SOLID WEDGE, INTEGRAL SEAT 800#
THREADED ENDS (F) TO ASME B16.11/B1.20.1
BODY/BONNET; ASTM A105 TRIM 316 HF; HAND VG2108TDST
WHEEL OPERATED DIM TO B16.10
GATE VALVE 2 - 3 GATE VALVE; FLEX WEDGE, RENEWABLE SEAT CL 150
FLANGED RF TO ASME B16.5 BODY/BONNET; ASTM
A216 WCB TRIM 316 HF; HAND WHEEL OPERATED DIM VG22R1FLST
TO B16.10
BOLTING
STUD BOLT WITH 1 STUD WITH 2 NUTS; STUD: ALLOY STL ASTM A193 GR
2 NUTS B7, THREADED FULL LENGTH. Dim. To ASME B18.2.1,
Zinc Plated / bi-chromate treated; NUT: ALLOY BS33NATDG_
STL ASTM A194 GR 2H, Heavy Hexagonal, Dim. To
ASME B18.2.2, Zinc Plated / bi-chromate
treated;
GASKETS
GASKET 1/2 - 3 GSKT FIBER FLAT RING; DIM TO ASME B16.21;

ASME B16.5 CL 150; 2MM THK. COMPRESSED NON- GS06R1NAXX
ASBESTOS FIBER FLAT RING
ISOLATION 3/4 - 24 ISOLATION GASKET KIT; ASME CL.150; RF
IJ99R1NAKT
GASKET KIT
MISC
PIPING CLASS
PROJ NO: J-5177
SPECTACLE 1/2 - 3 SPECTACLE BLIND; RF TO SUIT ASME B 16.5 FF 125 -
BLIND 250 Microinch (3.2 - 6.3 µm) ROUGHNESS FINISH;
CL 150; CS ASTM A105 GALVANIZED TO ASTM A153 SB11F1FFG_
DIMS TO ASME B16.48
PIPING CLASS:
PTROJ NO: J-5177
HEADER SIZES
1.1/2
3/4
1/2
3
1
BRANCH SIZES
1/2 TR TR TR TR TR T
3/4 TR TR TR TR T
1 TR TR TR T
1.1/2 TR TR T
2 TR T
3 T
PIPING CLASS : G
LEGEND
CODE TYPE
T EQUAL TEE
TR REDUCING TEE
ATTACHMET -6
(PIPING CLASS – D)
PIPING CLASS
PROJ NO: J-5177
LOCATION: GARMIAN BLOCK, KURDISTAN REPUBLIC OF IRAQ D
SERVICES:
PSV Outlet
CODE: ASME B31.3 DSN Pressure: O O VALVE MAT'L: CARBON STEEL

153 Barg (2222 psig) @ 38 C (100 F)
MAT'L: CARBON STEEL
RATING: ASME CL. 900 VALVE TRIM: TRIM 8, 10 & Hard Chrome weld over
C.A.: 1.6 MM FACING: RAISED FACED/ RTJ PWHT: > 20mm ASME B31.3
RATING TABLE:
o O O
TEMP LIMITS: -29 / 150 C (-20 F / 300 F)
O
Pressure Deration : Derate for temps above 38 C
o
T C -29 38 50 100 150

FLANGES
FLANGE WN 2 -24 FLG WN; RF; ASME B16.5; CL 900; SCH TO

FW11R9WBXX
FLANGE WN 2 -24 FLG WN; RING TYPE JOINT; ASME B16.5; CL 900;
FW11J9WBXX
SCH TO MATCH PIPE; CS ASTM A105N
BOLTING
GASKETS
GASKET SPIRAL 1/2 -10 GSKT SPRL WND; ASME B16.20; ASME B16.5 CL
GASKET SPIRAL 12 -24 OTR

GSKTRNG
SPRL WND; ASME B16.20; ASME B16.5 CL
TP316 SS INR RNG
ISOLATION 1/2 -24 ISOLATION GASKET KIT; ASME CL.900; RF
IJ99R9NAKT
GASKET KIT
GASKET RTJ 1/2 -10 GSKT RTJ; ASME B16.20; ASME B16.5 CL 900;
SOFT IRON OCTOGONAL RING; ; RT07J9NAXX
ISOLATION 1/2 -24 ISOLATION GASKET KIT; ASME CL.900; RTJ

IJ99J9NAKT
GASKET KIT
PIPING CLASS:
PROJ NO: J-5177
LOCATION: GARMIAN BLOCK, KURDISTAN REPUBLIC OF IRAQ D
CLIENT: GAZPROM NEFT MIDDLE EAST 01-02-18 REV: 1
NOTE DESCRIPTION
1 Only Flanges, Gaskets and Fasteners are applicable to this Piping Class.
ATTACHMET -7
(PIPING CLASS – H)
PIPING CLASS
PROJ NO: J-5177
LOCATION: GARMIAN BLOCK, KURDISTAN REPUBLIC OF IRAQ H
SERVICES:
Oil Emulsion (Well stream Fluids)
CODE: ASME B31.3 DSN Pressure: 1034.21 Barg (15000 psig) @ 38OC (100VALVE MAT'L: CARBON STEEL
MAT'L: CARBON STEEL
RATING: API 15000
o O O
TEMP LIMITS: -29 / 150 C (-20 F / 300 F)
Test Pressure : 1551.32 Barg (22,500 psig)

Rating : API 15000

PIPING
PIPE 6 -6 PIPE 7 1/16; SMLS; ASME B36.10M; BE END; 30 MM

P_0230BEXX
(7 - 7 WT; CS ASTM A519 GR 4130
FITTINGS
STUDDED TEE 4 1/16 -4 1/16 STUDDED TEE; API 6A, 15,000 PSI; 3 x 4 1/16
CONN; AISI 4130 Q&T D_1500BEXX
TEE RED 6 -2 TEE RED; BLOCK TYPE REDUCING TEE; ASME B16.9;
BE END; 30MM X 15MM; ASTM A519 4130 Q&T BR1500BEXX
REDUCER CONC 6 -5 RED CONC; ASME B16.9; BW; 30 MM WT; AISI 4130
RC1500BEC_
Q&T
FLANGES
FLANGE WN 4 1/16 -4 1/16 FLG WN; API 6A TYPE 6BX 15,000 PSI; BW 6" NB X
FW15J5WBXX
30 MM WT; RTJ BX-155, AISI 4130 Q&T
FLANGE WN 3 1/16 -3 1/16 FLG WN; API 6A TYPE 6BX 15,000 PSI; BW 5" NB X
3" ID, RTJ BX-154, AISI 4130 Q&T FW15J5WBXX
FLANGE WN 2 1/16 -2 1/16 FLG WN; API 6A TYPE 6BX 15,000 PSI; BW 2" x 15
FW15J5WBXX
MM WT3" ID, RTJ BX-152, AISI 4130 Q&T
FLANGE BLIND 4 1/16 -4 1/16 TARGET BLIND FLANGE; API 6A TYPE 6BX 15,000
PSI; RTJ BX-155, AISI 4130 Q&T BT15J500XX
FLANGE BLIND 2 1/16 -2 1/16 BLIND FLANGE; API 6A TYPE 6BX 15,000 PSI; RTJ
BX-152, AISI 4130 Q&T; DRILLED AND TAPPED WITH FB15J5NABD
F250C 9/16" - 18 AUTOCLAVE THREAD AND C/W F250C
AUTOCLAVE PLUG
VALVES
GATE VALVE 2 1/16 -2 1/16 2 1/16" GATE VALVE; MANUAL; API-15,000 PSI; RTJ
BX-152, AISI 4130 Q&T, PSL3, MATERIAL CLASS AA VG15J5FLXX
DBB VALVES 2 1/16 -2 1/16 DOUBLE BLOCK & BLEED VALVE; INTEGRAL DESIGN AS
SINGLE PIECE WITH TWO BALL VALVES (FULL
BORE)FOR ISOLATION & ONE NEEDLE VALVE FOR
VD27J5FL51FB
BLEED; ASTM A 182 F22V BODY AND ASTM A182 F51
TRIM; INLET & OUTLET: API-15000 FLANGED;
API 6A; LEVER OPERATED,FLGD, API 6BX WITH API
BOLTING
PIPING CLASS
PROJ NO: J-5177
LOCATION: GARMIAN BLOCK, KURDISTAN REPUBLIC OF IRAQ H
GASKETS
GASKET RTJ 4 1/16 -4 1/16 4 1/16 BX-155 GASKET, RTJ, SOFT IRON, R38
RT07J5NAXX
RT07J5NAXX
RT07J5NAXX
ISOLATION 3/4 -24 API-15000 RTJ ISOLATION GASKET KIT

RT99J5NAXX
GASKET KIT

Gm606 60620 390 in MR 0002 - Rev A Material Requisition

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Gm606 60620 390 in MR 0002 - Rev A Material Requisition

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

COMPANY CONTRACTOR EPC CONTRACTOR ENGG.

EPCC OF SARQALA GAS PIPELINE

COMPANY CONTRACT NO. : 606-20-EB-GR

PROJECT : EPCC of Sarqala Gas Pipeline

COMPANY : Gazprom Neft Middle East B.V.

COMPANY JOB NO. : GM606

CONTRACTOR JOB NO. : 60620

DOCUMENT NO. : GM606-60620-390-PI-MR-0001

REVISION NO. : A No. of pages (incl. cover): 445

A Issued for Review 02 Oct 20 Arun Sridhar Jeyaraj Audie

EPCC OF SARQALA GAS PIPELINE

SUMMARY OF DOCUMENT REVISIONS

A 02 Oct 20 New Issue Issued for Review

EPCC OF SARQALA GAS PIPELINE

EPCC OF SARQALA GAS PIPELINE

ATTACHMENT – 04: TECHNICAL QUESTIONNAIRE........................................................................................... 19

EPCC OF SARQALA GAS PIPELINE

3. DEFINITION AND ABBREVIATIONS

COMPANY - Gazprom Neft Middle East B.V. (GPNME)

VENDOR / MANUFACTURER - The party(s) which manufacturers and / or supplies equipment,

Technical documents / drawings and services to perform the duties

The party(s) which manufacturers and / or supplies the Components,

SHALL - Indicates a mandatory requirement.

SHOULD - Indicates a strong recommendation to comply with Requirements.

ANSI - American National Standards Institute

API - American Petroleum Institute

NPS - Nominal Pipe Size

ISO - International Organization for Standardization

NACE - National Association of Corrosion Engineers

NDE - Non Destructive Examination

BSI - British Standard Institution

CPF - Central Processing Facilities

EFW - Electro Fusion Welding

FEED - Front End Engineering Design

ITP - Inspection and Test Plan

MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society

NACE - National Association of Corrosion Engineers

PWHT - Post Weld Heat Treatment

RTJ - Ring type joint

SAW - Submerged Arc Welding

NPS - Nominal Pipe Size

NPT - Nominal Pipe thread

PMI - Positive Material Identification

AARH - Arithmetic Average Roughness Height

CRS - Comments Resolution Sheet

EPC - Engineering, Procurement and Construction

IRC - Inspection Release Certificates

VDI - Vendor Document Index

VDRL - Vendor Document Requirement list

DOC. NO. DESCRIPTION

GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-DB-0001 Piping Design Basis

GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0001 Specification for Layout and Piping

GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-SP-0001 Piping Material Specification

GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0003 Specification for Gate, Globe, Check Valves

GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0004 Specification for Ball Valves

GMCPF-J5177-000-PI-SP-0006 Specification for Color Coding

GMCPF-J5177-200-PI-PP-0007 Hydro Testing Procedure

GMCPF-J5177-200-MT-SP-0001 Painting & Coating Specification

GMCPF-J5177-200-QA-SP-0002 Specification For Welding NDE Of Piping And Pressure

5. CODES AND STANDARDS

ASME B1.20.1 Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch)

ASME B31.3 Process Piping

ASME B31.4 Liquid Petroleum Transportation Piping Systems